Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions

go-math-grade-5-chapter-7-multiply-fractions-answer-key

If you are looking for Chapter 7 Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key then you have reached the right destination.  We have mentioned Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions with straight forward explanation for all the Problems. Parents who wanted to give their kids enough practice on concepts of Multiplying Fractions can give them the Go Math 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions. Enhance your Math Skills by practicing from the HMH Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Ch 7 Multiply Fractions.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions

Do you feel the concept of Multiplying Fractions difficult? Not anymore with our Go Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions as they have concepts explained in detail. Start learning the basics involved right from the basic level with our 5th Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 7 Multiply Fractions. Test your preparation level by answering the questions at the end of the Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key for Multiply Fractions. By doing so, you can have an estimation of your preparation standards.

Chapter 7 – Lesson 1: Find Part of a Group

Chapter 7 – Lesson 2: Investigate • Multiply Fractions and Whole Numbers

Chapter 7 – Lesson 3: Fraction and Whole Number Multiplication

Chapter 7 – Lesson 4: Investigate • Multiply Fractions

Chapter 7 – Lesson 5: Compare Fraction Factors and Products

Chapter 7 – Lesson 6: Fraction Multiplication

Chapter 7 – Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Chapter 7 – Lesson 7: Investigate • Area and Mixed Numbers

Chapter 7 – Lesson 8: Compare Mixed Number Factors and Products

Chapter 7 – Lesson 9: Multiply Mixed Numbers

Chapter 7 – Lesson 10: Problem Solving • Find Unknown Lengths

Chapter 7 – Chapter 7 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 293

Question 1.
Complete the model to solve.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 1
\(\frac{7}{8}\) of 16, or \(\frac{7}{8}\) × 16
How many rows of counters are there?
_____ rows

Answer: 8
By seeing the above figure we can say that the number of counters is 8 rows.

Question 1.
How many counters are in each row?
_____ counters

Answer: 2
There are 2 counters in each row.

Question 1.
Circle ____ rows to solve the problem.
_____ rows

Answer: 7

• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • •

Question 1.
How many counters are circled?
\(\frac{7}{8}\) of 16=
or \(\frac{7}{8}\) × 16 =
_____ counters

Answer: 14
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 16
8 divides 16 two times.
So, \(\frac{7}{8}\) × 16 = 7 × 2 = 14
Therefore 14 counters are circled.

Use a model to solve.

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 18 = _____

Answer: 12

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 18
3 divides 18 six times.
2 × 6 = 12

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 293 Q3

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 293 Q4

On Your Own

Use a model to solve.

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 24 = _____

Answer: 15

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 24
8 divides 24 three times.
5 × 3 = 15
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 24 = 15

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 24 = _____

Answer: 18

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 24
4 divides 24 six times.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 24 = 3 × 6 = 18
So, \(\frac{3}{4}\) × 24 = 18

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{7}\) × 21 = _____

Answer: 12

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{7}\) × 21
7 divides 21 three times.
4 × 3 = 12
\(\frac{4}{7}\) × 21 = 12

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{9}\) × 27 = _____

Answer: 6

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{9}\) × 27
9 divides 27 three times.
2 × 3 = 6
\(\frac{2}{9}\) × 27 = 6

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 293 Q9

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 293 Q10

Problem Solving – Page No. 294

Use the table for 11-12.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 2

Question 11.
Four-fifths of Zack’s stamps have pictures of animals. How many stamps with pictures of animals does Zack have? Use a model to solve.
_____ stamps

Answer: 24 stamps

Explanation:
Given that, Four-fifths of Zack’s stamps have pictures of animals.
Number of stamps that Zack collected is 30
30 × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
5 divides 30 six times.
6 × 4 = 24
Zack has 24 stamps with pictures of animals.

Question 12.
Zack, Teri, and Paco combined the foreign stamps from their collections for a stamp show. Out of their collections, \(\frac{3}{10}\) of Zack’s stamps, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of Teri’s stamps, and \(\frac{3}{8}\) of Paco’s stamps were from foreign countries. How many stamps were in their display? Explain how you solved the problem.
_____ stamps

Answer: 33 stamps

Explanation:
Zack, Teri, and Paco combined the foreign stamps from their collections for a stamp show.
Out of their collections, \(\frac{3}{10}\) of Zack’s stamps, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of Teri’s stamps, and \(\frac{3}{8}\) of Paco’s stamps were from foreign countries.
Number of stamps Zack collected = 30
Number of stamps Teri collected = 18
Number of stamps Paco collected = 24
\(\frac{3}{10}\) of 30
\(\frac{3}{10}\) × 30 = 3 × 3 = 9
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × 18 = 5 × 3 = 15
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × 24 = 3 × 3 = 9
Now add all the stamps = 9 + 9 + 15 = 33

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 294 Q13

Question 14.
Test Prep Barry bought 21 stamps from a hobby shop. He gave \(\frac{3}{7}\) of them to his sister. How many stamps did he have left?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 3
Options:
a. 3 stamps
b. 6 stamps
c. 9 stamps
d. 12 stamps

Answer: 9 stamps

Explanation:
Test Prep Barry bought 21 stamps from a hobby shop. He gave \(\frac{3}{7}\) of them to his sister.
\(\frac{3}{7}\) × 21
7 divides 21 three times.
3 × 3 = 9 stamps.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Share and Show – Page No. 297

Use the model to find the product.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × 3
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 4
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Place three whole fractions strips side by side.
Find six fraction strips all with the same denominator that fits exactly under the three whole numbers.
Circle \(\frac{5}{6}\) of 3 on the model you drew.
Complete the number sentence. \(\frac{5}{6}\) of 3
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × 3 = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 2.
2 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 5
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Place two whole fractions strips side by side.
Find six fraction strips all with the same denominator that fits exactly under the two whole numbers.
2 of \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\) × 2
\(\frac{5}{3}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{5}{3}\) is 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Find the product.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 297 Q3

Question 4.
9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = ______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Place nine whole fractions strips side by side.
Find three fraction strips all with the same denominator that fits exactly under the two whole numbers.
9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
3 divides 9 three times.
9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3
Thus 9 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 4 = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 4
Place four whole fractions strips side by side.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 4
4 divides 8 two times.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 4 = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
The mixed fraction of  \(\frac{7}{2}\) is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 4 = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
4 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
4 × \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Place four whole fractions strips side by side.
Place three \(\frac{1}{5}\) fraction strips all with the same denominator that fits exactly under the two whole numbers.
4 of \(\frac{3}{5}\)
4 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{12}{5}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{12}{5}\) is 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 2 = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 2
Place two whole fractions strips side by side.
Place seven \(\frac{1}{8}\) fraction strips all with the same denominator that fits exactly under the two whole numbers.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) of 2
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × 2 = \(\frac{7}{4}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{7}{4}\) is 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 8.
7 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
7 × \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Place seven whole fractions strips side by side.
Place two \(\frac{1}{5}\) fraction strips all with the same denominator that fits exactly under the two whole numbers.
7 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{14}{5}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{14}{5}\) = 2 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × 4 = ______

Answer: \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × 4
Place four whole fractions strips side by side.
Place three \(\frac{1}{8}\) fraction strips all with the same denominator that fits exactly under the two whole numbers.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 297 Q10

Question 11.
\(\frac{4}{15}\) × 5 = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{15}\) × 5
Place five whole fractions strips side by side.
Place four \(\frac{1}{15}\) fraction strips all with the same denominator that fits exactly under the two whole numbers.
\(\frac{4}{15}\) of 5
\(\frac{4}{15}\) × 5 = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
Convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{4}{3}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 12.
Matt has a 5-pound bag of apples. To make a pie, he needs to use \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the bag. How many pounds of apples will he use for the pie? Explain what a model for this problem might look like.
______ pound(s)

Answer: 3 pounds

Explanation:
Given, Matt has a 5-pound bag of apples.
To make a pie, he needs to use \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the bag.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × 5 = 3
Therefore Matt used 3 pounds of apples to make a pie.

Problem Solving – Page No. 298

Pose a Problem

Question 13.
Tarique drew the model below for a problem. Write 2 problems that can be solved using this model. One of your problems should involve multiplying a whole number by a fraction and the other problem should involve multiplying a fraction by a whole number.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 6
Pose problems.                                       Solve your problems.
How could you change the model to give you an answer of 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\)?
Explain and write a new equation.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The five children in the Smith family each spend 2/5 of an hour doing household chores on Saturday. How much time did the spend altogether on their chores?
Multiply the numerator with the whole number.
5 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{10}{5}\) = 2

Share and Show – Page No. 301

Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Question 1.
3 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) =
• Multiply the numerator by the whole number. Write the product over the denominator.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 7
• Write the answer as a mixed number in simplest form.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 8
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{6}{5}\)
Now write the improper fraction in the form of the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 5 = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 5 = \(\frac{10}{3}\)
Now write the improper fraction in the form of the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{10}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 301 Q3

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 301 Q4

On Your Own

Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Question 5.
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{10}{3}\)
Now write the improper fraction in the form of the mixed fraction.
3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 3 = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 3
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 7.
7 × \(\frac{7}{8}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
7 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
\(\frac{49}{8}\)
Now write the improper fraction in the form of the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{49}{8}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus, 7 × \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
2 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
2 × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
2 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{5}\)
Now write the improper fraction in the form of the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{8}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 9.
4 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = ______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
4 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{12}{4}\)
4 divides 12 three times.
So, \(\frac{12}{4}\) = 3
4 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 3

Question 10.
\(\frac{7}{9}\) × 2 = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{9}\) × 2
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
\(\frac{7}{9}\) × 2 = \(\frac{14}{9}\)
Now write the improper fraction in the form of the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{14}{9}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve. Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 301 Q11
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 301 Q11.1

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 301 Q12

Question 13.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 3 = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 3
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 3 = \(\frac{15}{8}\)
Now write the improper fraction in the form of the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{15}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Algebra Find the unknown digit.

Question 14.
\(\frac{■}{2}\) × 8 = 4
■ = ______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
\(\frac{■}{2}\) × 8 = 4
\(\frac{■}{2}\) = 4/8
■ = 4 × 2/8 = 1
■ = 1

Question 15.
■ × \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{20}{6}\) or 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
■ = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
■ × \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{20}{6}\)
■ = 20/6 × 6/5
■ = 20/5 = 4
■ = 4

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{■}\) × 18 = 3
■ = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{■}\) × 18 = 3
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × 18 = ■
■ = 18/3 = 6
■ = 6

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 302

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 9

Question 17.
The caterer wants to have enough turkey to feed 24 people. If he wants to provide \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a pound of turkey for each person, how much turkey does he need?
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I need to find How much turkey the caterer needs to provide for each person.

Question 17.
b. What operation will you use?
Type below:
__________

Answer: I will use the multiplication operation to solve the problem.

Question 17.
c. What information are you given?
Type below:
__________

I am given the information about the number of people to feed and the fraction of pounds of turkey each person gets.

Question 17.
d. Solve the problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The caterer wants to serve 24 people
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 24
4 divides 24 six times.
3 × 6 = 18
Thus the caterer needs 18 pounds of Turkey.

Question 17.
e. Complete the sentences.
The caterer wants to serve 24 people _____ of a pound of turkey each.
He will need ____ × ____ , or ______ pounds of turkey.
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) × 24

Question 17.
f. Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice.
Options:
a. 72 pounds
b. 24 pounds
c. 18 pounds
d. 6 pounds

Answer: 18 pounds

Explanation:
The caterer wants to serve 24 people
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 24
4 divides 24 six times.
3 × 6 = 18
The correct answer is option C.

Question 18.
Patty wants to run \(\frac{5}{6}\) of a mile every day for 5 days. How far will she run in that time?
Options:
a. 25 miles
b. 5 miles
c. 4 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles

Explanation:
Patty wants to run \(\frac{5}{6}\) of a mile every day for 5 days.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × 5 = \(\frac{25}{6}\)
Convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{25}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 19.
Doug has 33 feet of rope. He wants to use \(\frac{2}{3}\) of it for his canoe. How many feet of rope will he use for his canoe?
Options:
a. 11 feet
b. 22 feet
c. 33 feet
d. 66 feet

Answer: 22 feet

Explanation:
Doug has 33 feet of rope. He wants to use \(\frac{2}{3}\) of it for his canoe.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 33 feet
3 divides 33 eleven times.
2 × 11 = 22 feet
The correct answer is option B.

Share and Show – Page No. 304

Use the model to find the product.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 10
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{1}{3}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
The fraction \(\frac{3}{5}\) represents the rows and columns.
The fraction \(\frac{1}{3}\) indicates the shaded part of the figure.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 11
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{5}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:

The above figure shows that the circle is divided into 5 parts in which 2 parts are non shaded and 3 parts are shaded.
So, the fraction of the circle is \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The fraction for the shaded part of the circle is \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 305

Find the product. Draw a model.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 305 Q3

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 305 Q4

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{1}{3}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Multiply the denominators and the numerators of the fractions.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{15}\)
\(\frac{3}{15}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{1}{3}=\) \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{6}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Multiply the denominators and the numerators of the fractions.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{24}\)
3 divides 24 eight times.
So, \(\frac{3}{24}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus, \(\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{1}{6}=\) \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{2}{5} \times \frac{5}{6}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Multiply the denominators and the numerators of the fractions.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{10}{30}\)
10 divides 30 three times.
\(\frac{10}{30}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{5} \times \frac{5}{6}=\) \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{3}{5}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Multiply the denominators and the numerators of the fractions.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{15}{30}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{15}{30}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{6} \times \frac{3}{5}=\) \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 306

What’s the Error?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 12

Question 9.
Cheryl and Marcus are going to make a two-tiered cake. The smaller tier is \(\frac{2}{3}\) the size of the larger tier. The recipe for the bottom tier calls for \(\frac{3}{5}\) cup of water. How much water will they need to make the smaller tier?

They made a model to represent the problem. Cheryl says they need \(\frac{6}{9}\) cup of water. Marcus says they need \(\frac{2}{5}\) cup water. Who is correct? Explain.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 13
Cheryl’s answer               Marcus’ answer
Type below:
_________

Answer: Marcus’ answer is correct.

Explanation:
Cheryl and Marcus are going to make a two-tiered cake.
The smaller tier is \(\frac{2}{3}\) the size of the larger tier.
The recipe for the bottom tier calls for \(\frac{3}{5}\) cup of water.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 309

Complete the statement with equal to, greater than, or less than.

Question 1.
4 × \(\frac{7}{8}\) will be ___________ \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 14
_________

Answer: Greater than

Explanation:
4 × \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
The denominator with a greater number will be the smallest number.
So, \(\frac{7}{2}\) is greater than \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{5} \times \frac{2}{7}\) will be ___________ \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer: Less than

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{2}{7}\) = \(\frac{6}{35}\)
The denominator with the greatest number will be the smallest fraction.
So, \(\frac{6}{35}\) is less than \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 309 Q3

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 309 Q4

Question 5.
\(8 \times \frac{7}{8}\) will be ___________ 8

Answer: Less than

Explanation:
8 × \(\frac{7}{8}\)= 7
7 is less than 8.
\(8 \times \frac{7}{8}\) will be less than 8.

On Your Own

Complete the statement with equal to, greater than, or less than.

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{3}{8}\) will be ___________ \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer: Less than

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{12}{72}\)
= \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\) is less than \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{3}{8}\) will be less than \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 7.
\(7 \times \frac{9}{10}\) will be ___________ \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Answer: Greater than

Explanation:
7 × \(\frac{9}{10}\) = \(\frac{63}{10}\)
Denominators are same so compare the numerators.
\(\frac{63}{10}\) is greater than \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 8.
\(5 \times \frac{1}{3}\) will be ___________ \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer: Greater than

Explanation:
5 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\)
Denominators are same so compare the numerators.
\(\frac{5}{3}\) is greater than \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{11} \times 1\) will be ___________ \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Answer: Equal to

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{11}\) × 1 = \(\frac{6}{11}\)
\(\frac{6}{11}\) is equal to \(\frac{6}{11}\).

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 309 Q10

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 309 Q11

Problem Solving – Page No. 310

Question 12.
Lola is making cookies. She plans to multiply the recipe by 3 so she can make enough cookies for the whole class. If the recipe calls for \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of sugar, will she need more than \(\frac{2}{3}\) or less than \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of sugar to make all the cookies?
_________ \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of sugar

Answer: More than

Explanation:
ola is making cookies. She plans to multiply the recipe by 3 so she can make enough cookies for the whole class.
3 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 2
So, Lola needs more than \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of sugar.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 310 Q13

Question 14.
Test Prep Rochelle saves \(\frac{1}{4}\) of her allowance. If she decides to start saving \(\frac{1}{2}\) as much, which statement below is true?
Options:
a. She will be saving the same amount.
b. She will be saving more.
c. She will be saving less.
d. She will be saving twice as much.

Answer: She will be saving more

Explanation:
Test Prep Rochelle saves \(\frac{1}{4}\) of her allowance.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) is greater than \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So, the answer is option B.

Connect to Art

A scale model is a representation of an object with the same shape as the real object. Models can be larger or smaller than the actual object but are often smaller.

Architects often make scale models of the buildings or structures they plan to build. Models can give them an idea of how the structure will look when finished. Each measurement of the building is scaled up or down by the same factor.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 15

Bob is building a scale model of his bike. He wants his model to be \(\frac{1}{5}\) as long as his bike.

Question 15.
If Bob’s bike is 60 inches long, how long will his model be?
_____ in.

Answer: 12 inches

Explanation:
Given that, Bob is building a scale model of his bike. He wants his model to be \(\frac{1}{5}\) as long as his bike.
If Bob’s bike is 60 inches long then multiply with the fraction \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) × 60 = 12 inches
The model will be 12 inches long.

Question 16.
If one wheel on Bob’s model is 4 inches across, how many inches across is the actual wheel on his bike? Explain.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) in.

Answer: \(\frac{4}{5}\) in.

Explanation:
Given that, one wheel on Bob’s model is 4 inches across.
4 × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\) in.

Share and Show – Page No. 313

Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(6 \times \frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{6}{1} \times \frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{■}{■}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{6}{1} \times \frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{■}{■}\)
6 × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{18}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{4}\)
\(\frac{9}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{■}{■}\)
\(\frac{■}{■}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{8} \times \frac{8}{9}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8} \times \frac{8}{9}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{8}{9}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus, \(\frac{3}{8} \times \frac{8}{9}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times 27\) = ______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
27 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
3 divides 27 nine times.
Thus, 27 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 18

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 313 Q4

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 313 Q5

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{15}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Multiply the numerators and the denominators.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{15}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{24}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Multiply the numerators and the denominators.
\(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{24}\)

Question 8.
\(4 \times \frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator with the whole number.
4 × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
\(4 \times \frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

On Your Own

Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(2 \times \frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the whole number with the numerator.
2 × \(\frac{1}{8}\)
2 divides 8 four times.
2 × \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(2 \times \frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{16}{45}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Multiply the numerators and the denominators.
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{16}{45}\)
\(\frac{4}{9} \times \frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{16}{45}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{12} \times \frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{12}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Multiply the numerators and the denominators.
\(\frac{1}{12}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{36}\)
\(\frac{2}{36}\) = \(\frac{1}{18}\)
\(\frac{1}{12} \times \frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{7} \times 30\) = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Explanation:
30 × \(\frac{1}{7}\) = \(\frac{30}{7}\)
Convert improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{30}{7}\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{7}\)
\(\frac{1}{7} \times 30\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 313 Q13

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 313 Q14

Algebra Evaluate for the given value.

Question 15.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × c for c = \(\frac{4}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{35}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × c = \(\frac{4}{7}\)
c = \(\frac{4}{7}\) × \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c = \(\frac{8}{35}\)

Question 16.
m × \(\frac{4}{5}\) for m = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
m = \(\frac{4}{5}\) × \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Multiply the numerators and denominators.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) × \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × t for t = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × t for t = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
t = \(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
t = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 18.
y × \(\frac{2}{3}\) for y = 5
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
y × \(\frac{2}{3}\) for y = 5
6 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 4

Problem Solving – Page No. 314

Speedskating is a popular sport in the Winter Olympics. Many young athletes in the U.S. participate in speedskating clubs and camps.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 16

Question 19.
At a camp in Green Bay, Wisconsin, \(\frac{7}{9}\) of the participants were from Wisconsin. Of that group, \(\frac{3}{5}\) were 12 years old. What fraction of the group was from Wisconsin and 12 years old?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{15}\)

Explanation:
Given that,
At a camp in Green Bay, Wisconsin, \(\frac{7}{9}\) of the participants were from Wisconsin.
Of that group, \(\frac{3}{5}\) were 12 years old.
To find the fraction of the group was from Wisconsin and 12 years old
We have to multiply the fraction \(\frac{7}{9}\) and \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{7}{9}\) × \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{21}{45}\)
\(\frac{21}{45}\) = \(\frac{7}{15}\)
Thus the fraction of the group was from Wisconsin and 12 years old is \(\frac{7}{15}\).

Question 20.
Maribel wants to skate 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles on Monday. If she skates \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile Monday morning and \(\frac{2}{3}\) of that distance Monday afternoon, will she reach her goal? Explain.
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Maribel wants to skate 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles on Monday.
To find whether Maribel reached her goal we have to multiply the fractions \(\frac{9}{10}\) and \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{9}{10}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
By this we can say that Maribel reaches her goal.
So, the answer is yes.

Question 21.
On the first day of camp, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the skaters were beginners. Of the beginners, \(\frac{1}{3}\) were girls. What fraction of the skaters were girls and beginners? Explain why your answer is reasonable.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Explanation:
On the first day of camp, \(\frac{5}{6}\) of the skaters were beginners. Of the beginners, \(\frac{1}{3}\) were girls.
Multiply the fraction of the skaters were beginning and the fraction of skaters were girls.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × latex]\frac{1}{3}[/latex] = latex]\frac{5}{18}[/latex]
The fraction of the skaters were girls and beginners are latex]\frac{5}{18}[/latex]

Question 22.
Test Prep On Wednesday, Danielle skated \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the way around the track in 2 minutes. Her younger brother skated \(\frac{3}{4}\) of Danielle’s distance in 2 minutes. What fraction of the track did Danielle’s brother finish in 2 minutes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{7}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Test Prep On Wednesday, Danielle skated \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the way around the track in 2 minutes.
Her younger brother skated \(\frac{3}{4}\) of Danielle’s distance in 2 minutes.
Multiply the fraction of Danielle skated and her younger brother skated.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 315

Concept and Skills

Question 1.
Explain how you would model 5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{10}{3}\)

Question 2.
When you multiply \(\frac{2}{3}\) by a fraction less than one, how does the product compare to the factors?
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{3} \times 6\)
______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
6 × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Multiply the numerator with the whole numbers.
\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 315 Q4

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 315 Q5

Question 6.
\(\frac{7}{8} \times \frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{21}{64}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Multiply the numerators and denominators of the fractions.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{21}{64}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerators and denominators of the fractions.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{7}{8} \times \frac{4}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerators and denominators of the fractions.
7 in the numerator and 7 in the denominator will be canceled.
4 divides 8 two times.
Thus the fraction is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{8} \times \frac{4}{7}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 9.
\(2 \times \frac{3}{11}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the numerator with the whole numbers.
2 × \(\frac{3}{11}\)
2 × 3 = 6
2 × \(\frac{3}{11}\) = \(\frac{6}{11}\)
Thus, \(2 \times \frac{3}{11}\) = \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{5}{8} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{8} \times \frac{2}{3}\)
Multiply the numerators and denominators of the fractions.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{10}{24}\)
\(\frac{10}{24}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)
\(\frac{5}{8} \times \frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{7}{12} \times 8\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
8 × \(\frac{7}{12}\)
Multiply the numerator with the whole numbers.
8 × \(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{56}{12}\) = \(\frac{14}{3}\)
Convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{14}{3}\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Complete the statement with equal to, greater than, or less than.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 315 Q12

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 315 Q13

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 316

Question 14.
There is \(\frac{5}{6}\) of an apple pie left from dinner. Tomorrow, Victor plans to eat \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the pie that was left. How much of the whole pie will be left after he eats tomorrow?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of the whole pie

Answer: \(\frac{25}{36}\) of the whole pie

Explanation:
Gīven that,
An apple pie left from the dinner is \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Victor plans to eat pie which was left is \(\frac{1}{6}\)
The whole pie will be left after Victor eats tomorrow =?
Pie left from dinner = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Victor plans to eat pie which was left  = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{36}\)
To find the whole pie will be left after he eats tomorrow:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{36}\)
LCD = 36
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{36}\)
\(\frac{30}{36}\) – \(\frac{5}{36}\) = \(\frac{25}{36}\)
Therefore, whole pie left after Victor eats tomorrow is \(\frac{25}{36}\)

Question 15.
Everett and Marie are going to make fruit bars for their family reunion. They want to make 4 times the amount the recipe makes. If the recipe calls for \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of oil, how much oil will they need?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cup of oil

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Everett and Marie are going to make fruit bars for their family reunion.
They want to make 4 times the amount the recipe makes.
4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{3}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{8}{3}\) is 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus Everett and Marie need Everett and Marie of oil.

Question 16.
Matt made the model below to help him solve his math problem. Write an expression that matches Matt’s model.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 17
Type below:
__________

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the fraction for the Matt’s model is \(\frac{3}{4}\) and \(\frac{2}{3}\).
Multiply the fractions \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 319

Use the grid to find the area. Let each square represent \(\frac{1}{3}\) meter by \(\frac{1}{3}\) meter.

Question 1.
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
• Draw a diagram to represent the dimensions.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 18
• How many squares cover the diagram?
• What is the area of each square?
• What is the area of the diagram?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Explanation:
20 squares cover the diagram.
Each square represents \(\frac{1}{9}\) square meter
20 × \(\frac{1}{9}\) = \(\frac{20}{9}\)
Convert the fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{20}{9}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{9}\)
Thus the area of the diagram is 2 \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Use the grid to find the area. Let each square represent \(\frac{1}{4}\) meter by \(\frac{1}{4}\) meter.

Question 2.
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) × 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\)
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 19
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
42 squares cover the diagram.
Each square represents \(\frac{1}{16}\) square meters.
42 × \(\frac{1}{16}\) = \(\frac{21}{8}\)
Convert the fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{21}{8}\) = 2 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
The area of the diagram is 2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) square meter.

Question 3.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 20
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
30 squares cover the diagram.
Each square represents \(\frac{1}{16}\) square meters.
30 × \(\frac{1}{16}\) = \(\frac{15}{8}\)
Convert the fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{15}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Use an area model to solve.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 319 Q4

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 319 Q5

Question 6.
1 \(\frac{1}{9}\) × 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{23}{27}\)

Explanation:
130 squares the diagram.
Each square represents \(\frac{1}{16}\) square meters.
1 \(\frac{1}{9}\) × 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{10}{9}\) × \(\frac{5}{3}\) = \(\frac{50}{27}\)
Convert the fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{50}{27}\) = 1 \(\frac{23}{27}\)

Question 7.
Explain how finding the area of a rectangle with whole-number side lengths compares to finding the area of a rectangle with fractional side lengths.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-5-Answer-Key-Chapter-7-Multiply-Fractions-img-20
15 squares cover the diagram.
Each square is \(\frac{1}{16}\) square unit.
The area of the diagram is \(\frac{15}{16}\) square units.

Problem Solving – Page No. 320

Pose a Problem

Question 8.
Terrance is designing a garden. He drew the following diagram of his garden. Pose a problem using mixed numbers that can be solved using his diagram.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 21
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 22
Pose a Problem.                 Solve your problem.
Describe how you decided on the dimensions of Terrance’s garden.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
how finding the area of a rectangle with mixed fractions side compares to finding the area of the rectangle with the fractional side lengths.
6 × 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Let each square represent \(\frac{1}{2}\) meter by \(\frac{1}{2}\)
From the above figure, we can say that the number of squares is 27.
So, 27 squares cover the diagram.
Each square is \(\frac{1}{4}\) square unit.
27 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)  = \(\frac{27}{4}\)
Convert the fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{27}{4}\) = 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 323

Complete the statement with equal to, greater than, or less than.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) will be __________ 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 23 Shade the model to
show \(\frac{5}{6}\) × 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) .
__________

Answer: Less than

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{11}{5}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{11}{5}\) = \(\frac{55}{30}\)
1 \(\frac{25}{30}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Thus 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\) is less than 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 323 Q2
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 323 Q2.1

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 323 Q3

On Your Own

Complete the statement with equal to, greater than, or less than.

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{2}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) will be __________ 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: Equal to

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{2}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{6}{4}\)
\(\frac{6}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is equal to 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{2}{2}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) will be equal to 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) will be __________ 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Answer: Less than

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
First, Convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{19}{6}\) = \(\frac{38}{18}\)
\(\frac{38}{18}\) = 2 \(\frac{2}{18}\)
2 \(\frac{2}{18}\) is less than 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) will be less than 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 6.
2 × 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) will be __________ 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: Greater than

Explanation:
2 × 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
First, Convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 × \(\frac{9}{4}\) = \(\frac{18}{4}\)
\(\frac{18}{4}\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) is greater than 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 7.
4 × 1 \(\frac{3}{7}\) will be __________ 1 \(\frac{3}{7}\)

Answer: Greater than

Explanation:
4 × 1 \(\frac{3}{7}\)
First, Convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
4 × \(\frac{10}{7}\) = \(\frac{40}{7}\)
4 × 1 \(\frac{3}{7}\) = 5 \(\frac{5}{7}\)
5 \(\frac{5}{7}\) is greater than 1 \(\frac{3}{7}\)

Algebra Tell whether the unknown factor is less than 1 or greater than 1.

Question 8.
■ × 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
The unknown factor is __________ 1.

Answer: Less than

Explanation:
■ × 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
■ × \(\frac{5}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
■ = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the unknown factor is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) is less than 1.

Question 9.
■ × 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The unknown factor is __________ 1.

Answer: Greater than

Explanation:
■ × 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
■ = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
■ = 2 × 2 = 4
■ = 4
Thus the unknown factor is 4
4 is greater than 1.

Problem Solving – Page No. 324

Question 10.
Kyle is making a scale drawing of his math book. The dimensions of his drawing will be \(\frac{1}{3}\) the dimensions of his book. If the width of his book is 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches, will the width of his drawing be equal to, greater than, or less than 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches?
__________

Answer: Less than

Explanation:
Given that,
Kyle is making a scale drawing of his math book.
The dimensions of his drawing will be \(\frac{1}{3}\) the dimensions of his book.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
First, Convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{17}{2}\) = \(\frac{17}{6}\)
Convert the fraction into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{17}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) is less than 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches.

Question 11.
Sense or Nonsense?
Penny wants to make a model of a beetle that is larger than life-size. Penny says she is going to use a scaling factor of \(\frac{7}{12}\). Does this make sense or is it nonsense? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: It is nonsense because Penny wants to make beetle Larger than life size. So, the scaling factor \(\frac{7}{12}\) is not corresponding, because when we multiply any value with the number less than 1 we get a smaller number.

Question 12.
Shannon, Mary, and John earn a weekly allowance. Shannon earns an amount that is \(\frac{2}{3}\) of what John earns. Mary earns an amount that is 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) of what John earns. John earns $20 a week. Who earns the greatest allowance? Who earns the least?
__________ earns the greatest allowance.
__________ earns the least allowance

Answer:
Mary earns the greatest allowance.
Shannon earns the least allowance.

Explanation:

Shannon, Mary, and John earn a weekly allowance.
Shannon earns an amount that is \(\frac{2}{3}\) of what John earns.
Mary earns an amount that is 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) of what John earns.
John earns $20 a week.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ________ 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Convert the mixed fraction into the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) is less than 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus Shannon earns the least allowance and Mary earns the greatest allowance.

Question 13.
Test Prep Addie’s puppy weighs 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) times what it weighed when it was born. It weighed 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds at birth. Which statement below is true?
Options:
a. The puppy weighs the same as it did at birth.
b. The puppy weighs less than it did at birth.
c. The puppy weighs more than it did at birth.
d. The puppy weighs twice what it did at birth.

Answer: The puppy weighs more than it did at birth.

Explanation:
Test Prep Addie’s puppy weighs 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) times what it weighed when it was born.
It weighed 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds at birth.
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) is greater than 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\).
So, the puppy weighs more than it did at birth.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Share and Show – Page No. 327

Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Question 1.
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{■}{3}\) × \(\frac{■}{5}\)
= \(\frac{■}{■}\)
=?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:

1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
\(\frac{5}{3}\) × \(\frac{19}{5}\)
\(\frac{■}{3}\) × \(\frac{■}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\) × \(\frac{19}{5}\)
\(\frac{5}{3}\) × \(\frac{19}{5}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 24
Shade the model to find the product.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 327 Q3

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 327 Q4

Question 5.
\(1 \frac{2}{7} \times 1 \frac{3}{4}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{2}{7}\) × 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Multiply the numerators and the denominators.
Convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
\(\frac{9}{7}\) × \(\frac{7}{4}\) = \(\frac{63}{28}\)
\(\frac{63}{28}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(1 \frac{2}{7} \times 1 \frac{3}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times 1 \frac{1}{4}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{15}{16}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{5}{4}\) = \(\frac{15}{16}\)
\(\frac{3}{4} \times 1 \frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{15}{16}\)

Use the Distributive Property to find the product.

Question 7.
\(16 \times 2 \frac{1}{2}\) = ______

Answer: 40

Explanation:
\(16 \times 2 \frac{1}{2}\)
(16 × 2) + (16 × \(\frac{1}{2}\))
32 + 8 = 40
\(16 \times 2 \frac{1}{2}\) = 40

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{4}{5} \times 15\) = ______

Answer: 27

Explanation:
\(1 \frac{4}{5} \times 15\)
15 × 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
(1 × 15) + (15 × \(\frac{4}{5}\))
15 + \(\frac{60}{5}\)
15 + 12 = 27
Thus \(1 \frac{4}{5} \times 15\) = 27

On Your Own

Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Question 9.
\(\frac{3}{4} \times 1 \frac{1}{2}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
Now convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{9}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 327 Q10

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 327 Q11

Question 12.
\(2 \frac{1}{2} \times 5 \frac{1}{5}\) = ______

Answer: 13

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 5 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{5}{2}\) × \(\frac{26}{5}\) = \(\frac{130}{10}\)
10 divides 130 thirteen times.
\(\frac{130}{10}\) = 13
\(2 \frac{1}{2} \times 5 \frac{1}{5}\) = 13

Question 13.
\(12 \frac{3}{4} \times 2 \frac{2}{3}\) = ______

Answer: 34

Explanation:
12 \(\frac{3}{4}\) × 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{51}{4}\) × \(\frac{6}{3}\)
3 divides 51 seventeen times.
17 × 2 = 34

Question 14.
\(3 \times 4 \frac{1}{2}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 13 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
3 × 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 × \(\frac{9}{2}\) = \(\frac{27}{2}\)
Convert the fraction to the mixed fraction
\(\frac{27}{2}\) = 13 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 15.
\(2 \frac{3}{8} \times \frac{4}{9}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Explanation:
2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{4}{9}\)
\(\frac{19}{8}\) × \(\frac{4}{9}\) = \(\frac{76}{72}\)
\(\frac{76}{72}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{18}\)
\(2 \frac{3}{8} \times \frac{4}{9}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{18}\)

Question 16.
\(1 \frac{1}{3} \times 1 \frac{1}{4} \times 1 \frac{1}{5}\) = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{4}{3}\) × \(\frac{5}{4}\) × \(\frac{6}{5}\) = 2
\(1 \frac{1}{3} \times 1 \frac{1}{4} \times 1 \frac{1}{5}\) = 2

Use the Distributive Property to find the product.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 327 Q17

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 327 Q18

Share and Show Connect to health – Page No. 328

Changing Recipes

You can make a lot of recipes more healthful by reducing the amounts of fat, sugar, and salt.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 25

Kelly has a muffin recipe that calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of sugar. She wants to use \(\frac{1}{2}\) that amount of sugar and more cinnamon and vanilla. How much sugar will she use?
Multiply 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) by \(\frac{1}{2}\) to find what part of the original amount of sugar to use.
Write the mixed number as a fraction greater than 1. Then, multiply.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times 1 \frac{1}{2}=\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{3}{2}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\)
So, Kelly will use \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of sugar.

Question 19.
Michelle has a recipe that calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of vegetable oil. She wants to use \(\frac{2}{3}\) that amount of oil and use applesauce to replace the rest. How much vegetable oil will she use?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cups

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Michelle has a recipe that calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of vegetable oil.
She wants to use \(\frac{2}{3}\) that amount of oil and use applesauce to replace the rest
Multiply 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) by \(\frac{2}{3}\) to find how much vegetable oil she will use.
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Convert the mixed fractions into the fractions.
\(\frac{5}{2}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{10}{6}\)
\(\frac{10}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
She will use 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of vegetable oil.

Question 20.
Tony’s recipe for soup calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) teaspoons of salt. He wants to use \(\frac{1}{2}\) that amount. How much salt will he use?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) teaspoon

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Tony’s recipe for soup calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) teaspoons of salt.
He wants to use \(\frac{1}{2}\) that amount.
Multiply the fractions to find how much salt he will use in the recipe for soup.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Convert the mixed fractions to the improper fractions.
\(\frac{5}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus Tony use \(\frac{5}{8}\) teaspoon of salt for soup.

Question 21.
Jeffrey’s recipe for oatmeal muffins calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal and makes one dozen muffins. If he makes 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) dozen muffins for a club meeting, how much oatmeal will he use?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cups

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Jeffrey’s recipe for oatmeal muffins calls for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of oatmeal and makes one dozen muffins.
To find how much oatmeal he will use we need to multiply the fractions.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Convert the mixed fractions to the improper fractions.
\(\frac{9}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{27}{8}\) = 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus he will use 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\) cups of oatmeal to make oatmeal muffins.

Question 22.
Cara’s muffin recipe calls for 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour for the muffins and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of flour for the topping. If she makes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the original recipe, how much flour will she use?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) cup of flour

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Convert mixed fractions into improper fractions.
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{4}\)
Now we can find how much flour she will use to make \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the original recipe, when multiply
\(\frac{7}{4}\) by \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 331

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions img 26

Question 1.
When Pascal built a dog house, he knew he wanted the floor of the house to have an area of 24 square feet. He also wanted the width to be \(\frac{2}{3}\) the length. What are the dimensions of the dog house?
First, choose two numbers that have a product of 24.
Guess: ____ feet and ____ feet
Then, check those numbers. Is the greater number \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the other number?
Check: \(\frac{2}{3}\) × _____ = _____
My guess is ______.
Finally, if the guess is not correct, revise it and check again. Continue until you find the correct answer.
_____ feet by _____ feet

Answer: 4 feet by 6 feet

Explanation:
When Pascal built a dog house, he knew he wanted the floor of the house to have an area of 24 square feet.
He also wanted the width to be \(\frac{2}{3}\) the length.
My guess for 24 square feet is 4 feet and 6 feet.
Now let us check the numbers.
6 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 4
So my guess is correct.
Thus the dimensions are 4 feet by 6 feet

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 331 Q2

Question 3.
Leo wants to paint a mural that covers a wall with an area of 1,440 square feet. The height of the wall is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of its length. What is the length and the height of the wall?
_____ feet by _____ feet

Answer: 24 feet by 60 feet

Explanation:
Leo wants to paint a mural that covers a wall with an area of 1,440 square feet. The height of the wall is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of its length.
Guess: 1,440 square feet = 24 feet × 60 feet
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × 60 = 24
So, our guess is correct.
.Thus the dimensions of the wall are 24 feet by 60 feet.

On Your Own – Page No. 332

Question 4.
Barry wants to make a drawing that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) the size of the original. If a tree in the original drawing is 14 inches tall, how tall will the tree in Barry’s drawing be?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches

Explanation:
Given:
Barry wants to make a drawing that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) the size of the original.
The tree is 14 inches tall in the drawing.
14 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{14}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
Convert the fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{7}{2}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches

Question 5.
A blueprint is a scale drawing of a building. The dimensions of the blueprint for Penny’s doll house are \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the measurements of the actual doll house. The floor of the doll house has an area of 864 square inches. If the width of the doll house is \(\frac{2}{3}\) the length, what are the dimensions of the floor on the blueprint of the doll house?
_____ inches by _____ inches

Answer: 9 inches by 6 inches

Explanation:
A blueprint is a scale drawing of a building.
The dimensions of the blueprint for Penny’s dollhouse are \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the measurements of the actual dollhouse.
The floor of the dollhouse has an area of 864 square inches.
The area of the dollhouse is 54 square inches.
My guess is 9 inches by 6 inches
Let us check the numbers
9 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 6
My guess is correct.
Therefore the dimensions of the floor on the blueprint of the dollhouse is 9 inches by 6 inches

Question 6.
Pose a Problem Look back at Exercise 4. Write a similar problem using a different measurement and a different fraction. Then solve your problem.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Kyle is making reusable grocery bags and lunch bags. She used a 3/4 yard of cloth to make the grocery bag. A lunch bag requires 2/3 of the amount of cloth of a grocery bag’s needs. How much does she need to make the lunch bag?
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus Kyle needs \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the grocery bag to make the lunch bag.

Question 7.
Test Prep Albert’s photograph has an area of 80 square inches. The length of the photo is 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) the width. Which of the following could be the dimensions of the photograph?
Options:
a. 5 inches by 16 inches
b. 12 inches by 10 inches
c. 6 inches by 5 inches
d. 10 inches by 8 inches

Answer: 10 inches by 8 inches

Explanation:
Albert’s photograph has an area of 80 square inches.
The length of the photo is 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) the width.
My guess for 80 square inches is 10 inches by 8 inches.
Now let us check the numbers.
8 × 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 8 × \(\frac{5}{4}\) = 10
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 333

Concepts and Skills

Question 1.
When you multiply 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) by a number greater than one, how does the product compare to 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Your product will be greater than 3 1/4 because anytime you multiply a fraction times a whole number less than 1 you get a fraction less than one and any time you multiply by a fraction and a whole number greater than 1 your answer is greater than 1.

Use a model to solve.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 333 Q2

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 333 Q3

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 24 = _____

Answer: 15

Explanation:

\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 24
8 divides 24 three times.
5 × 3 = 15
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × 24 = 15

Find the product. Write the product in simplest form.

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × 8 = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × 8 = \(\frac{24}{5}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{24}{5}\) is 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × 8 = 4 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 10 = _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 10
2 divides 10 five times.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 5 = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{5}{2}\) is 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 10 = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 333 Q7

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 333 Q8

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) × \(\frac{5}{7}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{7}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{5}\) × \(\frac{5}{7}\)
5 in the numerator and 5 in the denominator gets canceled.
= \(\frac{1}{7}\)
Thus \(\frac{1}{5}\) × \(\frac{5}{7}\) = \(\frac{1}{7}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\)
3 divides 6 two times
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Multiply the denominators.
= \(\frac{1}{16}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Complete the statement with equal to, greater than, or less than.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 333 Q11

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Page 333 Q12

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 334

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 13.
Wolfgang wants to enlarge a picture he developed. Which factor listed below would scale up (enlarge) his picture the most if he used it to multiply its current dimensions?
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{14}{14}\)
c. 1 \(\frac{4}{9}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{4}{9}\)

Explanation:
The greatest fraction among all the fractions is 1 \(\frac{4}{9}\).
1 \(\frac{4}{9}\) is greater than 1.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 14.
Rachel wants to reduce the size of her photo. Which factor listed below would scale down (reduce) the size of her picture the most?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{11}{16}\)
c. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Compare to all the fractions \(\frac{5}{8}\) is smaller.
So, Rachel would reduce the size of her picture to \(\frac{5}{8}\)
So, the correct answer is option A.

Question 15.
Marteen wants to paint \(\frac{2}{3}\) of her room today. She wants to paint \(\frac{1}{4}\) of that before lunch. How much of her room will she paint today before lunch?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
c. 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Marteen wants to paint \(\frac{2}{3}\) of her room today.
She wants to paint \(\frac{1}{4}\) of that before lunch.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
So, the answer is option B.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 335

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 16.
Gia’s bus route to school is 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles. The bus route home is 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) times as long. How long is Gia’s bus route home?
Options:
a. 5 \(\frac{3}{10}\) miles
b. 8 miles
c. 8 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles
d. 17 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles

Answer: 8 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles

Explanation:
Gia’s bus route to school is 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles. The bus route home is 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) times as long.
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Convert the mixed fractions to improper fractions.
\(\frac{11}{2}\) × \(\frac{8}{5}\) = \(\frac{88}{10}\) = \(\frac{44}{5}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{44}{5}\) is 8 \(\frac{4}{5}\) miles
Therefore the answer is option C.

Question 17.
Carl’s dog weighs 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) times what Judy’s dog weighs. If Judy’s dog weighs 35 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds, how much does Carl’s dog weigh?
Options:
a. 88 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds
b. 82 \(\frac{5}{6}\) pounds
c. 81 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds
d. 71 pounds

Answer: 82 \(\frac{5}{6}\) pounds

Explanation:
Carl’s dog weighs 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) times what Judy’s dog weighs.
To find the weigh of Carl’s dog we need to multiply the fractions
2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) and 35 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{3}\) × \(\frac{71}{2}\) = \(\frac{497}{6}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{497}{6}\) is 82 \(\frac{5}{6}\) pounds.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 18.
In a fifth grade class, \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the girls have brown hair. Of the brown-haired girls, \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the girls have long hair. What fraction of the girls in the class have long brown hair?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{20}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
In a fifth grade class, \(\frac{4}{5}\) of the girls have brown hair. Of the brown-haired girls, \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the girls have long hair.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
The correct answer is option B.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 336

Constructed Response

Question 19.
Tasha plans to tile the floor in her room with square tiles that are \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot long. Will she use more or fewer tiles if she is only able to purchase square tiles that are \(\frac{1}{3}\) foot long? Explain.
_________ tiles

Answer: Fewer

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) is less than \(\frac{1}{3}\)
So, Tasha will use fewer tiles if she is only able to purchase square tiles that are \(\frac{1}{3}\) long.

Performance Task

Question 20.
For a bake sale, Violet wants to use the recipe below.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions Chapter Review/Test img 27
A). If she wants to double the recipe, how much flour will she need?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cups flour

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups flour

Explanation:
To bake the sugar cookies she needs 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups flour.
If she wants to double the recipe, she needs to multiply the 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) cups flour by 2.
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups flour

Question 20.
B). Baxter wants to make 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) times the recipe. Will he need more or less sugar than Violet needs if she doubles the recipe? Explain.
__________ sugar

Answer: less

Explanation:
If violet doubles the recipe he need 2 × 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3 cups of sugar
Baxter wants to make 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) times the recipe.
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Baxter needs less sugar when compared to Violet’s recipe.

Question 20.
C). As shown, the recipe makes 60 cookies. Jorge wants to bring 150 cookies. How much flour will he need to make 150 cookies? Explain how you got your answer. (Hint: what can you multiply 60 by to get 150?)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cups flour

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups flour

Explanation:
The recipe makes 60 cookies. Jorge wants to bring 150 cookies.
Let the amount of flour be x.
60 × x = 150
x = 150/60 = 5/2
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{5}{2}\) is 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus, Jorge need 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups flour to make 150 cookies.

Conclusion

Make the most out of the Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5 Ch 7 Multiply Fractions. Our guide on 5th Grade Chapter 7 Multiply Fractions helps you to clarify the concepts related in no time. Keep in touch with our site to avail Go Math Answer Key for different Grades all in one place.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators

go-math-grade-5-chapter-6-add-and-subtract-fractions-with-unlike-denominators-answer-key

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators can be downloaded free of cost from here. HMH Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key includes topics such as Addition and Subtraction with unlike denominators, Estimate fraction sums and differences, Least Common Denominators, etc. Begin your preparation from Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 6 Solution Key Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators and score better grades in your exams.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators

The Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators covers all the Questions in Chapter Tests, Practice Tests, etc., and has detailed solutions for all of them. Try to solve as many problems as possible from the  Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5 Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators and know the concepts behind them easily. Access the Topics in 5th Grade Go Math Ch 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators via quick links available in the forthcoming modules.

Lesson 1: Investigate • Addition with Unlike Denominators

Lesson 2: Investigate • Subtraction with Unlike Denominators

Lesson 3: Estimate Fraction Sums and Differences

Lesson 4: Common Denominators and Equivalent Fractions

Lesson 5: Add and Subtract Fractions

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Lesson 7: Subtraction with Renaming

Lesson 8: Algebra • Patterns with Fractions

Lesson 9: Problem Solving • Practice Addition and Subtraction

Lesson 10: Algebra • Use Properties of Addition

Chapter 6 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 244

Use fraction strips to find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 1
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{3}{8}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{1}{8}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{2}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{8}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 2
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{2}{5}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place two \(\frac{1}{5}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{2}\) fraction strip beside the two \(\frac{1}{5}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{2}{5}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Thus, \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Page No. 245

Use fraction strips to find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 3
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{1}{8}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{8}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 4
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{3}=\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{3}{4}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{3}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{4}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) + \(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Use fraction strips to find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 245 Q5

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{12}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{12}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place \(\frac{1}{12}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction strip beside the \(\frac{1}{12}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{12}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{12}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{3}{10}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{1}{10}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{2}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{10}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{6}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place two \(\frac{1}{3}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{6}\) fraction strip beside the two \(\frac{1}{3}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{6}\) and \(\frac{2}{3}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place five \(\frac{1}{8}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction strip beside the five \(\frac{1}{8}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{5}{8}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 245 Q10

Question 11.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{6}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{12}\)
Explanation:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{3}{4}\) and \(\frac{1}{6}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)  = \(\frac{2}{12}\)
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{9}{12}\) + \(\frac{2}{12}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{2}{3}=\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Explanation:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{2}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{7}{6}\)
\(\frac{7}{6}\) is greater than 1.
Convert the fraction into the mixed fraction
\(\frac{7}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{4}=\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Explanation:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{7}{8}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
Convert \(\frac{9}{8}\) into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{9}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 14.
Explain how using fraction strips with like denominators makes it possible to add fractions with unlike denominators.
Type below:
_________

Answer: The strips for both fractions need to be the same size. Finding like denominators is done by trying smaller strips so they can all be the same size.

Problem Solving – Page No. 246

Question 15.
Maya makes trail mix by combining \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of mixed nuts and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of dried fruit. What is the total amount of ingredients in her trail mix?
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{7}{12}\)
Maya uses \(\frac{1}{12}\) cup of ingredients.
Write a new problem using different amounts for each ingredient. Each amount should be a fraction with a denominator of 2, 3, or 4. Then use fraction strips to solve your problem.
Pose a problem                          Solve your problem. Draw a picture of the
fraction strips you use to solve the problem.
Explain why you chose the amounts you did for your problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{7}{12}\)
Maya uses \(\frac{1}{12}\) cup of ingredients.
Maya makes trail mix by combining \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of mixed nuts and \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of dried fruit and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of chocolate morsels. What is the total amount of ingredients in her trail mix?
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = x
2 • \(\frac{1}{2}\) +  2 • \(\frac{1}{3}\) +  2 • \(\frac{1}{4}\) =  2 • x
1 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2x
Now multiply with 3 on both sides
3 • 1 + 3 • \(\frac{2}{3}\) + 3 • \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3 • 2x
3 + 2 + \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 6x
6 + 4 + 1 = 12 x
11 = 12x
x = \(\frac{11}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 248

Use fraction strips to find the difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 5
\(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{2}{5}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{5}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 6
\(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Now we have to make the fractions like denominators
\(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{8}{12}\) – \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Page No. 249

Use fraction strips to find the difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 7
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Step 1:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the difference \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}\)
Step 2:
Find another set of fraction strips, all with the same the denominator, that fit exactly under the difference \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}\)
Step 3:
Find other fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the difference \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) • \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{6}{6}\)
\(\frac{20}{24}\) – \(\frac{6}{24}\) = \(\frac{14}{24}\) = \(\frac{7}{12}\)
Thus, \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 8
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{10}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{5}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 9
\(\frac{3}{8}-\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{8}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)
= \(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 10
\(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{1}{2}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}-\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Use fraction strips to find the difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 249 Q7

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 249 Q8

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{10}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{10}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{5}{10}\) – \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{1}{2}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{6}{10}-\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{4}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{4}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{3}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{3}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{3}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{9}{12}\) – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 249 Q14

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 249 Q15

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 249 Q16

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 250

Question 17.
The picture at the right shows how much pizza was left over from lunch. Jason eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pizza for dinner. Which subtraction sentence represents the amount of pizza that is remaining after dinner?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 11
a. What problem are you being asked to solve?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to solve which subtraction sentence represents the amount of pizza that is remaining after dinner.

Question 17.
b. How will you use the diagram to solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I will use number of slices left in the pizza to solve the problem.

Question 17.
c. Jason eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pizza. How many slices does he eat?
______ slices

Answer: 2 slices

Explanation:
Given that, Jason eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pizza.
The pizza is cut into 8 slices.
So, 8 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 slices.
Thus Jason ate 2 slices.

Question 17.
d. Redraw the diagram of the pizza. Shade the sections of pizza that are remaining after Jason eats his dinner.
Type below:
_________

Question 17.
e. Write a fraction to represent the amount of pizza that is remaining.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a pizza

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a pizza

Explanation:
The fraction of pizzz Jason ate = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Number of slices left = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Now subtract \(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus the fraction to represent the amount of pizza that is remaining is \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 17.
f. Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice above.
Options:
a. 1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
d. 1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: B
The fraction of pizzz Jason ate = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Number of slices left = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Now subtract \(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 18.
The diagram shows what Tina had left from a yard of fabric. She now uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of fabric for a project. How much of the original yard of fabric does Tina have left after the project?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 12
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) yard
c. \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard
d. \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard

Explanation:
The original yard of fabric is 6
Tina uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of fabric for a project.
\(\frac{1}{1}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard

Share and Show – Page No. 253

Estimate the sum or difference.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\)
a. Round \(\frac{5}{6}\) to its closest benchmark. ____
b. Round \(\frac{3}{8}\) to its closest benchmark. ____
c. Add to find the estimate. ____ + ____ = ____
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
a. Round \(\frac{5}{6}\) to its closest benchmark. \(\frac{6}{6}\) or 1.
b. Round \(\frac{3}{8}\) to its closest benchmark. \(\frac{4}{8}\) or \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. Add to find the estimate. ____ + ____ = ____
1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{5}{9}-\frac{3}{8}\)
_____

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{5}{9}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
The fraction rounded to \(\frac{5}{9}\) is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{3}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
The fraction rounded to \(\frac{3}{8}\) is \(\frac{1}{2}\).
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 253 Q3

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 253 Q4

Question 5.
\(3 \frac{9}{10}-1 \frac{2}{9}\)
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{9}{10}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{2}{9}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
3 × 1 – 1 × 0 = 3 – 0 = 3
\(3 \frac{9}{10}-1 \frac{2}{9}\) = 3

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{6}+\frac{1}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:

Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{4}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{9}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
So, \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 0 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}+\frac{1}{9}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 253 Q7

On Your Own

Estimate the sum or difference.

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{5}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{3}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
0 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{6}{7}-\frac{1}{5}\)
_____

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{6}{7}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 – 0 = 1
\(\frac{6}{7}-\frac{1}{5}\) = 1

Question 11.
\(\frac{11}{12}+\frac{6}{10}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{11}{12}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{6}{10}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1
1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{11}{12}+\frac{6}{10}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{9}{10}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{2}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{4}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{3}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{4}{5}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1 = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{4}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{5}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{3}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 253 Q15

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 253 Q16

Problem Solving – Page No. 254

Question 17.
Lisa and Valerie are picnicking in Trough Creek State Park in Pennsylvania. Lisa has brought a salad that she made with \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of strawberries, \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup of peaches, and \(\frac{1}{6}\) cup of blueberries. About how many total cups of fruit are in the salad?
_____ cups

Answer: 2 cups

Explanation:
Lisa and Valerie are picnicking in Trough Creek State Park in Pennsylvania.
Lisa has brought a salad that she made with \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of strawberries, \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup of peaches, and \(\frac{1}{6}\) cup of blueberries.
Step 1: Place \(\frac{3}{4}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place \(\frac{7}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 3: Place \(\frac{1}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
1 + 1 + 0 = 2
Thus 2 cups of fruit are in the salad.

Question 18.
At Trace State Park in Mississippi, there is a 25-mile mountain bike trail. If Tommy rode \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the trail on Saturday and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the trail on Sunday, about what fraction of the trail did he ride?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
At Trace State Park in Mississippi, there is a 25-mile mountain bike trail.
If Tommy rode \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the trail on Saturday and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the trail on Sunday
Step 1: Place \(\frac{1}{2}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) lies between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The number closer to \(\frac{1}{5}\) is 0
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – 0 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The estimated fraction of the trail he ride is \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 254 Q19

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 254 Q20

Question 21.
Test Prep Jake added \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of sunflower seeds and \(\frac{4}{5}\) cup of banana chips to his sundae. Which is the best estimate of the total amount of toppings Jake added to his sundae?
Options:
a. about \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup
b. about 1 cup
c. about 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
d. about 2 cups

Answer: about 1 cup

Explanation:
Given, Test Prep Jake added \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of sunflower seeds and \(\frac{4}{5}\) cup of banana chips to his sundae
Step 1: Place \(\frac{1}{8}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) lies between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place \(\frac{4}{5}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
0 + 1 = 1
The best estimate of the total amount of toppings Jake added to his sundae is about 1 cup.

Share and Show – Page No. 256

Question 1.
Find a common denominator of \(\frac{1}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{9}\) . Rewrite the pair of fractions using the common denominator.
• Multiply the denominators.
A common denominator of \(\frac{1}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{9}\) is ____.
• Rewrite the pair of fractions using the common denominator.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Common denominator is 18.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{18}\)
\(\frac{1}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{18}\)
The pair of fractions using the common denominator is \(\frac{3}{18}\), \(\frac{2}{18}\)

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{1}{5}\)
common denominator: _________
Type below:
_________

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fraction.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{15}\)
Thus the common denominator is 15.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 256 Q3

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{9}, \frac{1}{15}\)
common denominator: _________
Type below:
_________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators
\(\frac{2}{9}\) × \(\frac{1}{15}\)
The least common denominator of 15 and 9 is 45.
So, the common denominator of \(\frac{2}{9}, \frac{1}{15}\) is 45.

Page No. 257

Use the least common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{3}{8}\)
least common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

First multiply the denominators of the fractions \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{3}{8}\)
4 × 8 = 32
The least common denominator is 8
The equivalent fractions with LCD
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 257 Q6

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{5}, \frac{1}{6}\)
least common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 30

Explanation:
First, multiply the denominators of the fractions.
5 × 6 = 30
The least common denominator (LCD) = 30
\(\frac{4}{5}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\)= \(\frac{24}{30}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{30}\)

On Your Own

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{1}{4}\)
common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions to find the common denominator.
5 × 4 = 20
So, the common denominator of \(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{1}{4}\) is 20.

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{1}{5}\)
common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions to find the common denominator.
8 × 5 = 40
So, the common denominator of \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{1}{5}\) is 40.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 257 Q10

Practice: Copy and Solve Use the least common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{4}{9}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{3}{18}, \frac{8}{18}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 18
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{18}\)
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{8}{18}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{7}{9}, \frac{8}{27}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{21}{27}, \frac{8}{27}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 27
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{7}{9}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{21}{27}\)
\(\frac{8}{27}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\) = \(\frac{8}{27}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{7}{10}, \frac{3}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{28}{40}, \frac{15}{40}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 40
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{7}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{28}{40}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{15}{40}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{5}{11}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{11}{33}, \frac{15}{33}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 33
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{11}{11}\) = \(\frac{11}{33}\)
\(\frac{5}{11}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{15}{33}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 257 Q15

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{4}{21}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{7}{42}, \frac{8}{42}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 42
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\) = \(\frac{7}{42}\)
\(\frac{4}{21}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{8}{42}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{5}{14}, \frac{8}{42}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{15}{42}, \frac{8}{42}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 42
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{5}{14}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{15}{42}\)
\(\frac{8}{42}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\) = \(\frac{8}{42}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{5}{18}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{21}{36}, \frac{10}{36}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 36
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{7}{12}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{21}{36}\)
\(\frac{5}{18}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{10}{36}\)

Algebra Write the unknown number for each ■.

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{5}, \frac{1}{8}\)
least common denominator: ■
■ = ______

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
5 × 8 = 40
Therefore, ■ = 40

Question 20.
\(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{■}\)
least common denominator: 15
■ = ______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
5 × ■ = 15
■ = 15/5 = 3
Thus ■ = 3

Question 21.
\(\frac{3}{■}, \frac{5}{6}\)
least common denominator: 42
■ = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{■}, \frac{5}{6}\)
■ × 6 = 42
■ = 42/6
■ = 7

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 258

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 13

Question 22.
Katie made two pies for the bake sale. One was cut into three equal slices and the other into 5 equal slices. She will continue to cut the pies so each one has the same number of equal-sized slices. What is the least number of equal-sized slices each pie could have?
a. What information are you given?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I have the information about the two pies for the bake sale. One was cut into three equal slices and the other into 5 equal slices. She will continue to cut the pies so each one has the same number of equal-sized slices.

Question 22.
b. What problem are you being asked to solve?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to solve the least number of equal-sized slices each pie could have.

Question 22.
c. When Katie cuts the pies more, can she cut each pie the same number of times and have all the slices the same size? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Yes she can cut into more equal pieces. Katie can cut the pie into 6 equal pieces and 10 equal pieces. But the least number of equal-sized slices each pie could have is 3 and 5.

Question 22.
d. Use the diagram to show the steps you use to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 14
Type below:
_________

Answer:
There are 2 pies. One pie is cut into 3 equal pieces and the second pie is cut into 5 equal pieces.
So, there are 15 pieces of pies.

Question 22.
e. Complete the sentences.
The least common denominator of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{5}\) is ____.
Katie can cut each piece of the first pie into ____ and each piece of the second pie into ____ .
That means that Katie can cut each pie into pieces that are ____ of the whole pie.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The least common denominator of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{5}\) is 15
5 × 3 = 15
Katie can cut each piece of the first pie into three and each piece of the second pie into five.
That means that Katie can cut each pie into pieces that are 15 of the whole pie.

Question 23.
A cookie recipe calls for \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of brown sugar and \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of walnuts. Find the least common denominator of the fractions used in the recipe.
____

Answer: 24

Explanation:

A cookie recipe calls for \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of brown sugar and \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of walnuts.
We can calculate the LCD by multiplying the denominators of the fraction.
3 × 8 = 24.

Question 24.
Test Prep Which fractions use the least common denominator and are equivalent to \(\frac{5}{8}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{10}{40} \text { and } \frac{14}{40}\)
b. \(\frac{25}{40} \text { and } \frac{28}{40}\)
c. \(\frac{25}{80} \text { and } \frac{21}{80}\)
d. \(\frac{50}{80} \text { and } \frac{56}{80}\)

Answer: \(\frac{50}{80} \text { and } \frac{56}{80}\)

Explanation:
The least common denominator of \(\frac{5}{8}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\) is 80.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\) × \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= \(\frac{50}{80} \text { and } \frac{56}{80}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Share and Show – Page No. 260

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\)
\(\frac{9}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{3}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
Use the common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators. Then add, and write your answer in simplest form.
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{3}{7}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\) + \(\frac{3}{7}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{14}{35}+\frac{15}{35}\)
= \(\frac{29}{35}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{29}{35}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 260 Q3

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 260 Q4

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
First, find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
Use the common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators. Then add, and write your answer in simplest form.
\(\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{7}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\) – \(\frac{1}{7}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{28}\) – \(\frac{4}{28}\) = \(\frac{3}{28}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{7}\) = \(\frac{3}{28}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
First, find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
Use the common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators. Then add, and write your answer in simplest form.
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{9}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)
\(\frac{36}{40}\) – \(\frac{10}{40}\) = \(\frac{26}{40}\)
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{26}{40}\)

On Your Own – Page No. 261

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 8
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{10}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 40
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{35}{40}\) + \(\frac{4}{40}\) = \(\frac{39}{40}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{39}{40}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{3}{10}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 70
\(\frac{2}{7}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\)
\(\frac{20}{70}\) + \(\frac{21}{70}\) = \(\frac{41}{70}\)
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{41}{70}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 261 Q10

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 261 Q11

Question 12.
\(\frac{7}{16}+\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{16}+\frac{1}{4}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 16
\(\frac{7}{16}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{16}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{16}\) + \(\frac{4}{16}\) = \(\frac{11}{16}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
LCD = 24
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
= \(\frac{20}{24}\) + \(\frac{9}{24}\) = \(\frac{29}{24}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{29}{24}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{2}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 4
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
The miced fractiion of \(\frac{5}{4}\) is 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{4}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{4}{18}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{4}{18}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 18
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{4}{18}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{4}{18}\)
\(\frac{6}{18}\) + \(\frac{4}{18}\) = \(\frac{10}{18}\) = \(\frac{5}{9}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{4}{18}\) = \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{3}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 15
\(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{9}{15}\) + \(\frac{5}{15}\) = \(\frac{14}{15}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{14}{15}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{6}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 30
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{9}{30}\) + \(\frac{5}{30}\) = \(\frac{14}{30}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{14}{30}\)

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{4}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{4}{9}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 18
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{4}{9}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{9}{9}\) + \(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)
= \(\frac{9}{18}\) + \(\frac{8}{18}\) = \(\frac{17}{18}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{4}{9}\) = \(\frac{17}{18}\)

Question 20.
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{8}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 8
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{4}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 261 Q21

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 261 Q22

Question 23.
\(\frac{11}{12}-\frac{7}{15}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{12}-\frac{7}{15}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 60
\(\frac{11}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{15}\)
\(\frac{11}{12}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) – \(\frac{7}{15}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{55}{60}\) – \(\frac{28}{60}\) = \(\frac{27}{60}\)
\(\frac{11}{12}-\frac{7}{15}\) = \(\frac{27}{60}\) = \(\frac{9}{20}\)

Algebra Find the unknown number.

Question 24.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) − ■ = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
■ = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = ■
■ = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{1}{5}\)
■ = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
■ = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 25.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + ■ = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
■ = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + ■ = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) − \(\frac{1}{2}\) = – ■
– ■ = \(\frac{5}{12}\) − \(\frac{1}{2}\)
– ■ = \(\frac{5}{12}\) − \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\)
– ■ = \(\frac{5}{12}\) − \(\frac{6}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{12}\)
■ = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 262

Use the picture for 26–27.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 15

Question 26.
Sara is making a key chain using the bead design shown. What fraction of the beads in her design are either blue or red?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Explanation:
Total number of red beads = 6
Total number of blue beads = 5
Total number of beads = 6 + 5 = 11
The fraction of beads = \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Question 27.
In making the key chain, Sara uses the pattern of beads 3 times. After the key chain is complete, what fraction of the beads in the key chain are either white or blue?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
In making the key chain, Sara uses the pattern of beads 3 times.
Given that Sara uses the pattern of beads 3 times.
Total number of blue beads = 5
5 × 3 = 15
Number of white beads = 4
4 × 3 = 12
15 + 12 = 27
Actual number of beads = 15
So, the fraction is \(\frac{27}{15}\) = \(\frac{9}{5}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{9}{5}\) is 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 28.
Jamie had \(\frac{4}{5}\) of a spool of twine. He then used \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a spool of twine to make friendship knots. He claims to have \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the original spool of twine left over. Explain how you know whether Jamie’s claim is reasonable.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Jamie’s claim is reasonable

Explanation:
Jamie had \(\frac{4}{5}\) of a spool of twine. He then used \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a spool of twine to make friendship knots. He claims to have \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the original spool of twine left over.
To know whether his estimation is reasonable or not we have to subtract the total spool of twine from used spool of twine.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{4}{5}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)  – \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{8}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)
By this is can that Jamie’s claim is reasonable.

Question 29.
Does Test Prep Which equation represent the fraction of beads that are green or yellow?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 16
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
b. [atex]\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{4}[/latex]
c. \(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{2}{8}=1\)

Answer: [atex]\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{4}[/latex]

Explanation:
Number of green beads = 4 = [atex]\frac{1}{2}[/latex]
Number of blue beads = 3 = [atex]\frac{3}{4}[/latex]
Number of yellow beads = 1 [atex]\frac{1}{4}[/latex]
The fraction of beads that are green or yellow is [atex]\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{4}[/latex]
The correct answer is option B.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 263

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 17

Question 1.
A ________ is a number that is a multiple of two or more numbers.
________

Answer: Common Multiple
A Common Multiple is a number that is a multiple of two or more numbers.

Question 2.
A ________ is a common multiple of two or more denominators.
________

Answer: Common denominator
A Common denominator is a common multiple of two or more denominators.

Concepts and Skills

Estimate the sum or difference.

Question 3.
\(\frac{8}{9}+\frac{4}{7}\)
about ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Place \(\frac{8}{9}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{8}{9}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
\(\frac{8}{9}\) is closer to 1.
Place \(\frac{4}{7}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{4}{7}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
\(\frac{4}{7}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\).
1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 263 Q4

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 263 Q5

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{9}\)
common denominator:
Type below:
__________

Answer: 54
Multiply the denominators
6 × 9 = 54
Thus the common denominator of \(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{9}\) is 54

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8}, \frac{3}{10}\)
common denominator:
Type below:
__________

Answer: 80
Multiply the denominators
8 × 10 = 80
The common denominator of \(\frac{3}{8}, \frac{3}{10}\) is 80

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{9}, \frac{5}{12}\)
common denominator:
Type below:
__________

Answer: 36
Multiply the denominators
9 × 12 = 108
The common denominator of \(\frac{1}{9}, \frac{5}{12}\) is 108

Use the least common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{10}\)
least common denominator: ______
Explain:
__________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators
5 × 10 = 50
The least common denominators of \(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{10}\) is 10.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 263 Q10

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{2}{7}\)
least common denominator: ______
Explain:
__________

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators
The least common denominator of 3 and 7 is 21.
Thus the LCD of \(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{2}{7}\) is 21.

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 12.
\(\frac{11}{18}-\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{18}\)

Explanation:
Make the fractions like denominators.
\(\frac{11}{18}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{18}\)
\(\frac{11}{18}\) – \(\frac{3}{18}\) = \(\frac{8}{18}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{24}{35}\)

Explanation:
Make the fractions like denominators.
\(\frac{2}{7}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{10}{35}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\) = \(\frac{14}{35}\)
\(\frac{10}{35}\) + \(\frac{14}{35}\) = \(\frac{24}{35}\)
Thus \(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{24}{35}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{18}{40}\)

Explanation:
Make the fractions like denominators.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\) = \(\frac{30}{40}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{12}{40}\)
\(\frac{30}{40}\) – \(\frac{12}{40}\) = \(\frac{18}{40}\)

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 264

Question 15.
Mrs. Vargas bakes a pie for her book club meeting. The shaded part of the diagram below shows the amount of pie left after the meeting. That evening, Mr. Vargas eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pie. What fraction represents the amount of pie remaining?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 18
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Mrs. Vargas bakes a pie for her book club meeting. The shaded part of the diagram below shows the amount of pie left after the meeting.
So, the fraction of the pie is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
That evening, Mr. Vargas eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pie.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the fraction represents the amount of pie remaining is \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 16.
Keisha makes a large sandwich for a family picnic. She takes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the sandwich to the picnic. At the picnic, her family eats \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the whole sandwich. What fraction of the whole sandwich does Keisha bring back from the picnic?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Keisha makes a large sandwich for a family picnic. She takes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the sandwich to the picnic.
At the picnic, her family eats \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the whole sandwich.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{4}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus Keisha brought \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the sandwich from the picnic.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 264 Q17

Share and Show – Page No. 266

Question 1.
Use a common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators and then find the sum. Write your answer in the simplest form.
7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = ■
+ 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = + ■
—————————

_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 \(\frac{3}{20}\)

Explanation:
First convert the mixed fraction to proper fraction.
7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{37}{5}\)
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{19}{4}\)
\(\frac{37}{5}\) + \(\frac{19}{4}\)
= \(\frac{37}{5}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{148}{20}\)
\(\frac{19}{4}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{95}{20}\)
\(\frac{148}{20}\) + \(\frac{95}{20}\) = \(\frac{243}{20}\)
Now convert it into mixed fraction = 12 \(\frac{3}{20}\)

Find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 2.
\(2 \frac{3}{4}+3 \frac{3}{10}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Explanation:
First convert the mixed fraction to proper fraction.
\(2 \frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{11}{4}\)
3 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{33}{10}\)
Now make the common denominators of the above fractions.
\(\frac{11}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\) = \(\frac{110}{40}\)
\(\frac{33}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{132}{40}\) = \(\frac{121}{20}\)
Now convert the fraction into mixed fraction.
\(\frac{121}{20}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 266 Q3

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 266 Q4

Page No. 267

Find the difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 5.
\(9 \frac{5}{6}-2 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(9 \frac{5}{6}-2 \frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{59}{6}\) – \(\frac{14}{6}\)
= \(\frac{45}{6}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\) = 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
\(10 \frac{5}{9}-9 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{7}{18}\)

Explanation:
\(10 \frac{5}{9}-9 \frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{95}{9}\) – \(\frac{55}{6}\)
= \(\frac{190}{18}\) – \(\frac{165}{18}\) = \(\frac{25}{18}\)
= 1 \(\frac{7}{18}\)
\(10 \frac{5}{9}-9 \frac{1}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{18}\)

Question 7.
\(7 \frac{2}{3}-3 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(7 \frac{2}{3}-3 \frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{23}{3}\) – \(\frac{19}{6}\) = \(\frac{46}{6}\) – \(\frac{19}{6}\)
= \(\frac{27}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(7 \frac{2}{3}-3 \frac{1}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

On Your Own

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 267 Q8

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 267 Q9

Question 10.
\(2 \frac{1}{2}+2 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{1}{2}+2 \frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\) + \(\frac{7}{3}\)
\(\frac{15}{6}\) + \(\frac{14}{6}\)= \(\frac{29}{6}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{29}{6}\) is 4 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 11.
\(5 \frac{1}{4}+9 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 14 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{1}{4}+9 \frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{21}{4}\) + \(\frac{28}{3}\)
\(\frac{63}{12}\) + \(\frac{112}{12}\) = \(\frac{175}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{175}{12}\) is 14 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 12.
\(8 \frac{1}{6}+7 \frac{3}{8}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 15 \(\frac{13}{24}\)

Explanation:
\(8 \frac{1}{6}+7 \frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{49}{6}\) + \(\frac{59}{8}\)
\(\frac{196}{24}\) + \(\frac{177}{24}\) = \(\frac{373}{24}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{373}{24}\) is 15 \(\frac{13}{24}\)

Question 13.
\(14 \frac{7}{12}-5 \frac{1}{4}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(14 \frac{7}{12}-5 \frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{175}{12}\) – \(\frac{21}{4}\)
\(\frac{175}{12}\) – \(\frac{63}{12}\) = \(\frac{112}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{112}{12}\) is 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 14.
\(12 \frac{3}{4}-6 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(12 \frac{3}{4}-6 \frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{51}{4}\) – \(\frac{37}{6}\)
\(\frac{153}{12}\) – \(\frac{74}{12}\) = \(\frac{79}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{79}{12}\) is 6 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 15.
\(2 \frac{5}{8}-1 \frac{1}{4}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{5}{8}-1 \frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{21}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{4}\) = \(\frac{21}{8}\) – \(\frac{10}{8}\)
= \(\frac{11}{8}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{11}{8}\) is 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 16.
\(10 \frac{1}{2}-2 \frac{1}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(10 \frac{1}{2}-2 \frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{21}{2}\) – \(\frac{11}{5}\)
\(\frac{105}{10}\) – \(\frac{22}{10}\) = \(\frac{83}{10}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{83}{10}\) is 8 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 267 Q17

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 267 Q18

Question 19.
\(2 \frac{1}{6}+4 \frac{5}{9}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{1}{6}+4 \frac{5}{9}\) = \(\frac{13}{6}\) + \(\frac{41}{9}\)
\(\frac{39}{18}\) + \(\frac{82}{18}\) = \(\frac{121}{18}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{121}{18}\) is 6 \(\frac{13}{18}\)
\(2 \frac{1}{6}+4 \frac{5}{9}\) = 6 \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Question 20.
\(20 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{12}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 21 \(\frac{1}{24}\)

Explanation:
\(20 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{165}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\)
\(\frac{495}{24}\) + \(\frac{10}{24}\) = \(\frac{505}{24}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{505}{24}\) is 21 \(\frac{1}{24}\)
\(20 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{12}\) = 21 \(\frac{1}{24}\)

Question 21.
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{11}{3}\) – \(\frac{7}{6}\)
\(\frac{22}{6}\) – \(\frac{7}{6}\) = \(\frac{15}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{5}{2}\) is 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 22.
\(5 \frac{6}{7}-1 \frac{2}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{4}{21}\)

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{6}{7}-1 \frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{41}{7}\) – \(\frac{5}{3}\)
\(\frac{123}{21}\) – \(\frac{35}{21}\) = \(\frac{88}{21}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{88}{21}\) is 4 \(\frac{4}{21}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 267 Q23

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 267 Q24

Problem Solving – Page No. 268

Use the table to solve 25–28.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 19

Question 25.
Gavin is mixing a batch of Sunrise Orange paint for an art project. How much paint does Gavin mix?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ounces

Answer: 5 \(\frac{7}{8}\) ounces

Explanation:
Gavin is mixing a batch of Sunrise Orange paint for an art project.
2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Solving the whole numbers
2 + 3 = 5
Add the fraction parts
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 8
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
5 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 5 \(\frac{7}{8}\) ounces

Question 26.
Gavin plans to mix a batch of Tangerine paint. He expects to have a total of 5 \(\frac{3}{10}\) ounces of paint after he mixes the amounts of red and yellow. Explain how you can tell if Gavin’s expectation is reasonable.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Gavin plans to mix a batch of Tangerine paint. He expects to have a total of 5 \(\frac{3}{10}\) ounces of paint after he mixes the amounts of red and yellow.
To mix a batch of Tangerine paint he need 3 \(\frac{9}{10}\) red and 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yellow paint.
Add the fractions
3 + \(\frac{9}{10}\) + 2 + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Solving the whole numbers
3 + 2 = 5
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
LCD = 40
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{36}{40}\) + \(\frac{15}{40}\) = \(\frac{51}{40}\) = 1 \(\frac{11}{40}\)
5 + 1 \(\frac{11}{40}\) = 6 \(\frac{11}{40}\)

Question 27.
For a special project, Gavin mixes the amount of red from one shade of paint with the amount of yellow from a different shade. He mixes the batch so he will have the greatest possible amount of paint. What amounts of red and yellow from which shades are used in the mixture for the special project? Explain your answer.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Gavin used red paint from mango and yellow paint from Sunrise Orange.
5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Solving the whole numbers parts
5 + 3 = 8
Solving the fraction part
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{10}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\)
\(\frac{13}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 28.
Gavin needs to make 2 batches of Mango paint. Explain how you could find the total amount of paint Gavin mixed.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Gavin used Red paint and Yellow Paint to make Mango shade.
For one batch he need to add 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Foe 2 batches
5 \(\frac{5}{6}\)+ 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Solving the whole numbers
5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 20
Solving the fractions part
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{20}{6}\)
= \(\frac{10}{3}\)
Gavin mixed \(\frac{10}{3}\) of paint to make 2 batches of Mango Paint.

Question 29.
Test Prep Yolanda walked 3 \(\frac{6}{10}\) miles. Then she walked 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) more miles. How many miles did Yolanda walk?
Options:
a. 7 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles
b. 7 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles
c. 8 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles
d. 8 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles

Answer: 8 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles

Explanation:
Test Prep Yolanda walked 3 \(\frac{6}{10}\) miles.
Then she walked 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) more miles.
3 \(\frac{6}{10}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3 + \(\frac{6}{10}\) + 4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Add whole numbers
3 + 4 = 7
Add the fractions
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{11}{10}\)
\(\frac{11}{10}\) = 8 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Share and Show – Page No. 270

Estimate. Then find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 1.
Estimate: ______
1 \(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{7}{8}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 1
Difference: \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Estimation: 1 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) is close to 1.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is close to 1.
1 + 1 – 1 = 1
Difference: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{7}{8}\)
1 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{24}{32}\) – \(\frac{28}{32}\) = – \(\frac{1}{8}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 270 Q2

Page No. 271

Estimate. Then find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 3.
Estimate: ________
\(4 \frac{1}{2}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(4 \frac{1}{2}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
4 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 3 – 1
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference:
\(4 \frac{1}{2}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Solving the whole number parts
4 – 3 = 1
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{5}{10}\) – \(\frac{8}{10}\) = – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 271 Q4

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 5.
Estimate: ________
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{11}{12}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 2
Difference: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{11}{12}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) is close to 1.
\(\frac{11}{12}\) is close to 1.
3 + 1 – 1 – 1 = 2
Difference:
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{11}{12}\)
3 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) – 1 – \(\frac{11}{12}\)
3 – 1 = 2
Solving the fractions part
\(\frac{2}{3}\) – \(\frac{11}{12}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{8}{12}\) – \(\frac{11}{12}\) = – \(\frac{3}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{11}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 6.
Estimate: ________
\(4 \frac{1}{4}-2 \frac{1}{3}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 2
Difference: 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(4 \frac{1}{4}-2 \frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) is close to 0.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) is close to 0.
4 – 2 = 2
Solving the fractions part
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{12}\) – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{12}\)
2 – \(\frac{1}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 7.
Estimate: ________
\(5 \frac{2}{5}-1 \frac{1}{2}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 4
Difference: 3 \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(5 \frac{2}{5}-1 \frac{1}{2}\)
5 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
5 – 1 = 4
Solving the fractions part
\(5 \frac{2}{5}-1 \frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{4}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\) = – \(\frac{1}{10}\)
4 – \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 3 \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 8.
\(7 \frac{5}{9}-2 \frac{5}{6}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference: 4 \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(7 \frac{5}{9}-2 \frac{5}{6}\)
\(\frac{5}{9}\) is close to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) is close to 1.
7 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 2 – 1
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference:
\(7 \frac{5}{9}-2 \frac{5}{6}\)
7 + \(\frac{5}{9}\) – 2 – \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Solving the whole numbers
7 – 2 = 5
Solving the fraction part
\(\frac{5}{9}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\)
LCD = 18
\(\frac{10}{18}\) – \(\frac{15}{18}\) = – \(\frac{5}{18}\)
5 – \(\frac{5}{18}\) = 4 \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Question 9.
Estimate: ________
\(7-5 \frac{2}{3}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 1
Difference: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(7-5 \frac{2}{3}\)
7 – 5 – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
7 – 5 – 1 = 1
Difference:
\(7-5 \frac{2}{3}\)
7 – 5 = 2
2 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus \(7-5 \frac{2}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 271 Q10

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 271 Q11

Question 12.
\(6-3 \frac{1}{2}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
6 – 3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 13.
\(4 \frac{3}{8}-3 \frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
4 + \(\frac{3}{8}\) – 3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Solving the whole number parts
4 – 3 = 1
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{1}{8}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 14.
\(9 \frac{1}{6}-3 \frac{5}{8}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{13}{24}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
9 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) – 3 – \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Solving the whole number parts
9 – 3 = 6
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(\frac{4}{24}\) – \(\frac{15}{24}\) = – \(\frac{11}{24}\)
6 – \(\frac{11}{24}\) = 5 \(\frac{13}{24}\)

Question 15.
\(1 \frac{1}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
1 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Solving the whole number parts
1 + 0 = 1
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{1}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{2}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\) = – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 16.
\(13 \frac{1}{6}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{11}{30}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
13 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) – 3 – \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Solving the whole number parts
13 – 3 = 10
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\)
LCD = 30
\(\frac{5}{30}\) – \(\frac{24}{30}\) = – \(\frac{19}{30}\)
10 – \(\frac{19}{30}\) = 9 \(\frac{11}{30}\)

Question 17.
\(12 \frac{2}{5}-5 \frac{3}{4}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{13}{20}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
12 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) – 5 – \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Solving the whole number parts
12 – 5 = 7
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{2}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\)
LCD = 20
\(\frac{8}{20}\) – \(\frac{15}{20}\) = – \(\frac{7}{20}\)
7 – \(\frac{7}{20}\) = 6 \(\frac{13}{20}\)

Question 18.
\(7 \frac{3}{8}-2 \frac{7}{9}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{43}{72}\)

Explanation:
7 + \(\frac{3}{8}\) – 2 – \(\frac{7}{9}\)
7 – 2 = 5
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{9}\) = \(\frac{27}{72}\) – \(\frac{56}{72}\)
– \(\frac{29}{72}\)
5 – \(\frac{29}{72}\) = 4 \(\frac{43}{72}\)

Page No. 272

Connect to Reading
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 20

Summarize
An amusement park in Sandusky, Ohio, offers 17 amazing roller coasters for visitors to ride. One of the roller coasters runs at 60 miles per hour and has 3,900 feet of twisting track. This coaster also has 3 trains with 8 rows per train. Riders stand in rows of 4, for a total of 32 riders per train.

The operators of the coaster recorded the number of riders on each train during a run. On the first train, the operators reported that 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) rows were filled. On the second train, all 8 rows were filled, and on the third train, 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) rows were filled. How many more rows were filled on the first train than on the third train?

When you summarize, you restate the most important information in a shortened form to more easily understand what you have read.
Summarize the information given.
______________________
Use the summary to solve.

Question 19.
Solve the problem above.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
On the first train, the operators reported that 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) rows were filled.
On the third train, 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) rows were filled.
7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) – 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Solving the whole numbers
7 – 5 = 2
Solving the fractions
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) more rows were filled on the first train than on the third train.

Question 20.
How many rows were empty on the third train? How many additional riders would it take to fill the empty rows? Explain your answer.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The coaster also has 3 trains with 8 rows per train.
The third train has 8 rows.
On the third train, 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) rows were filled.
8 – 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
8 – 5 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) rows are empty.
So, it takes 10 additional riders to fill the empty rows on the third train.

Share and Show – Page No. 275

Write a rule for the sequence.

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}, \cdots\)
Think: Is the sequence increasing or decreasing?
Rule: _________
Type below:
_________

Answer: The sequence is increasing order with difference \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{9}, \frac{1}{3}, \frac{5}{9}, \ldots\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: The sequence is increasing in order with a difference of 2 in the numerator.

Write a rule for the sequence. Then, find the unknown term.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 275 Q3

Question 4.
\(10 \frac{2}{3}, 9 \frac{11}{18}, 8 \frac{5}{9}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(6 \frac{4}{9}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{32}{3}\), \(\frac{173}{18}\), \(\frac{77}{9}\), x, \(\frac{58}{9}\)
LCD = 54
\(\frac{576}{54}\), \(\frac{519}{54}\), \(\frac{462}{54}\), x, \(\frac{348}{54}\)
According to the series x = \(\frac{405}{54}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{15}{2}\) is 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
\(1 \frac{1}{6}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(1, \frac{11}{12}, \frac{5}{6}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(1 \frac{1}{6}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(1, \frac{11}{12}, \frac{5}{6}\)
The LCD of the above fractons is 12
Convert them into improper fractions
\(\frac{14}{12}\), x, \(\frac{12}{12}\), \(\frac{11}{12}\), \(\frac{10}{12}\)
According to the series x = \(\frac{13}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{13}{12}\) is 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 6.
\(2 \frac{3}{4}, 4,5 \frac{1}{4}, 6 \frac{1}{2}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{3}{4}, 4,5 \frac{1}{4}, 6 \frac{1}{2}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Convert the mixed fractions into improper fractions
\(\frac{11}{4}\), \(\frac{4}{1}\), \(\frac{21}{4}\), \(\frac{13}{2}\), x
\(\frac{11}{4}\), \(\frac{16}{4}\), \(\frac{21}{4}\), \(\frac{26}{4}\), x
According to the series x = \(\frac{31}{4}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{31}{4}\) is 7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

On Your Own

Write a rule for the sequence. Then, find the unknown term.

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(1 \frac{1}{4}, 1 \frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{1}{2}\), \(1 \frac{1}{4}, 1 \frac{5}{8}\), x
LCD = 8
\(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{4}{8}\), \(\frac{10}{8}, \frac{26}{8}\), x
\(\frac{1}{8}\), \(\frac{4}{8}\), x, \(\frac{10}{8}\), \(\frac{26}{8}\)
The difference between the series is 3 in numerator.
x = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 275 Q8

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 275 Q9

Question 10.
\(9 \frac{1}{3}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(6 \frac{8}{9}, 5 \frac{2}{3}, 4 \frac{4}{9}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(9 \frac{1}{3}\), x , \(6 \frac{8}{9}, 5 \frac{2}{3}, 4 \frac{4}{9}\)
Convert the mixed fractions into improper fractions
\(\frac{28}{3}\), x, \(\frac{62}{9}\), \(\frac{17}{3}\), \(\frac{40}{9}\)
LCD = 9
\(\frac{84}{9}\), x, \(\frac{62}{9}\), \(\frac{51}{9}\), \(\frac{40}{9}\)
According to the series x =  \(\frac{73}{9}\) = 8 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Write the first four terms of the sequence.

Question 11.
Rule: start at 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\), subtract \(\frac{5}{8}\)
First term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Second term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Third term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Fourth term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Let the first term be 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Second term = 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{41}{8}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Third term = 5 \(\frac{1}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{36}{8}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Fourth term = \(\frac{36}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{31}{8}\) = 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 12.
Rule: start at \(\frac{3}{8}\), add \(\frac{3}{16}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Let the first term be \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Second term = \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{9}{16}\)
Third term = \(\frac{9}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{12}{16}\)
Fourth term = \(\frac{12}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{15}{16}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 275 Q13

Question 14.
Rule: start at \(\frac{8}{9}\), subtract \(\frac{1}{18}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Let the first term be \(\frac{8}{9}\)
Second term = \(\frac{8}{9}\) – \(\frac{1}{18}\) = \(\frac{15}{18}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Third term = \(\frac{15}{18}\) – \(\frac{1}{18}\) = \(\frac{14}{18}\) = \(\frac{7}{9}\)
Fourth term = \(\frac{14}{18}\) – \(\frac{1}{18}\) = \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 276

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 21

Question 15.
When Bill bought a marigold plant, it was \(\frac{1}{4}\) inch tall. After the first week, it measured 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) inches tall. After the second week, it was 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\) inches. After week 3, it was 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches tall. Assuming the growth of the plant was constant, what was the height of the plant at the end of week 4?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) inches

The sequence is the increasing where the first term is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 12
First week is \(\frac{3}{12}\)
Second week = \(\frac{13}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Third week = 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\) = \(\frac{23}{12}\)
Fourth week = \(\frac{33}{12}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
At the end of fourth week = \(\frac{43}{12}\) = 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) inches
The height of the plant at the end of the week is 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) inches.

Question 16.
What if Bill’s plant grew at the same rate but was 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches when he bought it? How tall would the plant be after 3 weeks?
______ inches

Answer: 4 inches

Explanation:
The sequence is increasing.
First week 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Let the first term is \(\frac{6}{12}\)
Second term is 1 \(\frac{16}{12}\)
Third term is 1 \(\frac{26}{12}\)
Fourth week is 1 \(\frac{36}{12}\)
1 \(\frac{36}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{1}\) = 1 + 3 = 4
After 4 weeks the plant grew 4 inches.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 276 Q17

Question 18.
Mr. Conners drove 78 \(\frac{1}{3}\) miles on Monday, 77 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles on Tuesday, and 75 \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles on Wednesday. If he continues this pattern on Thursday and Friday, how many miles will he drive on Friday?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer:
Given that,
Mr. Conners drove 78 \(\frac{1}{3}\) miles on Monday, 77 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles on Tuesday, and 75 \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles on Wednesday.
The sequence is decreasing where the first term is 78 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
78 \(\frac{4}{12}\) – 77 \(\frac{1}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
The difference between the term is 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
On thursday, 75 \(\frac{5}{6}\) – 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\) = 74 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
On friday, 74 \(\frac{7}{12}\) – 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\) = 73 \(\frac{4}{12}\) = 73 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 19.
Test Prep Zack watered his garden with 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallons of water the first week he planted it. He watered it with 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) gallons the second week, and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) gallons the third week. If he continued watering in this pattern, how much water did he use on the fifth week?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons
b. 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallons
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) gallons
d. 6 \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallons

Answer: 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallons

Explanation:
First term = 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
The difference is \(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Second term is 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Third term = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 1 + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Fourth term = 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Fifth term = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallons
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Share and Show – Page No. 279

Question 1.
Caitlin has 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds of clay. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) pounds to make a cup, and another 2 pounds to make a jar. How many pounds are left?
First, write an equation to model the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2

Explanation:
Subtract the total pound of clay from used clay.
So, the equation of the clay leftover is 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2

Question 1.
Next, work backwards and rewrite the equation to find x.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2 = x

Explanation:
Let the leftover clay be x
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2 = x
x = 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2

Question 1.
Solve.
_____________________
So, ________ pounds of clay remain.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{13}{20}\) pounds

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2
4 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 – \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2
4 – 3 = 1
\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{13}{20}\)
1 + \(\frac{13}{20}\) = 1 \(\frac{13}{20}\) pounds

Question 2.
What if Caitlin had used more than 2 pounds of clay to make a jar? Would the amount remaining have been more or less than your answer to Exercise 1?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Let us assume that Catlin used 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds of clay to make a jar and 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) pounds to make a cup.
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Question 3.
A pet store donated 50 pounds of food for adult dogs, puppies, and cats to an animal shelter. 19 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds was adult dog food and 18 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds was puppy food. How many pounds of cat food did the pet store donate?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds of cat food

Answer: 11 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of cat food

Explanation:
A pet store donated 50 pounds of food for adult dogs, puppies, and cats to an animal shelter.
19 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds was adult dog food and 18 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds was puppy food.
19 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 18 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 38 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
50 – 38 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 11 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of cat food
Thus the pet store donate 11 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of cat food

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 279 Q4

On Your Own – Page No. 280

Question 5.
Martin is making a model of a Native American canoe. He has 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet of wood. He uses 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet for the hull and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet for the paddles and struts. How much wood does he have left?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet

Explanation:
Martin is making a model of a Native American canoe.
He has 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet of wood.
He uses 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet for the hull and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet for the paddles and struts.
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + 1 = 3
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1
3 + 1 = 4
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 4 = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 280 Q6

Question 7.
Beth’s summer vacation lasted 87 days. At the beginning of her vacation, she spent 3 weeks at soccer camp, 5 days at her grandmother’s house, and 13 days visiting Glacier National Park with her parents. How many vacation days remained?
______ days

Answer: 48 days

Explanation:
Given,
Beth’s summer vacation lasted 87 days.
At the beginning of her vacation, she spent 3 weeks at soccer camp, 5 days at her grandmother’s house, and 13 days visiting Glacier National Park with her parents.
87 – 21 – 5 – 13 = 48 days
The remaining vacation days are 48.

Question 8.
You can buy 2 DVDs for the same price you would pay for 3 CDs selling for $13.20 apiece. Explain how you could find the price of 1 DVD.
$ ______

Answer: $19.8

Explanation:
To find what is the price of 1 DVD we will find what is the price of 3 DVDs and then because 2 DVDs price is the same than 3 CDs we can easily find the price of 1 DVD.
$13.20 × 3 = $39.6
We will divide $39.6 by 2.
$39.6 ÷ 2 = $19.8
The price of 1 DVD is $19.8

Question 9.
Test Prep During the 9 hours between 8 A.M. and 5 P.M., Bret spent 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours in class and 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours at band practice. How much time did he spend on other activities?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour

Explanation:
Test Prep During the 9 hours between 8 A.M. and 5 P.M., Bret spent 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours in class and 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours at band practice.
5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour
9 – 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour
8 + 1 – 7 – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour
The correct answer is option D.

Share and Show – Page No. 283

Use the properties and mental math to solve. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\left(2 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{6}\right)+1 \frac{1}{8}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(2 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{6}\right)+1 \frac{1}{8}\)
2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
2 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
LCD = 24
\(\frac{15}{24}\) + \(\frac{20}{24}\) = \(\frac{35}{24}\)
\(\frac{35}{24}\) = 1 \(\frac{11}{24}\)
2 + 1 \(\frac{11}{24}\) = 3 \(\frac{11}{24}\)
3 \(\frac{11}{24}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 4 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\left(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{3}{4}\right)\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}+\left(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{3}{4}\right)\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{14}{12}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{14}{12}\) = \(\frac{19}{12}\)
\(\frac{19}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 283 Q3

On Your Own

Use the properties and mental math to solve. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 4.
\(\left(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{1}{3}\right)+\frac{2}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{1}{3}\right)+\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\left(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{1}{3}\right)\)
LCD = 21
\(\left(\frac{6}{21}+\frac{7}{21}\right)\) = \(\frac{13}{21}\)
\(\frac{13}{21}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)
LCD = 21
\(\frac{13}{21}\) + \(\frac{14}{21}\)
\(\frac{27}{21}\) = \(\frac{9}{7}\)
= 1 \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Question 5.
\(\left(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{2}\right)+\frac{2}{5}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{2}\right)\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{11}{10}\)
\(\frac{11}{10}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 6.
\(\left(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{7}\right)+\frac{2}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{7}\right)\)
LCD = 42
\(\left(\frac{7}{42}+\frac{18}{42}\right)\) = \(\frac{25}{42}\)
\(\frac{25}{42}\) + \(\frac{2}{7}\)
LCD = 42
\(\frac{25}{42}\) + \(\frac{12}{42}\) = \(\frac{37}{42}\)
\(\left(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{7}\right)+\frac{2}{7}\) = \(\frac{37}{42}\)

Question 7.
\(\left(2 \frac{5}{12}+4 \frac{1}{4}\right)+\frac{1}{4}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(2 \frac{5}{12}+4 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 4 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + 4 = 6
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
6 \(\frac{8}{12}\) = 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 6 \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{1}{8}+\left(5 \frac{1}{2}+2 \frac{3}{8}\right)\)
______

Answer:
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
5 + 2 = 7
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
LCD = 8
\(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= 7 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 9

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 283 Q9

Problem Solving – Page No. 284

Use the map to solve 10–12.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 22

Question 10.
In the morning, Julie rides her bike from the sports complex to the school. In the afternoon, she rides from the school to the mall, and then to Kyle’s house. How far does Julie ride her bike?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 1 \(\frac{13}{15}\) miles

Explanation:
Julie rides her bike from the sports complex to the school = \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
In the afternoon, she rides from the school to the mall, and then to Kyle’s house. = \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{6}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile = 1 \(\frac{13}{15}\) miles

Question 11.
On one afternoon, Mario walks from his house to the library. That evening, Mario walks from the library to the mall, and then to Kyle’s house. Describe how you can use the properties to find how far Mario walks.
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer:
Mario walks from his house to the library = 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles
Mario walks from the library to the mall, and then to Kyle’s house = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{4}{5}\)
1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) + (1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\))
1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) + 2 \(\frac{2}{15}\) = 3 \(\frac{11}{15}\) miles

Question 12.
Pose a Problem Write and solve a new problem that uses the distances between four locations.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
In the evening Kyle rides his bike from the sports complex to school. Then he rides from School to the mall and then to his house. How far does Kyle ride his bike?
The distance from Sports complex to School is \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
The distance from School to the mall is \(\frac{2}{5}\)
The distance from the mall to Kyle house is \(\frac{4}{5}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) + (\(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\))
\(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{6}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{13}{15}\) miles

Question 13.
Do Test Prep Which property or properties do the problem below using?
\(\frac{1}{9}+\left(\frac{4}{9}+\frac{1}{6}\right)=\left(\frac{1}{9}+\frac{4}{9}\right)+\frac{1}{6}\)
Options:
a. Commutative Property
b. Associative Property
c. Commutative Property and Associative Property
d. Distributive Property

Answer: Associative Property
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped. By ‘grouped’ we mean ‘how you use parenthesis’. In other words, adding or multiplying does not matter where you put the parenthesis.

Chapter Review/Test – Vocabulary – Page No. 285

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Chapter Review/Test img 23

Question 1.
A _________ is a number that is a common multiple of two or more denominators.
_________

Answer: Common Denominator

Concepts and Skills

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 285 Q2

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 285 Q3

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{1}{6}\)
common denominator: ______
Explain:
_________

Answer: 18
Multiply the denominators of the fractions
3 × 6 = 18

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 285 Q5

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 285 Q6

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 285 Q7

Estimate. Then find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{2}{5}-\frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
Estimate: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
1 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{7}{5}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{7}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
= \(\frac{21}{15}\) – \(\frac{10}{15}\)
= \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Question 9.
\(7-\frac{3}{7}\)
Type below:
________

Answer: 6 \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Explanation:
\(7-\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{49}{7}\) – \(\frac{3}{7}\)
\(\frac{46}{7}\) = 6 \(\frac{4}{7}\)
\(7-\frac{3}{7}\) = 6 \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Question 10.
\(5 \frac{1}{9}-3 \frac{5}{6}\)
Type below:
________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{1}{9}-3 \frac{5}{6}\) = 5 + \(\frac{1}{9}\) – 3 – \(\frac{5}{6}\)
5 – 3 = 2
\(\frac{1}{9}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{18}\) – \(\frac{15}{18}\) = – \(\frac{13}{18}\)
2 – \(\frac{13}{18}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Use the properties and mental math to solve. Write your answer in simplest form.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 285 Q11

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 285 Q12

Question 13.
\(3 \frac{5}{9}+\left(1 \frac{7}{9}+2 \frac{5}{12}\right)\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{7}{9}\) + 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
1 + 2 = 3
\(\frac{7}{9}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\)
LCD is 36
\(\frac{28}{36}\) + \(\frac{15}{36}\) = \(\frac{43}{36}\)
\(\frac{43}{36}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{36}\)
3 + 1 + \(\frac{7}{36}\) = 4 \(\frac{7}{36}\)
4 \(\frac{7}{36}\) + 3 \(\frac{5}{9}\)
4 + \(\frac{7}{36}\) + 3 + \(\frac{5}{9}\)
4 + 3 = 7
\(\frac{7}{36}\) + \(\frac{5}{9}\)
= \(\frac{7}{36}\) + \(\frac{20}{36}\) = \(\frac{27}{36}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
7 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 286

Question 14.
Ursula mixed 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) cups of dry ingredients with 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) cups of liquid ingredients. Which answer represents the best estimate of the total amount of ingredients Ursula mixed?
Options:
a. about 4 cups
b. about 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. about 5 cups
d. about 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: about 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:
Ursula mixed 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) cups of dry ingredients with 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) cups of liquid ingredients.
3 + 1 = 4
\(\frac{1}{8}\) is closer to 0.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 15.
Samuel walks in the Labor Day parade. He walks 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles along the parade route and 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles home. How many miles does Samuel walk?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
b. 5 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles
c. 5 \(\frac{11}{12}\) miles
d. 6 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles

Explanation:
Samuel walks in the Labor Day parade.
He walks 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles along the parade route and 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles home.
3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 2 + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
3 + 2 =5
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{10}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\)
\(\frac{13}{12}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 16.
A gardener has a container with 6 \(\frac{1}{5}\) ounces of liquid plant fertilizer. On Sunday, the gardener uses 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces on a flower garden. How many ounces of liquid plant fertilizer are left?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces
b. 5 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces
c. 6 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces
d. 9 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces

Answer: 9 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces

Explanation:
A gardener has a container with 6 \(\frac{1}{5}\) ounces of liquid plant fertilizer.
On Sunday, the gardener uses 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces on a flower garden.
6 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
6 + 2 = 8
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
8 \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 17.
Aaron is practicing for a triathlon. On Sunday, he bikes 12 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles and swims 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles. On Monday, he runs 6 \(\frac{3}{8}\) miles. How many total miles does Aaron cover on the two days?
Options:
a. 23 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles
b. 24 \(\frac{7}{12}\) miles
c. 24 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles
d. 25 \(\frac{7}{12}\) miles

Answer: 24 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles

Explanation:
Aaron is practicing for a triathlon.
On Sunday, he bikes 12 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles and swims 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles.
On Monday, he runs 6 \(\frac{3}{8}\) miles.
5 \(\frac{2}{3}\) + 6 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{24}\)
12 \(\frac{1}{24}\) + 12 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles
12 + \(\frac{1}{24}\) + 12 + \(\frac{5}{8}\)
12 + 12 = 24
\(\frac{1}{24}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{24}\) + \(\frac{15}{24}\) = \(\frac{16}{24}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
24 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 24 \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
The correct answer is option D.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 287

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 18.
Mrs. Friedmon baked a walnut cake for her class. The pictures below show how much cake she brought to school and how much she had left at the end of the day.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Chapter Review/Test img 24
Which fraction represents the difference between the amounts of cake Mrs. Friedmon had before school and after school?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
The fraction for the above figure is 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
The fraction for the second figure is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
1 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
The correct answer is option C.

Question 19.
Cody is designing a pattern for a wood floor. The length of the pieces of wood are 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches, 1 \(\frac{13}{16}\) inches, and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) inches. What is the length of the 5th piece of wood if the pattern continues?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{7}{6}\) inches
b. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
d. 4 inches

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches

Explanation:
The length of the pieces of wood are 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches, 1 \(\frac{13}{16}\) inches, and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) inches
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
1 \(\frac{13}{16}\) inches = \(\frac{29}{16}\)
\(\frac{29}{16}\) – \(\frac{3}{2}\) = latex]\frac{5}{16}[/latex]
5th piece = \(\frac{3}{2}\) + latex]\frac{5}{16}[/latex] (5 – 1)
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) + latex]\frac{5}{16}[/latex] 4
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) + latex]\frac{20}{16}[/latex]
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) × latex]\frac{8}{8}[/latex] + latex]\frac{20}{16}[/latex]
= latex]\frac{44}{16}[/latex] = 2 latex]\frac{3}{4}[/latex]
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 20.
Julie spends \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour studying on Monday and \(\frac{1}{6}\) hour studying on Tuesday. How many hours does Julie study on those two days?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\) hour
c. \(\frac{5}{6}\) hour
d. \(\frac{11}{12}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{11}{12}\) hour

Explanation:
Julie spends \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour studying on Monday and \(\frac{1}{6}\) hour studying on Tuesday.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{9}{12}\) + \(\frac{2}{12}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\) hour
So, the correct answer is option D.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 288

Constructed Response

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Page 288 Q21

Performance Task

Question 22.
For a family gathering, Marcos uses the recipe below to make a lemon-lime punch.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Chapter Review/Test img 25
A). How would you decide the size of a container you need for one batch of the Lemon-Lime Punch?
Type below:
________

Answer: He may use \(\frac{1}{4}\) gallon lime juice for one batch of the lemon-lime punch.

Question 22.
B). If Marcos needs to make two batches of the recipe, how much of each ingredient will he need? How many gallons of punch will he have? Show your math solution and explain your thinking when you solve both questions.
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\) gallon lime juice

Question 22.
C). Marcos had 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) gallons of punch left over. He poured all of it into several containers for family members to take home. Use fractional parts of a gallon to suggest a way he could have shared the punch in three different-sized containers.
Type below:
________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Conclusion

Answering the concepts in Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 6 Solution Key helps students to attempt the exam with confidence and prepare accordingly. Once you get to know the concept better you can solve any kind of question framed on Addition and Subtraction of Fractions with Unlike Denominators. Check your knowledge by taking an Assessment Test on Chapter 6 available.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

go-math-grade-6-chapter-12-data-displays-and-measures-of-center-answer-key

Students who are unable to solve the textbook problems can go through the Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center. Refer to HMH Go Math 6th Grade Solution Key of Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center to understand the problem-solving methods in depth. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key was explained by the experts in a unique and simple way.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

I know it is difficult for parents to explain the homework problems. So, in order to help them, we are providing the solutions for Go Math 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center. Make use of the HMH Go Math Grade Solution Key Pdf and make your child completer their homework in time. Hence Download Grade 6 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center.

Lesson 1: Recognize Statistical Questions

Lesson 2: Describe Data Collection

Lesson 3: Dot Plots and Frequency Tables

Lesson 4: Histograms

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Investigate • Mean as Fair Share and Balance Point

Lesson 6: Measures of Center

Lesson 7: Effects of Outliers

Lesson 8: Problem-Solving • Data Displays

Chapter 12 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 651

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
A. What was the low temperature in Chicago each day in March?
B. What was the low temperature in Chicago on March 7?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: As in A temperature was asked for each day and in B temperature was asked for only one day.

Question 2.
A. How long did it take you to get to school this morning?
B. How long did it take you to get to school each morning this week?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In B it was asked for each morning in a week and in A It was asked for only for this morning.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 3.
A student recorded the number of pets in the households of 50 sixth-graders.

Answer: How many households have one or more pets?

On Your Own

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 4.
A. How many gold medals has Finland won at each of the last 10 Winter Olympics?
B. How many gold medals did Finland win at the 2008 Winter Olympics?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: A asks about the no.of medals won at 10 different times and in B asks about no.of medals won at 1 time.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 5.
A wildlife biologist measured the length of time that 17 grizzly bears hibernated.

Answer: What was the least amount of time grizzly bears hibernated?

Question 6.
A doctor recorded the birth weights of 48 babies.

Answer: What was the highest birth weight recorded?

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 652

Use the table for 7 and 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 1

Question 7.
Give a statistical question that you could ask about the data recorded in the table.

Answer: Which Roller coaster reaches the maximum height?

Question 8.
What statistical question could “92 mi/hr” be the answer to?

Answer: What is the maximum speed of Roller Coasters?

Question 9.
Explain A video game company will make a new game. The manager must choose between a roleplaying game and an action game. He asks his sales staff which of the last 10 released games sold the most copies. Explain why this is a statistical question.

Answer: As the manager asks his sales staff about the last 10 released games and most sold-out copies, so it is a statistical question.

Question 10.
Think of a topic. Record a set of data for the topic. Write a statistical question that you could ask about your data.

Answer: John spend 10 hours to watch TV in each week.

Explanation: What was the time spent by the John to watch TV in each week?

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the question is a statistical question.
11a. How many minutes did it take Ethan to complete his homework last night?
11b. How many minutes did it take Madison to complete her homework each night this week?
11c. How many more minutes did Andrew spend on homework on Tuesday than on Thursday?
11d. What was the longest amount of time Abigail spent on homework this week?
11a. ____________
11b. ____________
11c. ____________
11d. ____________

Answer:
11a. No.

Explanation: The question asked only about last night’s homework, so it is not a statistical question.

11b. Yes

Explanation: As the question was asked for each night in a week, so it is a statistical question.

11c. No

Explanation: The question is about the differences in the duration of homework at a time, so it is not a statistical question.

11d. Yes

Explanation: As the question is on the longest amount of time on homework, so it is a statistical question.

Recognize Statistical Questions – Page No. 653

Identify the statistical question. Explain your reasoning.

Question 1.
A. How many touchdowns did the quarterback throw during the last game of the season?
B. How many touchdowns did the quarterback throw each game of the season?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A asks for no.of touchdowns in the last game and in B asks for no.of touchdowns in each game.

Question 2.
A. What was the score in the first frame of a bowling game?
B. What are the scores in 10 frames of a bowling game?

Answer: B is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A, asks for only for the first frame, and in B asks for 10 frames and score in each frame.

Question 3.
A. How many hours of television did you watch each day this week?
B. How many hours of television did you watch on Saturday?

Answer: A is the statistical question.

Explanation: In A, the question was asked for no.of hour’s television for each day in a week. And in B the question was asked for only for Saturday.

Write a statistical question you could ask in the situation.

Question 4.
A teacher recorded the test scores of her students.

Answer: What was the highest test score recorded?

Question 5.
A car salesman knows how many of each model of a car was sold in a month.

Answer: What was the least sold model of the car?

Problem Solving

Question 6.
The city tracked the amount of waste that was recycled from 2000 to 2007. Write a statistical question about the situation.

Answer: What was the amount of waste that was recycled for each year from 2000 to 2007?

Question 7.
The daily low temperature is recorded for a week. Write a statistical question about the situation.

Answer: What was the daily low temperature recorded each day this week?

Question 8.
Write three statistical questions that you could use to gather data about your family. Explain why the questions are statistical.

Answer:
Which family member was oldest?
Which family member was tallest?
Which family member has the highest income?

Lesson Check – Page No. 654

Question 1.
Elise says that the question “Do you have any siblings?” is a statistical question. Mark says that “How many siblings do you have?” is a statistical question. Who is correct?

Answer: How many siblings do you have? is a statistical question. So Mark is correct.

Question 2.
Kate says that “What was the lowest amount of precipitation in one month last year?” is a statistical question. Mike says that “What is the speed limit?” is a statistical question. Who is correct?

Answer: What was the lowest amount of precipitation in one month last year?. Is a statistical question. So Kate is correct.

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 654 Q3

Question 4.
Mikki uses the net shown to make a solid figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 2
What solid figure does Mikki make?

Answer: Triangular pyramid.

Explanation: Mikki makes a Triangular pyramid.

Question 5.
A prism is filled with 30 cubes with \(\frac{1}{2}\)-unit side lengths. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units.

Answer: 3.75 cubic units.

Explanation: As it takes 8 cubes with a side length of ½ to form a unit cube, so the volume of the cube is 308= 3.75 cubic units.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 654 Q6

Share and Show – Page No. 657

Describe the data set by listing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations.

Question 1.
Greg’s 100-meter race results.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 3

Answer:
The attribute is the Duration of run data.
The unit of measure is Seconds.
The likely means of measurement was taken on Stopwatch.
No.of observations are 7.

Question 2.
The Andrews family’s water use.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 4

Answer:
The attribute is the amount of water used daily.
The unit of measure is Gallons.
The likely means of measurement was taken on Water meter.
No.of observations are 14.

On Your Own

Question 3.
Practice: Copy and Solve Collect data on one of the topics listed below. You may wish to work with other students. Make a chart of your results. Then describe the data set.

  • Weights of cereal boxes, soup cans, or other items
  • Numbers of family members
  • Lengths of time to multiply two 2-digit numbers
  • Numbers of pets in families
  • Lengths of forearm (elbow to fingertip)
  • Numbers of pages in books

Answer:
The attribute is the Number of pages in books.
The unit of measure is Numbers.
The likely means of measurement were counting.
No.of observations are 6.

Question 4.
Describe the data set by writing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations in the correct location on the chart.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 5
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 6

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Summarize – Page No. 658

When you summarize a reading passage, you restate the most important information in a shortened form. This allows you to understand more easily what you have read. Read the following passage:

A biologist is studying green anacondas. The green anaconda is the largest snake in the world. Finding the length of any snake is difficult because the snake can curl up or stretch out while being measured. Finding the length of a green anaconda is doubly difficult because of the animal’s great size and strength.

The standard method for measuring a green anaconda is to calm the snake, lay a piece of string along its entire length, and then measure the length of the string. The table at the right gives data collected by the biologist using the string method.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 7

Question 5.
Analyze Summarize the passage in your own words

Answer: The world’s largest snake in the world is green anacondas. Finding the length of these green anacondas is very difficult because of the animal’s great size and strength. So there is a standard method for measuring. Firstly calm the snake, then lay a piece of string along its entire length, and then measure the length of the string.

Question 6.
Use your summary to name the attribute the biologist was measuring. Describe how the biologist measured this attribute.

Answer:
The attribute biologist was measuring green anacondas. And the biologist measured by laying a piece of string along its entire length, and then measuring the length of the string.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 658 Q7

Question 8.
Write the greatest green anaconda length that the biologist measured in feet. Round your answer to the nearest foot. (Hint: 1 foot is equal to about 30 centimeters.)

Answer: 507.5 cm, 17 feet

Explanation: The greatest green anaconda length that the biologist measured was 507.5 cm. As 1 foot= 30 cm, so 507.5÷30= 16.9 feet round off to 17 feet.

Describe Data Collection – Page No. 659

Describe the data set by listing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations.

Question 1.
Daily temperature
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 8

Answer:
The attribute is Daily Temperature.
The unit of measure is Fahrenheit.
The likely means of measurement is Thermometer
No.of observations are 25.

Question 2.
Plant heights
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 9

Answer:
The attribute is the Height of plants
The unit of measure in inches.
The likely means of measurement is the Ruler.
No.of observations are 10.

Question 3.
Cereal in boxes
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 10

Answer:
The attribute is the Amount of Cereal in Boxes
The unit of measure is Cup.
The likely means of measurement is measuring cup
No.of observations are 16.

Question 4.
Dog weights
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 11

Answer:
The attribute is Dog weights.
The unit of measure is Pounds.
The likely means of measurement is scale.
No.of observations are 8.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
The table below gives the amount of time Preston spends on homework. Name the likely means of measurement.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 12

Answer:
The likely means of measurement is Clock.

Question 6.
The table below shows the speed of cars on a highway. Name the unit of measure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 13

Answer: The unit of measure is miles per hour.

Question 7.
Gather data about the heights of your family members or friends. Then describe how you collected the data set.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Lesson Check – Page No. 660

Question 1.
What is the attribute of the data set shown in the table?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 14

Answer: The attribute is the Mass of produce.

Question 2.
What is the number of observations of the data set shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 15

Answer:
No.of observation: 6

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the area of the figure shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 16
_______ cm2

Answer: 23 cm2

Explanation:
Area of the rectangle= Length×width
= 7×4.5
= 31.5 cm2
Area of trapezoid= 1/2 ×(b1+b2)×h
= 1/2 ×(7+4.5)×4
= 11.5×2
= 23 cm2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 660 Q4

Question 5.
How much sand can this container hold?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 17
_______ in.3

Answer: 225 in.3

Explanation:
Volume= Length×width×Height
= 5×10×4 1/2
= 5 × 10 × 5/2
= 5×5×9
= 225 in.3

Question 6.
Jay says that “How much does Rover weigh today?” is a statistical question. Kim says that “How long are the puppies’ tails in the pet store?” is a statistical question. Who is NOT correct?

Answer: “How much does Rover weigh today?” is not correct as it is not a statistical question.

Share and Show – Page No. 663

For 1−4, use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 18

Question 1.
Complete the dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 19

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What was the most common distance Lionel biked? How do you know?

Answer: The most common distance Lionel biked is 6 km.

Question 3.
Make a frequency table. Use the intervals 1−3 km, 4−6 km, 7−9 km, and 10−12 km.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 4.
Make a relative frequency table. Use the same intervals as in Exercise 3.

Answer:
As there are 25 data values, so
1-3 km 8÷25= 0.32= 32% relative frequency.
4-6 km 9÷25= 0.36= 36% relative frequency.
7-9 km 4÷25= 0.16= 16% relative frequency.
10-12 km 4÷25= 0.16= 16% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve For 5−9, use the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 20

Question 5.
Make a dot plot of the data.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Make a frequency table of the data with three intervals.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 7.
Make a relative frequency table of the data with three intervals.

Answer:
As there are 25 data values, so
3-7    3÷25= 0.12= 12% relative frequency.
8-12  7÷25= 0.28= 28% relative frequency.
13-17 15÷25= 0.6= 60% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 8.
Describe how you decided on the intervals for the frequency table.

Answer: As we found 3 intervals of equal size that cover the full range of data values.

Question 9.
Could someone use the information in the frequency table to make a dot plot? Explain.

Answer: No. Because the data is grouped in intervals, but a dot plot requires individual data values.

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 664

Question 10.
The manager of a fitness center asked members to rate the fitness center. The results of the survey are shown in the frequency table. What percent of members in the survey rated the center as excellent or good?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 21
a. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need to find what percent of members in the survey rated the center as excellent or good.

Question 10.
b. How can you use relative frequency to help you solve the problem?

Answer: We can solve by adding the relative frequencies of excellent and good responses.

Question 10.
c. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.

Answer: 30%, 25%.

Explanation:
The total no.of responses are 18+15+21+6= 60. So the percent for excellent and good responses are
18÷60= 0.3= 30%
15÷60= 0.25= 25%

Question 10.
d. Complete the sentences.

Answer:
The percent of members who were rated excellent is 30%
The percent of members who were rated good is 25%
So total members rated excellent and good are 30%+25%= 55%

Question 11.
Use the table above. What is the difference in percent of the members in the survey that rated the fitness center as poor versus excellent?
_________ %

Answer: 20%.

Explanation: The percents for poor responses are 6÷60= 0.1= 10%, so the difference in the percent of the members in the survey that rated the fitness center as poor versus excellent is 30%-10%= 20%.

Question 12.
Julie kept a record of the number of minutes she spent reading for 20 days. Complete the frequency table by finding the frequency and the relative frequency (%).
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 22

Answer:
As there are 20 data values, so
30 mins 8÷20= 0.4= 40% relative frequency.
45 mins 4÷20= 0.2= 20% relative frequency.
60 mins 3÷20= 0.15= 15% relative frequency.

Dot Plots and Frequency Tables – Page No. 665

For 1–4, use the chart.

Question 1.
The chart shows the number of pages of a novel that Julia reads each day. Complete the dot plot using the data in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 23
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 24

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What number of pages does Julia read most often? Explain.

Answer: Julia reads most often 15 pages because we can see in the dot plot as 15 was the highest.

Question 3.
Make a frequency table in the space below. Use the intervals 10–13, 14–17, and 18–21.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 4.
Make a relative frequency table in the space below.

Answer:
As there are 20 data values, so
10-13  7÷20= 0.35= 35% relative frequency.
14-17  9÷20= 0.45= 45% relative frequency.
18-21  4÷20= 0.2=  20% relative frequency.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving

Question 5.
The frequency table shows the ages of the actors in a youth theater group. What percent of the actors are 10 to 12 years old?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 25
_______ %

Answer: 55%

Explanation:
As there are 8+22+10= 40 data values, so the percent of the actors are 10 to 12 years old is
22÷40= 0.55= 55%.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 665 Q6

Lesson Check – Page No. 666

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of hours Mai babysat each week. How many hours is Mai most likely to babysit?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 26
_______ hours

Answer: Mai is most likely to babysit for 9 hours.

Explanation: As we can see dot plot with the highest dots is 9 hours. So Mai is most likely to babysit for 9 hours.

Question 2.
The frequency table shows the ratings that a movie received from online reviewers. What percent of the reviewers gave the movie a 4-star rating?

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center
_______ %

Answer: 30%.

Explanation: The percent of reviewers gave the movie a 4-star rating are 6/20
= 0.30
= 30%

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 666 Q3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 666 Q4

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 666 Q5

Question 6.
For a science experiment, Juanita records the height of a plant every day in centimeters. What is the attribute measured in her experiment?

Answer: The attribute measured in her experiment was height.

Share and Show – Page No. 669

For 1–4, use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 27

Question 1.
Complete the frequency table for the age data in the table at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 28

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 29

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
Use your histogram to find the number of people at the health club who are 30 or older.
_______ people

Answer: 7 people.

Explanation: The people from 30-39 are 5 and from 40-49 are 2 people.

Question 4.
Use your histogram to determine the percentage of the people at the health club who are 20–29 years old.
_______ %

Answer: 40%.

Explanation: The data value is 2+6+5+2= 15, so the percent of the people at the health club who are 20–29 years old are
6÷15= 0.4= 40%.

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve For 5–7, use the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 30

Question 5.
Make a histogram of the data using the intervals 10–19, 20–29, and 30–39.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Make a histogram of the data using the intervals 10–14, 15–19, 20–24, 25–29, 30–34, and 35–39.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 7.
Compare Explain how using different intervals changed the appearance of your histogram.

Answer: In the histogram, smaller intervals shows that most of the data are clustered between 15 and 24. And larger intervals show that the data is evenly spread out.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 670

The histogram shows the hourly salaries, to the nearest dollar, of the employees at a small company. Use the histogram to solve 8–11.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 31

Question 8.
How many employees make less than $20 per hour?
_______ employees

Answer: 7 employees.

Explanation: 7 employees make less than $20 per hour.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 670 Q9

Question 10.
Pose a Problem Write and solve a new problem that uses the histogram.

Answer: How many employees make more than $40 per hour?

Explanation: 3 employees.

Question 11.
Analyze Describe the overall shape of the histogram. What does this tell you about the salaries at the company?

Answer: The histogram shows that the employees are high at the interval of $25-$29 and it tells us that there is the same number of employees with salaries less than $25 as there are with salaries greater than $29.

Question 12.
The frequency table shows the TV ratings for the show American Singer. Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 32
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 33

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Histograms – Page No. 671

For 1–4 use the data at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 34

Question 1.
Complete the histogram for the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 35

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
What do the numbers on the y-axis represent?

Answer: The numbers on the y-axis represent the number of students.

Question 3.
How many students scored from 60 to 69?
_______ students

Answer: 3 students scored 60 to 69

Question 4.
Use your histogram to find the number of students who got a score of 80 or greater. Explain.
_______ students

Answer: 12 students.

Explanation: Students who scored 80-89 are 8 students and students who scored 90-99 are 4 students. So total students are
8+4= 12 students.

Problem Solving

For 5–6, use the histogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 36

Question 5.
For which two age groups are there the same number of customers?

Answer: The same number of customers is 10-19 and 50-59.

Question 6.
How many customers are in the restaurant? How do you know?
_______ customers

Answer: 63 customers

Explanation: Total number of customers are 6+9+13+11+15+9= 63 customers. By adding all frequencies we can get a number of customers.

Question 7.
Write a letter to another student that explains how to make a histogram and what type of data a histogram displays.

Answer: A histogram represents a bar graph with a vertical axis and a horizontal axis. The histogram displays the vertical axis with frequencies and the horizontal axis with a certain amount of intervals. We must place the intervals from lower to higher, and the height of each bar should be equal to the frequency of its corresponding intervals.

Lesson Check – Page No. 672

Question 1.
The histogram shows the amount, to the nearest dollar, that customers spent at a museum gift shop. How many customers spent less than $20?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 37
_______ customers

Answer: 14 customers.

Explanation: The number of customers who spent less than $20 is 8+6=14 customers.

Question 2.
Use the histogram in Problem 1. How many customers bought something at the gift shop?
_______ customers

Answer: 27 customers.

Explanation: The number of customers who bought something at the gift shop is 8+6+7+4+2= 27 customers.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Marguerite drew a rectangle with vertices A(−2, −1), B(−2, −4), and C(1, −4). What are the coordinates of the fourth vertex?

Answer: As Marguerite draw a rectangle, so the fourth vertex is D(1,-1)

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 672 Q4

Question 5.
DeShawn is using this frequency table to make a relative frequency table. What percent should he write in the Relative Frequency column for 5 to 9 push-ups?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 38
_______ %

Answer: 35%

Explanation: Data Values are 3+7+8+2= 20

As there are 3+7+8+2= 20 data values, so
5-9  7÷20= 0.35= 35% relative frequency.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 673

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 39

Question 1.
A _____ is a kind of bar graph that shows the frequency of data grouped into intervals.

Answer: A histogram is a kind of bar graph that shows the frequency of data grouped into intervals.

Question 2.
A question that asks about a set of data that varies is called a _____.

Answer: A question that asks about a set of data that varies is called a statistical question.

Concepts and Skills

Question 3.
A sports reporter records the number of touchdowns scored each week during the football season. What statistical question could the reporter ask about the data?

Answer: What was the greatest number of touchdowns scored in one week?

Question 4.
Flora records her pet hamster’s weight once every week for one year. How many observations does she make?
_______ observations

Answer: 52 observations.

Explanation: As there are 52 weeks in a year, so Flora makes 52 observations.

Question 5.
The number of runs scored by a baseball team in 20 games is given below. Draw a dot plot of the data and use it to find the most common number of runs scored in a game.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 40

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Page No. 674

Question 6.
Write a statistical question you could ask about a set of data that shows the times visitors arrived at an amusement park.

Answer: How many visitors arrived at an amusement park each hour?

Question 7.
A school principal is trying to decide how long the breaks should be between periods. He plans to time how long it takes several students to get from one classroom to another. Name a tool he could use to collect the data.

Answer: He could use it to collect the data by stopwatch.

Question 8.
The U.S. Mint uses very strict standards when making coins. On a tour of the mint, Casey asks, “How much copper is in each penny?” Lenny asks, “What is the value of a nickel?” Who asked a statistical question?

Answer: Casey asked a statistical question.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 674 Q9

Question 10.
The table shows the lengths of the songs played by a radio station during a 90-minute period. Alicia is making a histogram of the data. What frequency should she show for the interval 160–169 seconds?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 41

Answer: 5.

Explanation: As there are 5 values between 160-169, so Alicia makes a frequency of 5 for the interval 160-169 seconds.

Share and Show – Page No. 677

Use counters to find the mean of the data set.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 677 Q1

Make a dot plot for the data set and use it to check whether the given value is a balance point for the data set.

Question 2.
Rosanna’s friends have 0, 1, 1, 2, 2, and 12 pets at home. Rosanna says the mean of the data is 3. Is Rosanna correct?

Answer:

Explanation: Yes, Rosanna is correct. As the mean is
= \(\frac{0+1+1+2+2+12}{6}\)
= \(\frac{18}{6}\)
= 3
So Rosanna is correct.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 3.
Four people go to lunch, and the costs of their orders are $6, $9, $10, and $11. They want to split the bill evenly. Find each person’s fair share. Explain your work.
Each person’s fair share is $ _______ .

Answer: $9.

Explanation: Each person’s fair share is
= \(\frac{ $6+$9+$10+$11}{4}
=\frac{$36}{4}\)
= $9.

Page No. 678

Use the table for 4–6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 42

Question 4.
A grocer is preparing fruit baskets to sell as holiday presents. If the grocer rearranges the apples in baskets A, B, and C so that each has the same number, how many apples will be in each basket? Use counters to find the fair share.
_______ apples

Answer: 3 apples.

Explanation: Mean for the apples are
= \(\frac{4+1+4}{3}
=\frac{9}{3}\)
= 3
So there will be 3 apples in each basket.

Question 5.
Make Arguments Can the pears be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of pears in each basket? Explain why or why not.

Answer: No pears cannot rearrange, as three stacks of counters height are 2,1,5 so that there is an equal number in each stack, So we cannot rearrange.

Question 6.
Use counters to find the mean of the number of pears originally in baskets B and C. Draw a dot plot of the data set. Use your plot to explain why the mean you found is a balance point.

Answer: Mean= 3

Explanation: Mean= \(\frac{1+5}{2}
=\frac{6}{2}\)
= 3
As data point 1 is 2 times less than the mean and data point 5 is 2 times greater than the mean, so the points are the same distance from the mean and the mean is the balance point.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 7.
Four friends go to breakfast and the costs of their breakfasts are $5, $8, $9, and $10. Select True or False for each statement.
7a. The mean of the cost of the breakfasts can be found by adding each of the costs and dividing that total by 4.
7b. The mean cost of the four breakfasts is $10.
7c. The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $2.
7d. The difference between the least cost and the mean is $2.

Answer:
7a. True

Explanation: As mean = (sum of the terms)/ (No.of terms)

7b. False

Explanation: The mean cost of the four breakfast is \(\frac{$5+$8+$9+$10}{4}
=\frac{$32}{4}\)
= $8.

7c. True

Explanation: The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $10-$8= $2.

7d. False

Explanation: The difference between the least cost and the mean is $8-$5= $3

Mean as Fair Share and Balance Point – Page No. 679

Use counters to find the mean of the data set.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 679 Q1

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 679 Q2

Make a dot plot for the data set and use it to check whether the given value is a balance point for the data set.

Question 3.
Sandy’s friends ate 0, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6, and 7 pretzels. Sandy says the mean of the data is 4. Is Sandy correct?

Answer: Yes, Sandy is correct.

Explanation: The mean of the data set is \(\frac{0+2+3+4+6+6+7}{7}
=\frac{28}{7}\)
= 4.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Three baskets contain 8, 8, and 11 soaps. Can the soaps be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of soaps in each basket? Explain why or why not.

Answer: Yes, the soaps can be rearranged.

Explanation: As the mean is 9, the soaps can be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of soaps in each basket. And we can fit 9 in each group.

Question 5.
Five pages contain 6, 6, 9, 10, and 11 stickers. Can the stickers be rearranged so that there is an equal whole number of stickers on each page? Explain why or why not.

Answer: No

Explanation: No, we cannot rearrange the stickers. As there is a 5 stack counter which is unable to fit in for 6, 6, 9, 10, and 11 stickers

Question 6.
Describe how to use counters to find the mean of a set of data. Give a data set and list the steps to find the mean.

Answer: We will start with an unequal stack then we will move a counter from the tallest stack to the shortest stack and we will repeat it until the stacks have the same height.

Lesson Check – Page No. 680

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 680 Q1

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 680 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What figure does the net below represent?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 43

Answer: As the net has 6 equal square surfaces, it represents a cube.

Question 4.
Sarah paints the box below. She paints the whole box except for the front face. What area of the box does she paint?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 44
_______ cm2

Answer: 586 cm2

Explanation: The area of the box is
= 2×20×7 + 2 ×9×7 + 9×20
= 280+126+180
= 586 cm2

Question 5.
Chloe collected data and then displayed her results in the table to the right. What is the unit of measure of the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 45

Answer: The unit of measure is Fahrenheit.

Share and Show – Page No. 683

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 683 Q1

Question 2.
Julie goes to several grocery stores and researches the price of a 12 oz bottle of juice. Find the mean, median, and mode of the prices shown.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 46

Answer:
The mean is $1.21
The Median is $2.08
The mode is $0.99

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{$0.95+$1.09+$0.99+$1.25+$0.99+$1.99}{6}
=\frac{$7.26}{6}\)
= $1.21.
First, we must set the data from smallest to greatest
$0.95,$0.99,$0.99,$1.09,$1.25,$1.99 as the count is even number we will add both middle numbers and will divide with 2
so, the median is $0.99+$1.09= $2.08÷2
= $1.04.
As $0.99 appears twice the mode is $0.99.

On Your Own

Question 3.
T.J. is training for the 200-meter dash event for his school’s track team. Find the mean, median, and mode of the times shown in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 47

Answer:
The mean is $1.21
The Median is $2.08
The mode is $0.99

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{22.3+22.4+23.3+24.5+22.5}{5}
=\frac{115}{5}\)
= 23
First, we must set the data from smallest to greatest
22.3,22.4,22.5,23.3,24.5
so, the median is 22.5
As no value appear twice there is no mode.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 683 Q4

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 683 Q5

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 684

Sense or Nonsense?

Question 6.
Jeremy scored 85, 90, 72, 88, and 92 on five math tests, for a mean of 85.4. On the sixth test he scored a 95. He calculates his mean score for all 6 tests as shown below, but Deronda says he is incorrect. Whose answer makes sense? Whose answer is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.

Jeremy’s Work:
The mean of my first 5 test scores was 85.4, so to find the mean of all 6 test scores, I just need to find the mean of 85.4 and 95.
Mean = \(\frac{85.4+95}{2}=\frac{180.4}{2}\) = 90.2.
So, my mean score for all 6 tests is 90.2.

Deronda’s Work:
To find the mean of all 6 test scores, you need to add up all 6 scores and divide by 6.
Mean = \(\frac{85+90+72+88+92+95}{6}=\frac{522}{6}\) = 87.
So, Jeremy’s mean score for all 6 tests is 87.

Answer: Jeremy’s answer is nonsense, Deronda’s answer makes sense.

Explanation: Jeremy should add all 6 test scores and then divide the sum by 6. And Deronda used the mean formula in the right way.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 684 Q7

Measures of Center – Page No. 685

Use the table for 1–4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 48

Question 1.
What is the mean of the data?
The mean is _______ points.

Answer: 9.4 points.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{10+8+11+12+6}{5}
=\frac{47}{5}\)
= 9.4

Question 2.
What is the median of the data?
The median is _______ points.

Answer: 10 points.

Explanation: The median is 6,8,10,11,12
10.

Question 3.
What is the mode(s) of the data?

Answer: No mode.

Explanation: As there are no repeated values, so there is no mode.

Question 4.
Suppose Blaine played a sixth game and scored 10 points during the game. Find the new mean, median, and mode.

Answer:
Mean 9.5.
Median 10.
Mode 10.

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{10+8+11+12+6+10}{6}
= \frac{57}{6}\)
= 9.5.
The median is 6,8,10,10,11,12
= \(\frac{10+10}{2}
= \frac{20}{2}\)
= 10.
As 10 is repeated, so the mode is 10.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
An auto manufacturer wants their line of cars to have a median gas mileage of 25 miles per gallon or higher. The gas mileage for their five models are 23, 25, 26, 29, and 19. Do their cars meet their goal? Explain.

Answer: 25.

Explanation:
The median is 19,23,25,26,29
25.
So the car meets its goal.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 685 Q6

Question 7.
Explain how to find the mean of a set of data.

Answer: By dividing the sum of data by the number of data we can find the mean.

Lesson Check – Page No. 686

Question 1.
The prices for a video game at 5 different stores are $39.99, $44.99, $29.99, $35.99, and $31.99. What is the mode(s) of the data?

Answer: As there are no repeated values, so there is no mode.

Question 2.
Manuel is keeping track of how long he practices the saxophone each day. The table gives his practice times for the past five days. What is the mean of his practice times?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 49

Answer: 39.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{25+45+30+65+30}{5}
= \frac{195}{5}\)
= 39.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the surface area of the triangular prism shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 50
_______ cm2

Answer: 1008 cm2

Explanation: The Surface area triangular prism= 25×9+25×12+25×15+2×12×9×12
= 225+300+375+108
= 1008 cm2

Question 4.
Kate records the number of miles that she bikes each day. She displayed the number of daily miles in the dot plot below. Each dot represents the number of miles she biked in one day. How many days did she bike 4–7 miles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 51

Answer: 7 days

Explanation: By counting dots from 4-7 we will get to know how many days she bikes. So it is for 7 days.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 686 Q5

Share and Show – Page No. 689

Question 1.
Find the outlier by drawing a dot plot of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 52
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 53

Answer: The outlier is 15.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 689 Q2

Question 3.
Identify the outlier in the data set of melon weights. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 54

Answer: The outlier is 14.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{47+45+48+45+49+47+14+45+51+46+47}{11}
= \frac{$484}{11}\)
= 44 oz.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{47+45+48+45+49+47+45+51+46+47}{10}
= \frac{$470}{10}\)
= 47 oz.
The outlier decreases the mean from 47 to 44 oz.
The median is 14,45,45,45,46,47,47,47,48,49,51.
= 47
There is no change in the median with the outlier.

Question 4.
Use Reasoning In a set of Joanne’s test scores, there is an outlier. On the day of one of those tests, Joanne had the flu. Do you think the outlier is greater or less than the rest of her scores? Explain

Answer: The outlier is less than the rest of her score because if Joanne had the flu her test score from the day is probably lower thn her score.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 690

Use the table for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 55

Question 5.
Which player’s number of stolen bases is an outlier?

Answer: Rickey Henderson.

Explanation: The player is Rickey Henderson number 1,406 is an outlier.

Question 6.
What effect does the outlier have on the median of the data set?

Answer: The outlier increases from 905.5 to 914.

Explanation: The median with outlier is 914 and the median without outlier is \(\frac{897+914}{2}
= \frac{1811}{2}\)
=  905.5
The outlier increases from 905.5 to 914.

Question 7.
Miguel wrote that the mean of the data set is 992.6. Is this the mean with or without the outlier? Explain how you can tell without doing a calculation.

Answer: This is the mean is with outlier as the mean 992.6 is greater than the data values except for the outlier.

Question 8.
Does an outlier have any effect on the mode of a data set? Explain

Answer: The outlier will not effect the mode of a data set because an outlier must be greater or lesser than the data value, so it cannot be the same as any other data value.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 690 Q9
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 690 Q9.1

Effects of Outliers – Page No. 691

Question 1.
Identify the outlier in the data set of students in each class. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 56

Answer: The outlier is 12. The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{30+22+26+21+24+28+23+26+28+12}{10}
= \frac{240}{10}\)
= 24.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{30+22+26+21+24+28+23+26+28}{9}
= \frac{228}{9}\)
= 25.3.
The outlier decreases mean from 24 to 25.3.
The median with outlier is 12,21,22,23,24,26,26,28,28,30.
= \(\frac{24+26}{2}
= \frac{50}{2}\)
= 25
The median without outlier is 21,22,23,24,26,26,28,28,30.
= 26
The outlier decreases both mean and median.

Question 2.
Identify the outlier in the data set of pledge amounts. Then describe the effect the outlier has on the mean and median.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 57

Answer: The outlier is $100. The outlier increases mean from $22 to $31.75 and no effect on median.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{$100+$10+$15+$20+$17+$20+$32+$40}{8}
= \frac{$254}{8}\)
= $31.75.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{$10+$15+$20+$17+$20+$32+$40}{7}
= \frac{$154}{7}\)
= 22.
The outlier increases mean from $22 to $31.75.
The median with outlier is $10,$15,$17,$20,$20,$32,$40,$100.
= \(\frac{$20+$20}{2}
= \frac{$40}{2}\)
= $20
The median without outlier is $10,$15,$17,$20,$20,$32,$40.
= $20.
The outlier has no effect on median.

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Duke’s science quiz scores are 99, 91, 60, 94, and 95. Describe the effect of the outlier on the mean and median.

Answer: The outlier is 60. The outlier decreases the mean from 94.75 to 87.8 and decreases the median from 94.5 to 94.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{99+91+60+94+95}{5}
= \frac{439}{5}\)
= 87.8.
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{99+91+94+95}{4}
= \frac{379}{4}\)
= 94.75.
The outlier decreases mean from 94.75 to 87.8.
The median with outlier is 60,91,94,95,99.
= 94.
The median without outlier is 91,94,95,99.
= \(\frac{94+95}{2}
= \frac{189}{2}\)
= 94.5
The outlier decreases the median from 94.5 to 94.

Question 4.
The number of people who attended an art conference for five days was 42, 27, 35, 39, and 96. Describe the effect of the outlier on the mean and median.

Answer: The outlier is 96. The outlier increases the mean from 35.75 to 47.8 and increases the median from 37 to 39.

Explanation:
The mean with outlier is \(\frac{42+27+35+39+96}{5}
= \frac{239}{5}\)
=47.8 .
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{42+27+35+39}{4}
= \frac{143}{4}\)
= 35.75.
The outlier increases mean from 35.75 to 47.8.
The median with the outlier is 27,35,39,42,96.
= 39.
The median without outlier is 27,35,39,42.
= \(\frac{35+39}{2}
= \frac{74}{2}\)
= 37.
The outlier increases the median from 37 to 39.

Question 5.
Find or create a set of data that has an outlier. Find the mean and median with and without the outlier. Describe the effect of the outlier on the measures of center.

Answer:

Lesson Check – Page No. 692

Question 1.
What is the outlier for the data set?
19, 19, 27, 21, 77, 18, 23, 29

Answer: The outlier is 77.

Explanation: As 77 is not fit in the data set, so 77 is an outlier.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 692 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Hector covers each face of the pyramid below with construction paper. The area of the base of the pyramid is 28 square inches. What area will he cover with paper?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 58
_______ in.2

Answer: 196 in.2

Explanation:
Area= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 × 8×14
= 4×14
= 56 in.2
The surface area is 28+3×56
= 28+168
= 196 in.2

Question 4.
Mr. Stevenson measured the heights of several students and recorded his findings in the chart below. How many observations did he complete?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 59

Answer: No.of observations are 14.

Question 5.
Kendra is making a histogram for the data in the chart. She uses the intervals 0–4, 5–9, 10–14, and 15–19. What should be the height of the longest bar in her histogram?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 60

Answer: So the height of the longest bar is 5.

Explanation:
The frequency of intervals from 0-4 is 2.
The frequency of intervals from 5-9 is 5.
The frequency of intervals from 10-14 is 4.
The frequency of intervals from 15-19 is 4.
So the height of the longest bar is 5.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 692 Q6

Share and Show – Page No. 695

Question 1.
The table shows the number of goals scored by the Florida Panthers National Hockey League team in the last 20 games of the 2009 season. What was the most common number of goals the team scored?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 61
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 62

Answer: The most common number of goals the team scored is 2.

Explanation: As 2 has appeared 6 times.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
Draw a histogram of the hockey data. Use it to find the percent of the games in which the Panthers scored more than 3 goals.

Answer:

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
Use Appropriate Tools If you needed to find the mean of a data set, which data display—dot plot or histogram—would you choose? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: To find the mean data set the best tool is a dot plot because in a dot plot we can add all the data values to find the mean but in a histogram does not show individual values.

On Your Own – Page No. 696

Question 4.
Corey collected data on the ages of the parents of his classmates. Make a data display and use it to find the percent of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.
42, 36, 35, 49, 52, 43, 41, 32, 45, 39, 50, 38, 27, 29, 37, 39

Answer: 75% of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.

Explanation: Total parents are 16 and 12 parents who are at least 30 years old but under 50 years. So percent is 12/16= 0.75
= 75% of parents at least 30 years old but under 50 years old.

Question 5.
What is the mode of the data in Exercise 4?

Answer: 39

Explanation: As 39 appears two times, the mode is 39.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 696 Q6

Question 7.
A recipe for punch calls for apple juice and cranberry juice. The ratio of apple juice to cranberry juice is 3:2. Tyrone wants to make at least 20 cups of punch, but no more than 30 cups of punch. Describe two different ways he can use apple juice and cranberry juice to make the punch.

Answer: Tyrone can use 60:40 and 90:60.

Explanation: For 20 cups Tyrone can use 60:40 and for 30 cups he can use 90:60

Question 8.
The data set shows the total points scored by the middle school basketball team in the last 14 games. What is the most common number of points scored in a game? Explain how to find the answer using a dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 63

Answer: The most common number of points scored in a game is 39

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Problem Solving Data Displays – Page No. 697

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Josie collected data on the number of siblings her classmates have. Make a data display and determine the percent of Josie’s classmates that have more than 2 siblings.
5, 1, 2, 1, 2, 4, 3, 2, 2, 6
_______ %

Answer: 40%.

Explanation: Total number of classmates are 10 members and 4 of them have more than 2 siblings, so the percent of Josie’s classmates is 4÷10= 0.4= 40%.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 2.
The following data show the number of field goals a kicker attempted each game. Make a data display and tell which number of field goals is the mode.
4, 6, 2, 1, 3, 1, 2, 1, 5, 2, 2, 3

Answer: The mode of data is 2.

Explanation: As 2 is repeated 4 times, so the mode is 2.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 3.
The math exam scores for a class are shown below. Make a data display. What percent of the scores are 90 and greater?
91, 68, 83, 75, 81, 99, 97, 80, 85, 70, 89, 92, 77, 95, 100, 64, 88, 96, 76, 88

Answer: 35% of the scores are 90 and greater.

Explanation: Total data display is 20 scores and 7 of them are greater than 90. So the percent of scores is 7÷20= 0.35
= 35%.

Question 4.
The heights of students in a class are shown below in inches. Make a data display. What percent of the students are taller than 62 inches?
63, 57, 60, 64, 59, 62, 65, 58, 63, 65, 58, 61, 63, 64

Answer: 50% of the students are taller than 62 inches.

Explanation: Total data display is 14 scores and 7 of them are taller than 62 inches. So the percent of scores is 7÷14= 0.5
= 50%.

Question 5.
Write and solve a problem for which you would use a dot plot or histogram to answer questions about given data.

Answer:

Lesson Check – Page No. 698

Question 1.
The number of student absences is shown below. What is the mode of the absences?
2, 1, 3, 2, 1, 1, 3, 2, 2, 10, 4, 5, 1, 5, 1

Answer: 1

Explanation: The mode is the data value with the most dots, so the mode of absence is 1.

Question 2.
Kelly is making a histogram of the number of pets her classmates own. On the histogram, the intervals of the data are 0–1, 2–3, 4–5, 6–7. What is the range of the data?

Answer: 7

Explanation: The range of data is 7.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The area of the base of the rectangular prism shown below is 45 square millimeters. The height is 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) millimeters. What is the volume of the prism?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 64
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) mm3

Answer: 247 1/2 mm3

Explanation:
As l×w= 45 mm2
Area of the base is l×w
V= l×w×h
=  45×h
= 45 × 5 1/2
= 45 × 11/2
= 495/2
= 247 1/2 mm3

Question 4.
The frequency table shows the number of runs scored by the Cougars in 20 of their baseball games. In what percent of the games did they score 5 or fewer runs?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 65
_______ %

Answer: 85%.

Explanation: The Cougars scores 5 or fewer runs in 17 of their 20 games. So the percent of the games did they score 5 or fewer runs is 17/20= 0.85 = 85%.

Question 5.
There are 5 plates of bagels. The numbers of bagels on the plates are 8, 10, 9, 10, and 8. Shane rearranges the bagels so that each plate has the same amount. How many bagels are now on each plate?

Answer: 9

Explanation: There are 9 bagels on each plate.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 698 Q6

Chapter 12 Review/Test – Page No. 699

Question 1.
The data set shows the total number of sandwiches sold each day for 28 days. What is the most common number of sandwiches sold in a day?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 66
______ sandwiches

Answer: 13 sandwiches.

Explanation: The most common number of sandwiches sold are 13.

Question 2.
Michael’s teacher asks, “How many items were sold on the first day of the fund raiser?” Explain why this is not a statistical question.

Answer: As there is no variability in the number of items sold on the first day of the fundraiser, so it is not a statistical question.

Question 3.
Describe the data set by writing the attribute measured, the unit of measure, the likely means of measurement, and the number of observations in the correct location on the chart.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 67
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 68

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Page No. 700

Question 4.
The numbers of points scored by a football team in 7 different games are 26, 38, 33, 20, 27, 3, and 28. For numbers 4a–4c, select True or False to indicate whether the statement is correct.
4a. The outlier in the data set is 3
4b. The difference between the outlier and the median is 24.
4c. The outlier in this set of data affects the mean by increasing it.

4a.
Answer:  True.

Explanation: The outlier is 3.

4b.
Answer: True.

Explanation: The median is 3,20,26,27,28,33,38
= 27
and outlier is 3, so difference between median and outlier is 27-3= 24.

4c.
Answer: False

Explanation: The mean with outlier is \(\frac{26+38+33+20+27+3+28}{7}
= \frac{175}{7}\)
= 25
The mean without outlier is \(\frac{26+38+33+20+27+28}{6}
= \frac{172}{6}\)
= 28.6
The mean increases without the outlier.

Question 5.
Mr. Jones gave a quiz to his math class. The students’ scores are listed in the table. Make a dot plot of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 69

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center

Question 6.
Melanie scored 10, 10, 11, and 13 points in her last 4 basketball games.
The mean of the test scores is _____.
The median of the test scores is _____.
The mode of the test scores is _____.

Answer:
The mean of the test scores is 11.
The median of the test scores is 10.5
The mode of the test scores is 10.

Explanation:
The mean of the test scores is \(\frac{10+10+11+13}{4}
= \frac{44}{4}\)
= 11.
The median of the test scores is 10,10,11,13
= \(\frac{10+11}{2}
= \frac{21}{2}\)
= 10.5
The mode of the test scores is 10. As 10 is repeated twice.

Page No. 701

Question 7.
The Martin family goes out for frozen yogurt to celebrate the last day of school. The costs of their frozen yogurts are $1, $1, $2, and $4. Select True or False for each statement.
7a. The mean cost for the frozen yogurts can be found by adding each cost and dividing that total by 4.
7b. The mean cost of the four frozen yogurts is $2.
7c. The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $1.
7d. The difference between the least cost and the mean is $1.

7a.
Answer: True.

Explanation: To find the mean we will add each cost and divide that total by 4.

7b.
Answer: True.

Explnation: The mean is \(\frac{$1+$1+$2+$4}{4}
= \frac{$8}{4}\)
= $2.

Answer:
7c. False.

Explanation: The difference between the greatest cost and the mean is $4-$2= $2.

Answer:
7d. True.

Explanation: The difference between the least cost and the mean is $2-$1= $1.

Question 8.
The histogram shows the amount of time students spent on homework for the week. For numbers 8a–8d, choose True or False to indicate whether the statement is correct.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 70
8a. The number of students that spent between 30 minutes and 59 minutes on homework is 2.
8b. The greatest number of students spent between 90 minutes and 119 minutes on homework.
8c. Five of the students spent less than 60 minutes on homework for the week.
8d. Six of the students spent 60 minutes or more on homework for the week.

8a.
Answer: True.

8b.
Answer: True.

8c.
Answer: False

Explanation: Three of the students spent less than 60 minutes.

8d.
Answer: True.

Page No. 702

Question 9.
The dot plot shows how many games of chess 8 different members of the chess club played in one month. If Jackson is a new member of the chess club, how many games of chess is he likely to play in one month? Explain how the dot plot helped you find the answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 71

Answer: Jackson played 5 games of chess in one month.

Explanation: As the tallest stack in this dot plot is 5 games.

Question 10.
Larry is training for a bicycle race. He records how far he rides each day. Find the mode of the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 72

Answer: 15

Explanation: As 15 is repeated 3 times, so the mode of the data is 15.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 702 Q11
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 702 Q11.1

Question 12.
The frequency table shows the height, in inches, of 12 basketball players. What fraction of the players are 70 inches or taller?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 73
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Explanation: The total number of players who are 70 inches or taller are 6+3= 9, so fraction is \(\frac{9}{12}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\).

Page No. 703

Question 13.
A teacher surveys her students to find out how much time the students spent eating lunch on Monday.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 74
She uses _____ as the unit of measure.
She uses ______ as the unit of measure.

Answer: She uses minutes as the unit of measure.

Question 14.
For numbers 14a–14d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the question is a statistical question.
14a. What are the heights of the trees in the park?
14b. How old are the trees in the park?
14c. How tall is the cypress tree on the north side of the lake this morning?
14d. What are the diameters of the trees in the park?

14a.
Answer: Yes.

14b.
Answer: Yes.

14c.
Answer: No.

14d. Yes.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center Page 703 Q15

Question 16.
The data set shows the ages of the members of the cheerleading squad. What is the most common age of the members of the squad? Explain how to find the answer using a dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 75

Answer: 11 is the most common age of the members of the squad.

Explanation:

Page No. 704

Question 17.
The band director kept a record of the number of concert tickets sold by 20 band members. Complete the frequency table by finding the frequency and the relative frequency.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 76
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 77

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 18.
Gilbert is training for a marathon by running each week. The table shows the distances, in miles, that he ran each week during the first 7 weeks.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 12 Data Displays and Measures of Center img 78
Part A
Gilbert set a goal that the mean number of miles he runs in 7 weeks is at least 14 miles. Did Gilbert reach his goal? Use words and numbers to support your answer.

Answer: No, Gilbert did not reach his goal as 13 is less than 14.

Explanation: The mean number of miles he runs in 7 weeks \(\frac{8+10+9+10+15+18+21}{7}
= \frac{91}{7}\)
= 13

Question 18.
Part B
Suppose Gilbert had run 18 miles during week 5 and 22 miles during week 6. Would he have reached his goal? Use words and numbers to support your answer

Answer: As the mean is 14, Gilbert reached his goal.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{8+10+9+10+22+18+21}{7}
= \frac{98}{7}\)
= 14.

Final Words

Tap the above links and start your preparation from now itself. You can understand the concepts of Data Displays and Measures of Center in-depth here. Bookmark our ccssanswers.com to get the answers with explanations for all grade 6 chapters.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions

go-math-grade-6-chapter-13-variability-and-data-distributions-answer-key

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 deals with Variability and Data Distributions. The HMH Go Math 6th Grade Answer Key is a very helpful resource for students to prepare for the exams. The solutions are mentioned topic-wise to all the questions for chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions. You can understand the problem-solving methods in a better way by using Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions for free.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions

The main concepts of chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions are discussed in the below sections. So, tap the links and practice the problems. This Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Ch 13 Variability and Data Distributions helps you to secure the highest marks in the exams. For better performance, you try to compare the problems with real time.

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 1

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 2

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 3

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 4

Chapter – 13 – Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 5

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 5

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 6

Chapter 13 – Lesson: 7

Chapter 13 – Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 709

For 1–3, use the dot plot.

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of paintings students in the art club displayed at the art show. Does the dot plot contain any gaps?
If so, where?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 1
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Between the intervals of 4 – 7 excluding 4 and 7

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 1
The dots are filled from 1 – 4 and 7 but the region between these two intervals is left unfilled so the region containing gaps is 5-6 including 5 and 6

Question 2.
Identify any clusters in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 1-4

Explanation:
A group of dots is called a cluster
The dots form a cluster at 1 – 4

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 709 Q3

On Your Own

Question 4.
What patterns do you see in the histogram data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 2
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

Explanation:
STEP 1 Identify any peaks in the data.
The histogram has 6 peaks.
The interval representing the greatest number of visitors is for ages between 60 and 69 age group.
STEP 2 The data changes across the intervals.
The number of visitors increases from 0 to 29 age group and from 40 to 69 age group.
So, the data values increase to one peak in the interval from 0 to 9 age group and then decrease.
The visitors of the age group 30 – 39 did not visit the zoo.

Question 5.
The dot plot shows the number of errors made by a baseball team in the first 16 games of the season. For numbers 5a-5e, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 3
5a. There is a gap from 4 to 5.
5b. There is a peak at 0.
5c. The dot plot has symmetry.
5d. There are two modes.
5e. There is one cluster.
5a. __________
5b. __________
5c. __________
5d. __________
5e. __________

Answer:
5a. Yes
5b. Yes
5c. No
5d. No
5e. No

Explanation:
5a. There are dots between 4-5 so we can say that there is a gap from 4 to 5.
5b. The number of dots is more at the interval 0 So we can say that there is a peak at 0.
5c. The symmetrical view is nothing but having the same number of dots on both sides of the figure but we cannot observe it in the above figure. Therefore we can say that the dot plot has no symmetry.
5d. The most frequently occurring observation is known as a mode. One dot repeats in all the intervals so we can say that the mode is 1.
5e. A group of observations form a cluster, there are more than 1 group of dots in the figure given above.

Big Cats – Page No. 710

There are 41 species of cats living in the world today. Wild cats live in places as different as deserts and the cold forests of Siberia, and they come in many sizes. Siberian tigers may be as long as 9 feet and weigh over 2,000 pounds, while bobcats are often just 2 to 3 feet long and weigh between 15 and 30 pounds.

You can find bobcats in many zoos in the United States. The histogram below shows the weights of several bobcats. The weights are rounded to the nearest pound.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 4
Use the histogram for 6 and 7.

Question 6.
Look for a Pattern Describe the overall shape of the histogram.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The graph starts from a small interval and increases to the highest and then decreases to the smallest interval.
The histogram has rectangles which are closely packed.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Identify any peaks in the data.
The histogram has 1 peak(s).
The interval representing the greatest number of bobcats is for weights between 18 and 20 pounds.
STEP 2 Describe how the data changes across the intervals. The number of bobcats increases from 12 to 17 pounds and from 21 to 29 pounds.
STEP 3 Describe any symmetry the graph has. If I draw a vertical line through the interval for 18 to 20 pounds, the left and right parts of the histogram are very close to being mirror images. The histogram has line symmetry.

So, the data values increase to one peak in the interval for 18 to 20 pounds and then decrease. The data set has a vertical line
symmetry about the peak.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 710 Q7

Patterns in Data – Page No. 711

For 1–2, use the dot plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 5

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of omelets ordered at Paul’s Restaurant each day. Does the dot plot contain any gaps?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes, the dot plot contains gaps

Explanation:
The dots are filled from 10 – 11, from 14 – 16, and from 18 – 19 but the region between these two intervals is left unfilled so the region containing gaps is 12-13 including 12 and 13, 17 is also left unfilled.

Question 2.
Identify any clusters in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 14 – 16 and 18 – 19

Explanation:
A group of dots is called a cluster. The dots which form a cluster are 14 – 16 and from 18 – 19.

For 3–4, use the histogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 6

Question 3.
The histogram shows the number of people that visited a local shop each day in January. How many peaks does the histogram have?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The histogram has only one peak.

Explanation:
The rectangle with a tall length represents the highest peak in the graph given above.
The number of people who visited a local shop each day in January was 0 – 9  visitors and this was the highest frequency having 14 days.
The highest peak is in the interval of 0 – 9.

Question 4.
Describe how the data values change across the intervals.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: They decrease from highest to low values in the given picture above.

Explanation:
The graph represents the number of visitors in the month of January the visitors of number 0 – 9 have the highest frequency,
10 – 19 are the second-highest among the visitors who went to the local shop in the month of January, followed by 20 – 29,
30 – 39

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Look at the dot plot at the right. Does the graph have symmetry? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 7
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes, the graph has a symmetry

Explanation:
If I draw a vertical line through the interval for _ to_ pounds, the left and right parts of the histogram are very close to being mirror images. The histogram __ line symmetry.
A geometric figure has line symmetry if you can draw a line through it so that the two parts are mirror images of each other.
So, the data values increase to one peak in the interval for _ to _ pounds and then decrease. The data set __ line symmetry about the peak.

Question 6.
A histogram that shows the ages of students at a library has intervals 1–5, 6–10, 11–15, 16–20, and 21–25. There is a peak at 11–15 years and the graph is symmetric. Sketch what the histogram could look like and describe the patterns you see in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

The histogram shows the ages of students at a library has intervals 1–5, 6–10, 11–15, 16–20, and 21–25. There is a peak at 11–15 years and the graph is symmetric.

Explanation:

The histogram is a graph with continuous rectangles which are closely packed.
The asymmetric graph is a graph which has a mirror-like view with equal rectangles on each side.
The graph with the highest peak represents the highest number of students who visit the library in the age group 11 – 15

Lesson Check – Page No. 712

Question 1.
What interval in the histogram has the greatest frequency?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 8
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 10 – 14 interval has highest frequency of 6

Explanation:
The rectangle with a peak can be said as it has the greatest frequency. The interval with a peak is 11 – 15 and the frequency of the peak is 6

Question 2.
Meg makes a dot plot for the data 9, 9, 4, 5, 5, 3, 4, 5, 3, 8, 8, 5. Where does a gap occur?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 6 – 7 including 6 and 7

Explanation:
Let us consider an axis with 3 to 9 numbers on it and plot the dots as given in the question at points 3,4,5,8 and 9 the gap occurs between 6 and 7 including 6 and 7.

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 712 Q3
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 712 Q3.1

Question 4.
Look at the histogram below. How many students scored 81 or higher on the math test?
________ students

Answer: 14

Explanation:
The interval 81 – 90 has 10 frequencies and the interval 91 – 100 has 4 frequencies. So the total number of students = 14

Question 5.
The Little League coach uses a radar gun to measure the speed of several of Kyle’s baseball pitches. The speeds, in miles per hour, are 52, 48, 63, 47, 47. What is the median of Kyle’s pitch speeds?
The median is ________ miles.

Answer: Median is 48

Explanation:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for odd number of observations
n = 5 (odd)
Median = (5 + 1 / 2) = (6/2) = 3rd observation = 48
Therefore the median is 48.

Share and Show – Page No. 715

Find the median, lower quartile, and upper quartile of the data.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 715 Q1

Question 2.
the lengths, in seconds, of 9 videos posted online:
50, 46, 51, 60, 62, 50, 65, 48, 53
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median: 51 Lower quartile: 46 Upper quartile: 65

Explanation:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for odd number of observations
n = 9 (odd)
Median = (9 + 1 / 2) = (10/2) = 5th observation = 51
Therefore the median is 51.

Lower quartile: 46 Upper quartile: 65

Question 3.
Make a box plot to display the data set in Exercise 2.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The box plot is drawn on the topic: Lengths of the videos (in seconds) posted in online.

Explanation:
The box is drawn to understand the clear view of the raw data, in a precise manner.
This box gives us information about the lengths of the videos posted online. We can directly say the median, lower quartile, and upper quartile by seeing the box plot.

On Your Own

Find the median, lower quartile, and upper quartile of the data.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 715 Q4

Question 5.
61, 23, 49, 60, 83, 56, 51, 64, 84, 27
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 58

Explanation:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 10 (even)
Median = Mean of (5)th and (6)th observations = 56 + 60 divided by 2 = 116/2 = 58
Therefore the median is 58.

Question 6.
The chart shows the height of trees in a park. Display the data in a box plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 9
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

Explanation:
Lower limit: 8
Upper limit: 30
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 12 (even)
Median = Mean of (6)th and (7)th observations = 18 + 20 divided by 2 = 38/2 = 19
Therefore the median is 19.

Question 7.
Analyze Eric made this box plot for the data set below. Explain his error.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 10
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 11
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The lower and upper limits are marked wrong.

Explanation:
The box drew above the number line is wrong.
It does not show the correct upper and lower limits.
The lower limit is 5 and the upper limit is 35.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 716

Pose a Problem

Question 8.
The box plots show the number of flights delayed per day for two different airlines. Which data set is more spread out?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 12
Airline A: greatest value − least value = _____
Airline B: greatest value − least value = _____
So, the data for _____ is more spread out.
Write a new problem that can be solved using the data in the box plots.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:
Airline A: greatest value − least value = 8
Airline B: greatest value − least value = 10
The data for airline B is more spread out.

A problem which can be solved using the box plot can be:

Find the median, lower and upper limits.

Explanation:
The greatest value and lowest value can be identified by seeing the box drew above the number line. The ends represent the lower and upper limits in both the box plots.

The solution to the question framed:
The start and end of the rectangle represent the lower and upper limits. And the middle line represents the median.
The lower limit is 5
Upper limit is 35
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 6 (even)
Median = Mean of (3)th and (4)th observations = 15 + 25 divided by 2 = 40/2 = 20
Therefore the median is 20.

Question 9.
The data set shows the cost of the dinner specials at a restaurant on Friday night.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 13
The median is _____.
The lower quartile is _____.
The upper quartile is _____.

Answer:
Median: 24
The lower quartile is 16.
The upper quartile is 30.

Explanation:
Seeing the data in the box we can identify the lower and upper quartiles.
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is (n+1/2)th observation, for odd number of observations
n = 11 (odd)
Median = (11 + 1 / 2) = (12/2) = 6th observation =24
Therefore the median is 24.

Box Plots – Page No. 717

Find the median, lower quartile, and upper quartile of the data.

Question 1.
the amounts of juice in 12 glasses, in fluid ounces:
11, 8, 4, 9, 12, 14, 9, 16, 15, 11, 10, 7
Type below:
_________________

Answer:
Median: 10.5
Lower quartile: 4
Upper quartile: 16

Explanation:
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 12 (even)
Median = Mean of (6)th and (7)th observations = 10 + 11 divided by 2 = 21/2 = 10.5
Therefore the median is 10.5.
After writing in ascending or descending order the first and last terms justify the lower and upper limits respectively.
They are:
Lower quartile: 4
Upper quartile: 16

Question 2.
the lengths of 10 pencils, in centimeters:
18, 15, 4, 9, 14, 17, 16, 6, 8, 10
Type below:
_________________

Answer:
Median: 12
Lower quartile: 4
Upper quartile: 18

Explanation:
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 10 (even)
Median = Mean of (5)th and (6)th observations = 10 + 14 divided by 2 = 24/2 = 12
Therefore the median is 12.
After writing in ascending or descending order the first and last terms justify the lower and upper limits respectively.
They are:
Lower quartile: 4
Upper quartile: 18

Question 3.
Make a box plot to display the data set in Exercise 2.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

The above box plot represents the lower and upper quartiles, the median.

Explanation:
Box plot is drawn using the number line and the rectangle which is drawn above it.
The ends of the rectangles say about the lower and upper limits and the middle line indicates the median.

Question 4.
The numbers of students on several teams are 9, 4, 5, 10, 11, 9, 8, and 6. Make a box plot for the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

Explanation:
Box plot is drawn using the number line and the rectangle which is drawn above it.
The ends of the rectangles say about the lower and upper limits and the middle line indicates the median.
Therefore the lower and upper quartiles are 4 and 11 respectively.
Median:
First, write the observations in ascending order or descending order.
The formula to calculate the median is mean of (n/2) and (n/2+1)th observations, for even number of observations
n = 8 (even)
Median = Mean of (4)th and (5)th observations = 8 + 9 divided by 2 = 17/2 = 8.5
Therefore the median is 8.5.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 717 Q5

Question 6.
The weights of the six puppies in ounces are 8, 5, 7, 5, 6, and 9. What is the upper quartile of the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Upper quartile: 9

Explanation:
The highest value in the data is defined as the upper quartile.
The highest value in the raw data given is 9

Question 7.
Draw a box plot to display this data: 81, 22, 34, 55, 76, 20, 56.
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

Explanation:
A box plot gives information about the lower and upper quartiles and about the median.
The box plot is drawn using a rectangle and the number line.

Lesson Check – Page No. 718

Question 1.
The values in a data set are 15, 7, 11, 12, 6, 3, 10, and 6. Where would you draw the box in a box plot for the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The box is drawn above the number line.

Explanation:
Example:

The rectangle which can be seen above the number line is the box plot which is drawn.
The box plot gives information about the lower and upper quartiles and about the median.

Question 2.
What is the lower quartile of the following data set?
22, 27, 14, 21, 22, 26, 18
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 14

Explanation:
The value which is lowest in the given data is called the lowest quartile.
Therefore the lowest quartile in the given data is 14.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jenn says that “What is the average number of school lunches bought per day?” is a statistical question. Lisa says that “How many lunches did Mark buy this week?” is a statistical question. Who is NOT correct?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Lisa’s statement is wrong.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 718 Q4

Question 5.
By how much does the mean of the following data set change if the outlier is removed?
13, 19, 16, 40, 12
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The mean shows a difference if the lower limit is removed the mean increases and if the upper limit is removed the mean decreases.

Explanation:
Outliers are nothing but both upper and lower limits.
The actual mean is 20
But when the lower limit is removed the mean increases to 22 while when the upper limit is removed the mean decreases to 15.
Therefore, we can say that the mean shows a difference when the outliers are removed.

Question 6.
Where in the dot plot does a cluster occur?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 14
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 52 – 54

Explanation:
A cluster is nothing but a group of dots.
In the intervals 52 – 54 a cluster has occurred.

Share and Show – Page No. 721

Use counters, a dot plot, or iTools to find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 1.
Find the mean absolute deviation for both data sets. Explain which data set is more spread out.
the number of laps Shawna swam on 5 different days:
5, 6, 6, 8, 10
mean = 7

the number of laps Lara swam on 5 different days:
1, 3, 7, 11, 13
mean = 7
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Case 2 is more spread out.

Explanation:
CASE1
The number of laps Shawna swam on 5 different days:
5,6,6,8,10
Mean = 7
Deviations:
7 – 5 = 2
7 – 6 = 1
7 – 6 = 1
7 -8 = -1
7 -10=-3
Mean of deviations = 2+1+1+1+3/5 = 8/5 = 1.6

CASE2
The number of laps Lara swam on 5 different days:
1, 3, 7, 11, 13
Mean = 7
Deviations:
7 – 1 = 6
7 – 3 = 4
7 – 7 = 0
7 -11= -4
7 -13= -6
Mean of deviations = 6+ 4 + 0 + 4 + 6 / 5 = 20/5 = 4

Use the dot plot to find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 2.
mean = 7 books
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 15
______ books

Answer: Mean absolute deviation is 2.4

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
4: 7-4=3
5: 7-5=2
6: 7-6=1
9: 7-9=-2
10: 7-10=-3
11: 7-11=-4

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(3) + (2) +(2) +(2) +(2) +(1) + (2) +(3) +(3) +(4) / 10 = 24/10 = 2.4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Question 3.
mean = 29 pounds
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 17
_______ pounds

Answer: Mean Absolute deviation is 3.2

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
26: 29-26=03
27: 29-27=02
32: 29-32=-3
33: 29-33=-4
35: 29-35=-6

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(3) + (2) +(3) +(4) +(6) +(3) + (3) +(2) / 8 = 26/8 = 3.2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.2

Question 4.
The mean absolute deviation of the number of daily visits to Scott’s website for February is 167.7. In March, the absolute mean deviation is 235.9. In which month did the number of visits to Scott’s website vary more? Explain how you know.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: As the mean absolute deviation is more in the month of February we can say that there are more visitors in this month.

Explanation:
As the mean of the month of February is less it means that the number of observations are more.
Similarly, as the mean of the month of March is more it means that the number of observations are less.
Therefore we can say that the number of visitors were more in the month of February compared to March.

Question 5.
Write an Inequality Algebra In April, the data for Scott’s website visits are less spread out than they were in February. Use a to represent the mean absolute deviation for April. Write an inequality to describe the possible values of a.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: a < February

Explanation:
Since the data is more spread out in the month of April than they were in February. Therefore the inequality represents “less than” sign.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 722

Question 6.
Use the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 18
The mean of the data is 11. What is the mean absolute deviation of the data?
_______ days

Answer: 3

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
10: 11-10= 1
12: 11-12=-1
13: 11-13=-2
18: 11-18=-7
10: 11-10= 1
08: 11-08= 3
07: 11-07= 4
06: 11-06= 5
16: 11-16=-5
14: 11-14=-3
08: 11-08= 3
10: 11-10= 1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+1 +2 +7 +1 +3 +4 +5+5+3+3+1/ 12
= 36/12 = 3

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 722 Q7

Question 8.
Explain Tell how an outlier that is much greater than the mean would affect the mean absolute deviation of the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: An outlier increases the mean absolute deviation of the data set.

Explanation:
The difference between the outlier and the mean is a greater number when added in the sum of observations the mean absolute deviation increases.

Question 9.
The data set shows the number of soccer goals scored by players in 3 games.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 19
For numbers 9a–9c, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
9a. The mean absolute deviation of Player A is 1.
9b. The mean absolute deviation of Player B is 0.
9c. The mean absolute deviation of Player C is greater than the mean absolute deviation of Player A.
9a. __________
9b. __________
9c. __________

Answer:
9a. No
9b. Yes
9c. No

Explanation:
Player A
Mean = 1+2+3/3 = 6/3 = 2
Mean absolute deviation = 1+0+1/3 = 2/3 = 0.6

Player B
Mean =2+2+2/3 = 6?3 = 2
Mean absolute deviation = 0/3 = 0

Player C
Mean = 1+2+1/3 = 4/3 = 1.3
Mean absolute deviation = 0.3+0+0.3/3 = 0.2

Mean Absolute Deviation – Page No. 723

Use counters and a dot plot to find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 1.
the number of hours Maggie spent practicing soccer for 4 different weeks:
9, 6, 6, 7
mean = 7 hours
_______ hour

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
9: 7-9=-2
6: 7-6=-1
6: 7-6=-1
7: 7-7= 0

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2 +1 +1+0/ 4
= 4 /4 = 1

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.

Question 2.
the heights of 7 people in inches:
60, 64, 58, 60, 70, 71, 65
mean = 64 inches
_______ inches

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 4.

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
60: 64-60= 4
64: 64-64= 0
58: 64-58= 6
60: 64-60= 4
70: 64-70=-6
71: 64-71=-7
65: 64-65=-1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
4+0+6+ 4+6+7+1/7
= 28/7 = 4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 4.

Use the dot plot to find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 3.
mean = 10
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 20
_______ year

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
08: 10-08=02
09: 10-09=01
10: 10-10= 0
11: 10-11=-1
12: 10-12=-2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(2) + (1) +(0) +(1) +(2) +(2)+(1)+(0)+(0)+(0)+(1)+(2) /12 = 12/12= 1

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Question 4.
mean = 8
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 21
_______ hours

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Explanation:
STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
03: 8-03=05
04: 8-04=04
05: 8-05=03
07: 8-07=01
08: 8-08= 0
09: 8-09=-1
10: 8-10=-2
11: 8-11=-3
12: 8-12=-4

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(5) + (4) +(3) +(1) +(0) +(1) + (2) +(3) +(4)+(5)+(0)+(1)+(1)+(2)+(4)/ 15 = 36/15 = 2.4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Problem Solving

Question 5.
In science class, Troy found the mass, in grams, of 6 samples to be 10, 12, 7, 8, 5, and 6. What is the mean absolute deviation?
_______ grams

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.

Explanation:
Mean = 10+12+7+8+5+6/6 = 48/6 = 8

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
10: 8-10= -2
12: 8-12= -4
07: 8-07= 01
08: 8-08= 0
05: 8-05=03
06: 8-06=02

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+4+1+0+3+2/6
= 12/6 = 2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.

Question 6.
Five recorded temperatures are 71°F, 64°F, 72°F, 81°F, and 67°F. What is the mean absolute deviation?
_______ °F

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 4.4.

Explanation:
Mean = 71+64+72+81+67/5 = 355/5 = 71

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
71: 71-71= 0
64: 71-64= 07
72: 71-72= -1
81: 71-81=-10
67: 71-67= 04

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
0+7+1+10+4/5
= 22/5 = 4.4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 4.4.

Question 7.
Make a dot plot of the following data: 10, 10, 11, 12, 12, 13, 13, 15. Use the dot plot to find the mean absolute deviation.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.25

Explanation:
Mean = 10+10+11+12+12+13+13+15/8 = 96/8 = 12

Mean absolute deviation:

Box plot:

STEP 1 Label each dot with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
10: 12-10=02
11: 12-11=01
12: 12-12=0
13: 12-13=-1
15: 12-15=-3

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
(2) + (2) +(1) +(0) +(0) +(1) + (1) +(3) / 8 = 10/8 = 1.25

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.25

Lesson Check – Page No. 724

Question 1.
The six test grades are 86, 88, 92, 90, 82, and 84. The mean of the data is 87. What is the mean absolute deviation?
_______

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.5

Explanation:

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
86: 87-86= 01
88: 87-88= -1
92: 87-92= -5
90: 87-81= 06
82: 87-82= 05
84: 87-84= 03

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+5+1+6+5+3/6
= 21/6 = 3.5

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.5

Question 2.
Eight heights in inches are 42, 36, 44, 46, 48, 42, 48, and 46. The mean of the data is 44. What is the mean absolute deviation?
_______ inches

Answer:

Explanation: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
42: 44-42= 02
36: 44-36= 08
44: 44-44= 0
46: 44-46= -2
48: 44-48= -4
42: 44-42= 02
48: 44-48= -4
46: 44-46= -2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+8+2+4+0+2+4+2/8
= 24/8 = 3

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 724 Q3

Question 4.
Carrie is making a frequency table showing the number of miles she walked each day during the 30 days of September. What value should she write in the Frequency column for 9 to 11 miles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 22
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Total number of days in the month of September = 30
Number of days given in the frequency table = 17+8+4 = 29
Frequency in the interval 9 – 11 = 30 – 29 = 1 day

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 724 Q5

Question 6.
What is the upper quartile of the following data?
43, 48, 55, 50, 58, 49, 38, 42, 50
The upper quartile is _______

Answer: The upper quartile is 58

Explanation:
The highest observation in the data given is known as upper quartile. The upper quartile is 58

Share and Show – Page No. 727

Question 1.
Find the range and interquartile range of the data in the box plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 23
The range is $ __________ .
The interquartile range is $ __________ .

Answer: $12, $3

Explanation:
The difference between the highest observation and the lowest observation is called a range.
Range = 19 – 7 = $12
The difference and the highest and the lowest dots of the dot plot is called as interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 15 – 12 = $3

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the mean absolute deviation for the data set.

Question 2.
heights in inches of several tomato plants:
16, 18, 18, 20, 17, 20, 18, 17
_______ inch

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 16+18+18 +20+17+20+18+17/8 = 144/8 = 18

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
16: 18-16= 02
18: 18-18= 0
18: 18-18= 0
20: 18-20= -2
17: 18-17= 01
20: 18-20= -2
18: 18-18= 0
17: 18-17= 01

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+0+0+2+1+2+0+1/8
= 8/8 = 1

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Question 3.
times in seconds for students to run one lap:
68, 60, 52, 40, 64, 40
_______ seconds

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 10

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 68+60+52+40+64+40/6 = 54

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
68: 54-68= -14
60: 54-60= -6
52: 54-52= 02
40: 54-40= 14
64: 54-64= -10
40: 54-40= 14

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
14+6+2+14+10+14/6
= 60/6 = 10

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 10

On Your Own

Use the box plot for 4 and 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 24

Question 4.
What is the range of the data?
$ _______

Answer: $24

Explanation:
The difference between the highest observation and the lowest observation is called a range.
Range = $56 – $32 = $24

Question 5.
What is the interquartile range of the data?
$ _______

Answer: $16

Explanation:
The difference and the highest and the lowest dots of the dot plot is called as interquartile range.
Interquartile range = $52 – $36 = $16

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the mean absolute deviation for the data set.

Question 6.
times in minutes spent on a history quiz:
35, 35, 32, 34, 34, 32, 34, 36
_______ minute

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 35+ 35+ 32+ 34+34+ 32+ 34+36/8 = 272/8 = 34

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
35: 34-35= -1
35: 34-35= -1
32: 34-32= 02
34: 34-34= 0
34: 34-34= 0
32: 34-32=02
34: 34-34=0
36: 34-36=-2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+1+2+0+0+2+0+2/8
= 8/8 = 1

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1

Question 7.
the number of excused absences for one semester:
1, 2, 1, 10, 9, 9, 10, 6, 1, 1
_______

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.8

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean =1+2+1+10+9+9+10+6+1+1 /10 = 50/10 = 5

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
1: 5-1= 4
2: 5-2= 3
1: 5-1= 4
10: 5-10= -5
9: 5-9= -4
9: 5-9=-4
10: 5-10=-5
6: 5-6=-1
1: 5-1=4
1: 5-1=4

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
4+3+4+5+4+4+5+1+4+4/10
=38/10 = 3.8

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.8

Question 8.
The chart shows the price of different varieties of dog food at a pet store. Find the range, interquartile range, and the mean absolute deviation of the data set.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 25
Type below:
_________________

Answer:

The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6
Range = 32-16 = 16
Interquartile range = 24 – 20 = 4

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean =18+24+20+26+24+20+32+20+16+20 /10 = 220/10 = 22

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
18: 22-18= 4
24: 22-24= -2
20: 22-20= 2
26: 22-26= -4
24: 22-24= -2
20: 22-20= 2
32: 22-32=-10
20: 22-20= 2
16: 22-16= 6
20: 22-20= 2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
4+2+2+4+2+2+10+2+6+2/10
=36/10 = 3.6

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6
The difference between the highest observation and the lowest observation is called a range.
Range = 32-16 = 16
The difference and the highest and the lowest dots of the dot plot is called the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 24 – 20 = 4

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 728

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 728 Q9
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 728 Q9.1

Question 10.
Compare Jack recorded the number of minutes his family walked each day for a month. The range of the data is 15. How does this compare to the data for Hyato’s family?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Jack’s family walked less number of minutes each day compared to Hyato’s family.

Explanation:
The range of Hyato’s family is 20 while the range of Jack’s family is 15. Therefore we can say that Hyato’s family walked in more minutes compared to Jack’s family in a day.
The range can define the data with large observations and the data with the least observations.

Question 11.
Sense or Nonsense? Nathan claims that the interquartile range of a data set can never be greater than its range. Is Nathan’s claim sense or nonsense? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Nonsense, Interquartile range of a data set can be less than or greater than the range.

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the medians of the observations.
Nathan’s claim is nonsense as he said, ” The interquartile range can never be greater than its range.”
The range is the difference between the highest observation and the lowest observation.
The interquartile range can be less or greater than the range.

Example:
Ascending order: 25,30,30,35,40,40,45
n=7 (odd)
Median= Number of (n+1/2) = 8/2 = 4th observation = 35
Median:(four terms of the data)
Median = 30+30/2 = 60/2 = 30
Median:(last 3 terms of the data)
Median = (n+1/2) = 2nd observation = 40
Interquartile range = 30+40/2 = 70/2 = 35

Range= 45-25 = 20

In the above case the interquartile range is more than the range proving that the given statement is nonsense.

Question 12.
The box plot shows the heights of corn stalks from two different farms.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 26
The range of Farm A’s heights is _____ the range of Farm B’s heights.

Answer: greater than

Explanation:
The range is the difference between the highest and the lowest observations.
Range of Farm A: 72-58 = 14
Range of Farm B: 70-55 = 15

Therefore, The range of Farm A’s heights is greater than the range of Farm B’s heights.

Measures of Variability – Page No. 729

Question 1.
Find the range and interquartile range of the data in the box plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 27
The range is __________ miles.
The interquartile range is __________ miles.

Answer: 16, 8

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and the lowest observations is range.
Range = 17 – 1 = 16
The difference between the highest and lowest observations of the box is the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 12 – 4 = 8

Use the box plot for 2 and 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 28

Question 2.
What is the range of the data?
_____

Answer: 35

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and the lowest observations is range.
Range = 95 – 60 = 35

Question 3.
What is the interquartile range of the data?
_____

Answer: 20

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and lowest observations of the box is the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 90 – 70 = 20

Find the mean absolute deviation for the set.

Question 4.
heights in centimeters of several flowers:
14, 7, 6, 5, 13
_____ cm

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean =14+7+ 6+5+13/5= 45/5 = 9

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
14: 9-14= -5
07: 9-07= 02
06: 9-06= 03
05: 9-05= 04
13: 9-13= -4

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
5+2+3+4+4/5
= 18/5 = 3.6

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6

Question 5.
ages of several children:
5, 7, 4, 6, 3, 5, 3, 7
_____ years

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.25

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 5+7+4+6+ 3+5+3+7/8 = 40/8 = 5

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
5: 5-5= 0
7: 5-7= -2
4: 5-4= 01
6: 5-6= -1
3: 5-3= 02
5: 5-5= 0
3: 5-3= 02
7: 5-7=-2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
0+2+1+1+2+0+2+2/8
= 10/8 = 1.25

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.25

Problem Solving

Question 6.
The following data set gives the amount of time, in minutes, it took five people to cook a recipe. What is the mean absolute deviation for the data?
33, 38, 31, 36, 37
_____ minutes

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean = 33+38+31+36+37/5 = 175/5 = 35

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
33: 35-33= 02
38: 35-38= -3
31: 35-31= 04
36: 35-36= -1
37: 35-37= -2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+3+4+1+2/5
= 12/5 = 2.4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.4

Question 7.
The prices of six food processors are $63, $59, $72, $68, $61, and $67. What are the range, interquartile range, and mean absolute deviation for the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = $9 The mean absolute deviation of the data is 4

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and the lowest observations is range.
Range = $68 – $59 = $9
The difference between the highest and lowest observations of the box is the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 12 – 4 = 8

Mean:
Mean = $63+$59+$72+$68+$61+$67/6 = 390/6 = 65

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
63: 65-63= 02
59: 65-59= 06
72: 65-72= -7
68: 65-68= -3
61: 65-61= -4
67: 65-67= -2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+6+7+3+4+2/6
= 24/6 = 4

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 4

Question 8.
Find the range, interquartile range, and mean absolute deviation for this data set: 41, 45, 60, 61, 61, 72, 80.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 9.7

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean = 41+45+60+61+61+72+80 /7 = 420/7 = 60

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
41: 60-41= 19
45: 60-45= 15
60: 60-60= 0
61: 60-61= -1
61: 60-61= -1
72: 60-72= -12
80: 60-80= -20

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
19+15+0+1+1+12+20/7
= 68/7 = 9.7

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 9.7

Lesson Check – Page No. 730

Question 1.
Daily high temperatures recorded in a certain city are 65°F, 66°F, 70°F, 58°F, and 61°F. What is the mean absolute deviation for the data?
_____ °F

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean = 65+66+70+58+61 /5 = 320/5 = 64

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
65: 64-65=-1
66: 64-66=-2
70: 64-70=-6
58: 64-58=06
61: 64-61=03

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+2+6+6+3/5
= 18/5 = 3.6

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.6

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 730 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Look at the histogram. How many days did the restaurant sell more than 59 pizzas?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 29
________

Answer: 20

Explanation:
After 59 there is 1 interval 60-79
Number of days the restaurant sell more than 59 pizzas = 20

Question 4.
Look at the histogram. Where does a peak in the data occur?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 30
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 20 – 39

Explanation:
Number of days the restaurant sold the maximum pizzas = 30
Number of pizzas sold each day = 20 – 39

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 730 Q5

Question 6.
The data set below lists the ages of people on a soccer team. The mean of the data is 23. What is the mean absolute deviation?
24, 22, 19, 19, 23, 23, 26, 27, 24
________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2

Explanation:

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
24: 23-24=-1
22: 23-22= 1
19: 23-19= 4
19: 23-19= 4
23: 23-23=0
23: 23-23=0
26: 23-26=-3
27: 23-27=-4
24: 23-24=-1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+1+4+4+3+4+1+0+0/9
= 18/9 = 2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 731

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 31

Question 1.
The _____ is the difference between the upper quartile and the lower quartile of a data set.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range

Explanation:
The difference between the upper and lower quartiles of the data is known as range.

Question 2.
A graph that shows the median, quartiles and least and greatest values of a data set is called a(n) _____.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Box plot

Explanation:
The figure which shows the median, quartiles and least and greatest values of a data set is called a box plot, a box plot is a figure which represents median with a horizontal line and the starting and ending line represents the upper and lower quartiles and the end dots represent the upper limit and the lower limit.

Question 3.
The difference between the greatest value and the least value in a data set is the _____.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range

Explanation:
Each data set consists of upper and lower limits the difference between these limits is called as range.

Question 4.
The _____ is the mean of the distances between the values of a data set and the mean of the data set.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean absolute

Explanation:
Mean absolute deviation is calculated by subtracting each observation from the mean and then the mean is calculated for these observations.
Therefore we can say that the mean absolute is the mean of the distances between the values of a data set and the mean of the data set.

Concepts and Skills

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 731 Q5

Find the mean absolute deviation of the data.

Question 6.
43, 46, 48, 40, 38
________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.2

Explanation:
Mean:

Mean = 43+46+48+40+38/5 = 215/5 = 43

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
43: 43-43=0
43: 43-46=-3
43: 43-48=-5
43: 43-40= 3
43: 43-38= 5

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
0+3+5+3+5/5 = 16/5 = 3.2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 3.2

Question 7.
26, 20, 25, 21, 24, 27, 26, 23
________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.125

Explanation:
Mean:

Mean = 26+20+25+21+24+27+26+23/8 = 192/8 = 24

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
26: 24-26=-3
20: 24-20= 4
25: 24-25= -1
21: 24-21= 3
24: 24-24=0
27: 24-27=-3
26: 24-26=-2
23: 24-23=1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
3+4+1+3+0+3+2+1/8
= 17/8 = 2.125

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2.125

Question 8.
99, 70, 78, 85, 76, 81
________

Answer: The mean absolute deviation of the data is 2

Explanation:
Mean:

Mean = 99+70+78+85+76+81/6 = 489/6 = 81.5

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
24: 23-24=-1
22: 23-22= 1
19: 23-19= 4
19: 23-19= 4
23: 23-23=0
23: 23-23=0
26: 23-26=-3
27: 23-27=-4
24: 23-24=-1

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1+1+4+4+3+4+1+0+0/9
= 18/9 = 2

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 2

Find the range and interquartile range of the data.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 731 Q9

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 731 Q10

Question 11.
39, 22, 33, 45, 42, 40, 28
The range is _________.
The interquartile range is _________.

Answer: 23

Explanation:
The difference between the upper quartile and lower quartile.
Range = 45 – 22 = 23

Page No. 732

Question 12.
Yasmine keeps track of the number of hockey goals scored by her school’s team at each game. The dot plot shows her data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 32
Where is there a gap in the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: There is a gap in the data in the intervals: between 1 and 2

Explanation:
As shown in the dot plot there is a gap between 1 and 2. This means that Yasmine’s team did not score only one goal when they played the game.

Question 13.
What is the interquartile range of the data shown in the dot plot with Question 12?
The interquartile range is _________ .

Answer: 2

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the lower and upper quartiles.
Interquartile range = 3-1 = 2

Question 14.
Randall’s teacher added up the class scores for the quarter and used a histogram to display the data. How many peaks does the histogram have? Explain how you know.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 33
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The graph has only one peak

Explanation:
In the given graph there is are rectangles out of which one has a tall rectangle which can be addressed as peak.

Question 15.
In a box plot of the data below, where would the box be drawn?
55, 37, 41, 62, 50, 49, 64
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The box is drawn above the number line and this represents the median and the lower and upper limits.

Explanation:
A box is drawn to represent the median and the upper and lower limits in a box plot.

Share and Show – Page No. 735

Question 1.
The distances in miles students travel to get to school are 7, 1, 5, 9, 9, and 8. Decide which measure(s) of center best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean: 6.5
Median: 7.5
Mode: 9

Explanation:
Mean:
7+1+5+9+9+8/6 = 39/6 = 6.5
Median:
Ascending order: 1,5,7,8,9,9
Median = Mean of 7 and 8 = 7+8/2 = 15/2 = 7.5
Mode:
The most frequently occurring observation is known as the mode.
The mode is 9.

Question 2.
Use Graphs The numbers of different brands of orange juice carried in several stores are 2, 1, 3, 1, 12, 1, 2, 2, and 5. Make a box plot of the data and find the range and interquartile range. Decide which measure better describes the data set and explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range: 11      Interquartile: 3 Interquartile range is the best way to represent the data.

Explanation:
Range = 12 – 1 = 11
Interquartile range :
Median(of first 4 terms):
Median = 1+1/2 = 2/2 = 1
Median (of last 4 terms):
Median = 3+5/2 = 8/2 = 4
Interquartile range = 4 – 1 = 3

On Your Own

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 735 Q3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 735 Q4

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 736

Question 5.
Jaime is on the community swim team. The table shows the team’s results in the last 8 swim meets. Jaime believes they can place in the top 3 at the next swim meet. Which measure of center should Jaime use to persuade her team that she is correct? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 34
a. What do you need to find?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean, median,mode

Explanation:
Mean= 1+2+2+3+3+1+18+2/8 = 32/8 = 4
Median:
Ascending order: 1,1,2,2,2,3,3,18
Median = 2+2/2 = 2
Mode:
The most frequently occurring observation is called a mode.
Mode=2

Question 5.
b. What information do you need to solve the problem?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: We need to have the data to find the centre of tendencies.

Explanation:
The given data can be used to find the mean, median and mode.

Question 5.
c. What are the measures of center?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean = 4 Median = 2 Mode = 2

Explanation:
There are three measures to calculate their approximate values.

Question 5.
d. Which measure of center should Jaime use? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median or mode

Explanation:
Median or mode are nearer to the solution, therefore, they can be used.

Question 6.
The numbers of sit-ups students completed in one minute are 10, 42, 46, 50, 43, and 49. The mean of the data values is 40 and the median is 44.5. Which measure of center better describes the data, the mean or median? Use words and numbers to support your answer.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median is the better way to represent the data.

Explanation:
44.5 is closer and represents the more number of observations compared to the mean.

Choose Appropriate Measures of Center and Variability – Page No. 737

Question 1.
The distances, in miles, that 6 people travel to get to work are 14, 12, 2, 16, 16, and 18. Decide which measure(s) of center best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean= 13 miles Median= 15 miles Mode= 16 miles

Explanation:
Mean is less than the data points.
Median describes the data in the best way compared to mean and mode.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 737 Q2

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Brett’s history quiz scores are 84, 78, 92, 90, 85, 91, and 0. Decide which measure(s) of center best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean is the best measure of centre to describe the data set.

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean= 84+78+92+90+85+91+0/7 = 74.2
Median:
Ascending order: 0,78,84,85,90,91,92
Median = 4th observation = 85

Question 4.
Eight students were absent the following number of days in a year: 4, 8, 0, 1, 7, 2, 6, and 3. Decide if the range or interquartile range better describes the data set, and explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 8 represents all the terms range is more preferable compared to the interquartile range.

Explanation:
Ascending order: 0,1,2,3,4,6,7,8
Range = 8-0 = 8
Median = Mean of 3 and 4 = 3+4/2 = 7/2 = 3.5
Median of first 3 terms = 1
Median of last 3 terms = 7
Interquartile range = 7-1 = 6
Since 8 represents all the terms range is more preferable compared to the interquartile range.

Question 5.
Create two sets of data that would be best described by two different measures of centre.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The given below are the examples of two sets of data that would be best described by two different measures of centre.

Explanation:
Example 1:

The numbers of pets that several children have are 2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 3, 10, 0, 1, and 0. Make a box plot of the data and find the range and interquartile range. Decide which measure better describes the data set and explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = 10-0 = 10
Interquartile range = 3.5 – 0.5 = 3
The interquartile range is the best way to represent the data.

Explanation:
Ascending order: 0,0,1,1,2,2,3,3,4,10
Median = 2+2/2 = 2
Lower quartile = 0.5
Upper quartile= 7/2 = 3.5
Highest observation= 10
Lowest observation = 0
Range = 10-0 = 10
Interquartile range = 3.5 – 0.5 = 3
The interquartile range is the best way to represent the data.

Example 2:

Brett’s history quiz scores are 5,6,7,8,9,10. Decide which measure(s) of centre best describes the data set. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean and median are the best measure of centre to describe the data set.

Explanation:
Mean:
Mean= 5+6+7+8+9+10/6 = 7.5
Median:
Ascending order: 5,6,7,8,9,10
Median = Mean of 7 and 8 = 15/2 = 7.5

Lesson Check – Page No. 738

Question 1.
Chloe used two box plots to display some data. The box in the plot for the first data set is wider than the box for the second data set. What does this say about the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The graphs say that the interquartile range is more for the second graph compared to the first.

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the lower and upper quartiles.
It is more for wider data compared to the compact data.

Question 2.
Hector recorded the temperature at noon for 7 days in a row. The temperatures are 20°F, 20°F, 20°F, 23°F, 23°F, 23°F, and 55°F. Which measure of center would best describe the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mode

Explanation:
The most frequently occurring observation is known as a mode.
The mode of the above data describes the data well, the mode of the data is 20°F

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 738 Q3

Question 4.
What percent of the people surveyed spent at least an hour watching television?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 35
_______ %

Answer: 8 people

Explanation:
Total number of people= 40
Percentage = 8/40 x 100 = 20%

Question 5.
What is the lower quartile of the following data?
12, 9, 10, 8, 7, 12
The lower quartile is _______ .

Answer:

Explanation:
Ascending order: 7,8,9,10,12,12
Median = 9+10/2 = 9.5
Lower quartile = 8

Question 6.
What is the interquartile range of the data shown in the box plot?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 36
The interquartile range is _______ .

Answer: 5

Explanation:
The difference between the upper and lower quartiles is called as interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 14 – 9 = 5

Share and Show – Page No. 741

Question 1.
Zoe collected data on the number of points her favourite basketball players scored in several games. Use the information in the table to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 37
The mean of Player 1’s points is __ the mean of Player 2’s
points.
The interquartile range of Player 1’s points is __ the
interquartile range of Player 2’s points.
So, Player 2 typically scores __ points than Player 1, but
Player 2’s scores typically vary __ Player 1’s scores
Type below:
_________________

Answer: less than ; less than ; more ; more

Explanation:
The mean of Player 1’s points is less than the mean of Player 2’s points.
The interquartile range of Player 1’s points is less than the interquartile range of Player 2’s points.
So, Player 2 typically scores more points than Player 1, but Player 2’s scores typically vary in more Player 1’s scores

Question 2.
Mark collected data on the weights of puppies at two animal shelters. Find the median and range of each data set, and use these measures to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 38
Type below:
_________________

Answer: They differ slightly but on average we can say that shelter B is more as compared to shelter A

Explanation:
Shelter A
Median:
Ascending order: 5,7,7,7,10,12,15
Median = 4th observation = 7
Range = 15-5 = 10
Shelter B
Median:
Ascending order: 4,5,5,11,11,13,15
Median = 4th observation = 11
Range = 15-4 = 11

On Your Own

Kwan analyzed data about the number of hours musicians in her band practice each week. The table shows her results. Use the table for Exercises 3–5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 39

Question 3.
Which two students typically practised the same amount each week, with about the same variation in practice times?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Sally and Jennifer

Explanation:
They are slightly different but on a whole, the average shows no difference and we can say that Sally and Jennifer practised for the same amount each week

Question 4.
Which two students typically practised the same number of hours, but had very different variations in their practice times?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Tim and Sally

Explanation:
They are different in range but on a whole, the average shows no difference and we can say that Sally and Tim practised for the same number of hours, but had very different variations in their practice times.

Question 5.
Which two students had the same variation in practice times, but typically practised a different number of hours per week?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Matthew and Tim

Explanation:
Matthew and Tim practised for the same number of hours but they had a high variation in the range.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 742

Question 6.
Compare The table shows the number of miles Johnny ran each day for two weeks. Find the median and the interquartile range of each data set, and use these measures to compare the data sets.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 40
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Interquartile range is the best way to compare the data in the week 1
While the median is the best way to compare the data in the week 2

Explanation:
Week 1
Median:
Ascending order: 1,2,2,3,3,4,5
Median = 4th observation = 3
Lower quartile range= 2
Upper quartile range= 4
Interquartile range = 4-2 = 2

Week 2
Median:
Ascending order: 1,1,1,3,3,8,8
Median = 4th observation = 3
Lower quartile range= 1
Upper quartile range= 8
Interquartile range = 8-1 = 7

Question 7.
Sense or Nonsense? Yashi made the box plots at right to show the data he collected on plant growth. He thinks that the variation in bean plant growth was about the same as the variation in tomato plant growth. Does Yashi’s conclusion make sense? Why or why not?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 41
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Sense

Explanation:
Yashi said that thinks that the variation in bean plant growth was about the same as the variation in tomato plant growth.
It is a true statement because the range of both bean and tomato plants growth is the same and they have the same medians.

Question 8.
Kylie’s teacher collected data on the heights of boys and girls in a sixth-grade class. Use the information in the table to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 42
The mean of the boys’ heights is _____ the mean of the girls’ heights.
The range of the boys’ heights is _____ the range of the girls’ heights.

Answer: more than ; more than

Explanation:
Mean of boys height:
Mean = 72+68+70+56+58+62+64/7 = 64.2
Range= 72-56 = 16

Mean of girls height:
Mean = 55+60+56+51+60+63+65/7 = 58.5
Range= 65-51 = 14
The mean of the boys’ heights is _more than____ the mean of the girls’ heights.
The range of the boys’ heights is _more than____ the range of the girls’ heights.

Apply Measures of Center and Variability – Page No. 743

Solve.

Question 1.
The table shows temperature data for two cities. Use the information in the table to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 43
The mean of City 1’s temperatures is the ———————– mean of City 2’s temperatures.
The ———————- of City 1’s temperatures is————— the —————–of City 2’s temperatures.
So, City 2 is typically —————-City 1, but City 2’s temperatures
vary ——————-City 1’s temperatures.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: less than; interquartile range; less than; interquartile range; warmer than; more than

Explanation:
The mean of City 1’s temperatures is the —-less than———- mean of City 2’s temperatures.
The –interquartile range——— of City 1’s temperatures is—less than—– the —-interquartile range—–of City 2’s temperatures.
So, City 2 is typically —warmer than—–City 1, but City 2’s temperatures
vary —–more than——-City 1’s temperatures.

Question 2.
The table shows weights of fish that were caught in two different lakes. Find the median and range of each data set, and use these measures to compare the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 44
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Lake A’s average is greater but varies more.

Explanation:
Lake A
Median:
Ascending order: 4,6,7,9,10,12
Median = Mean 3rd and 4th observation = 7+9/2 = 8
Range = 12 – 4 = 8

Lake B
Median:
Ascending order: 4,4,5,6,6,7
Median = Mean 3rd and 4th observation = 5+6/2 = 5.5
Range = 7 – 3 = 4

Problem Solving

Question 3.
Mrs. Mack measured the heights of her students in two classes. Class 1 has a median height of 130 cm and an interquartile range of 5 cm. Class 2 has a median height of 134 cm and an interquartile range of 8 cm. Write a statement that compares the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Class 2 is greater but varies more.

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the lower and upper quartiles. Since the interquartile range is more for class 2 we can say that the extremes are greater while the interquartile range is less for class 1 which means that the data is compact.

Question 4.
Richard’s science test scores are 76, 80, 78, 84, and 80. His math test scores are 100, 80, 73, 94, and 71. Compare the medians and interquartile ranges.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Medians are equal but the interquartile range varies a large, math test scores are more spread out compared to science test scores.

Explanation:
Science test scores:
Median:
Ascending order: 76,78,80,80,84
Median = 3rd observation = 80
Interquartile range = 84 – 76 = 10

Math test scores:
Median:
Ascending order: 71,73,80,94,100
Median = 3rd observation = 80
Interquartile range = 100 – 71 = 29

Medians are equal but the interquartile range varies a large, math test scores are more spread out compared to science test scores.

Question 5.
Write a short paragraph to a new student that explains how you can compare data sets by examining the mean and the interquartile range.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: average and consistency

Explanation:
If the mean is more it means that the data has more observations or observations with more value.
Interquartile range and median range say about the consistency.

Lesson Check – Page No. 744

Question 1.
Team A has a mean of 35 points and a range of 8 points. Team B has a mean of 30 points and a range of 7 points. Write a statement that compares the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Similar variation but team A average is more than team B

Explanation:
The range has only a difference of 1 point which can be said as a slight variation but while the average/ mean has a large variation.

Question 2.
Jean’s test scores have a mean of 83 and an interquartile range of 4. Ben’s test scores have a mean of 87 and an interquartile range of 9. Compare the students’ scores.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Ben’s average is more than Jean’s but Ben is less consistent compared to Jean.

Explanation:
Ben’s average score is more than the average scores of Jean while the interquartile range

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Look at the box plots below. What is the difference between the medians for the two groups of data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 45
_______ students

Answer: 2 students

Explanation:
Median of students in a class of school A = 24
Median of students in a class of school B = 26
Difference between the medians of the schools = 26-24 = 2 students

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 744 Q4

Question 5.
Which two teams typically practice the same number of hours, but have very different variations in their practice times?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 46
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Team A and C

Explanation:
Team A and C have medians which are only slightly different but the consistency varies a lot that is range.

Share and Show – Page No. 747

Connie asked people their ages as they entered the food court at the mall. Use the histogram of the data she collected for 1–5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 47

Question 1.
What statistical question could Connie ask about her data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean, Median, Mode

Explanation:
The graph shows the age and number of people. The questions which can be asked can be of mean, median, mode.

Question 2.
Describe any peak or gap in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Peak : 21-30   Gap : 61-70

Explanation:
There is a peak in the graph at the interval 21-30
There is a gap in between the bars of the histogram the bar which had a gap before it was 61-70

Question 3.
Does the graph have symmetry? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No the graph doesn’t have symmetry

Explanation:
The symmetry of the graph means there must be equal parts of the graph on both the sides of the line of the graph.
This is not possible in the above situation.

On Your Own

Question 4.
The lower quartile of the data set is 16.5 years, and the upper quartile is 51.5 years. Find the interquartile range. Is it a better description of the data than the range? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Interquartile range = 35; The interquartile range is better than the range.

Explanation:
The interquartile range is the difference between the upper quartile and the lower quartile.
Interquartile range = 51.5-16.5 = 35
The interquartile range is better than the range because if we take the example of the above graph we can see thatthe most of the data fall in the range of the interquartile range ie. 35.
Therefore we can say that the interquartile range is better than the range.

Question 5.
Make Arguments The mode of the data is 16 years old. Is the mode a good description of the center of the data? Explain
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No mode is not a good description of the data.

Explanation:
The mode is just a frequently occurring observation.
It cannot be the best way to describe the data.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 748

Use the dot plot for 6–8.

Question 6.
Make Arguments Jason collected data about the number of songs his classmates bought online over the past 3 weeks. Does the data set have symmetry? Why or why not?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 48
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No, the data has no symmetry.

Explanation:
No, the data has no symmetry. Because there are gaps between the dots drawn.

Question 7.
Jason claims that the median is a good description of his data set, but the mode is not. Does his statement make sense? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Median can be a better centre of description. Therefore his statement makes a sense.

Explanation:
Median = 7+8/2 = 15/2 = 7.5
The number 7.5 represents more number of observations.

Question 8.
Trinni surveyed her classmates about how many siblings they have. A dot plot of her data increases from 0 siblings to a peak at 1 sibling and then decreases steadily as the graph goes to 6 siblings. How is Trinni’s dot plot similar to Jason’s? How is it different?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Trinni graph represents a part of Jason’s graph

Explanation:
In Jason’s graph, there is a peak in the middle and then it decreases on both sides.
But according to Trinni graph, there is no peak in the middle.

Question 9.
Diego collected data on the number of movies seen last month by a random group of students.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 49
Draw a box plot of the data and use it to find the interquartile range and range.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = 12  Interquartile range = 2

Explanation:
The range is the difference between the highest and lowest observations.
Range = 12-0 = 12
The interquartile range is the difference between the upper and lower quartiles.
Ascending order: 0,0,1,1,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,5,12
Lower quartile = 1+1/2 = 2/2 = 1
Upper quartile = 3+3/2 = 6/2 = 3
Interquartile range = 3-1 = 2

Describe Distributions – Page No. 749

Chase asked people how many songs they have bought online in the past month. Use the histogram of the data he collected for 1–4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 50

Question 1.
What statistical question could Chase ask about the data?
Type below:
_________________

Answer: What is the median number of songs purchased?

Explanation:
Many questions can be formed from the data given to us
We can ask about the mean, median, mode.

Question 2.
Describe any peaks in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Peak : 0-4

Explanation:
The peak is a bar in the histogram which has the highest value. The peak of the given graph is 0-4

Question 3.
Describe any gaps in the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: There are no gaps in the graph.

Explanation:
The gap is something between a bar of the histogram and all the other adjacent bars.
There no such case in the graph. Therefore there are no gaps in the graph.

Question 4.
Does the graph have symmetry? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No the graph doesn’t have symmetry

Explanation:
The symmetry of the graph means there must be equal parts of the graph on both the sides of the line of the graph.
This is not possible in the above situation.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Mr. Carpenter teaches five classes each day. For several days in a row, he kept track of the number of students who were late to class and displayed the results in a dot plot. Describe the data.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 51
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Peaks: At 6 and 8
Gaps: Between 3 and 5 , 6 and 8
Clusters: Between 0-3 ; 9-11

Explanation:
The highest points in the graph are known as peaks.
They are at 6 and 8 in this graph.
The space between the dots in the dot plot graph is known as gaps.
Gaps are between 3 and 5; 6 and 8
The group of the dots in the dot plot are known as clusters.
The clusters are at the 0-3; 9-11

Question 6.
Describe how a graph of a data set can be used to understand the distribution of the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean, median, mode

Explanation:
There are three measures of centre which can be used to describe the data given in the form of a graph.
The three measures of centre are mean, median, mode.

Lesson Check – Page No. 750

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 750 Q1

Question 2.
What is the median in the dot plot?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 52
$ ________

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Median is the middlemost value and it is 11 in the above graph.
We need to consider the middle value by neglecting the same number on both the sides.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Look at the dot plot. Where does a gap occur in the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 53
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 30-33

Explanation:
The gap is a space between the intervals.
The intervals are 30-33.

Question 4.
Look at the dot plot. Where does a peak occur in the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 54
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 37

Explanation:
The highest point in the graph is known as the peak.
The peak in the dot plot is 37.

Question 5.
Which two teams had similar variations in points earned, but typically earned a different number of points per game?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 55
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Red and blue

Explanation:
The difference between the upper and lowest observations is called a range.
The range (consistency) in the data given is the same but they vary in the mean.
But we can say that the Red and Blue teams typically earned a different number of points per game.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 750 Q6

Share and Show – Page No. 753

Question 1.
Josh is playing a game at the carnival. If his arrow lands on a section marked 25 or higher, he gets a prize. Josh will only play if most of the players win a prize. The carnival worker says that the average (mean) score is 28. The box plot shows other statistics about the game. Should Josh play the game? Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 56
First, look at the median. The median is _ points.
Next, work backwards from the statistics.
The median is the __ value of the data.
So, at least __ of the values are scores
less than or equal to _.
Finally, use the statistics to draw a conclusion.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: middlemost value; 20; 15

Explanation:
First, look at the median. The median is 20 points.
Next, work backwards from the statistics.
The median is the middlemost value of the data.
So, at least 20 of the values are scores
less than or equal to 15.
Finally, use the statistics to draw a conclusion.

Question 2.
What if a score of 15 or greater resulted in a prize? How would that affect Josh’s decision? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: It doesn’t affect his decision.

Explanation:
Josh wanted to play only when most of the prizes were awarded.
Therefore if the minimum score was 15 or greater than it then they would get the prize. So there will be no difference in his decision.

Question 3.
A store collects data on the sales of DVD players each week for 3 months. The manager determines that the data has a range of 62 players and decides that the weekly sales were very inconsistent. Use the statistics in the table to decide if the manager is correct. Explain your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 57
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No the manager is not correct.

Explanation:
The range is given to be 62.
The range is correct when we check it with the help of the given data, therefore, the data is not inconsistent.

On Your Own – Page No. 754

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 754 Q4

Question 5.
Susanna wants to buy a fish that grows to be about 4 in. long. Mark suggests she buys the same type of fish he has. He has five of these fish with lengths of 1 in., 1 in., 6 in., 6 in., and 6 in., with a mean length of 4 in. Should Susanna buy the type of fish that Mark suggests? Explain.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes Susanna buy the type of fish that Mark suggests

Explanation:
The length of fish suggested by Mark is 4 in. long.
Mark has 5 fish with a mean length of 4 in.
To buy a fish that grows to be about 4 in. long. Susanna should buy the fish suggested by Mark.

Question 6.
Look for a Pattern The graph shows the number of stamps that Luciano collected over several weeks. If the pattern continues, how many stamps will Luciano collect in Week 8? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 58
_______ stamps

Answer: 7 stamps

Explanation:
In week 4 and 6, the number of stamps are 4, 5. Therefore in week 6 and 8, the number of stamps are 5, 7

Question 7.
The data set shows the number of hours Luke plays the piano each week. Luke says he usually plays the piano 3 hours per week. Why is Luke’s statement misleading?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 59
Type below:
_________________

Answer: According to the question he should spend 3 hours per week. His statement is correct.

Explanation:
Sum of the data = 1+2+1+3+2+10+2 = 21
Number of days in a week = 7
Mean = 21/7 = 3 hours

Problem Solving Misleading Statistics – Page No. 755

Mr Jackson wants to make dinner reservations at a restaurant that has most meals costing less than $16. The Waterside Inn advertises that they have meals that average $15. The table shows the menu items.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 60

Question 1.
What is the minimum price and the maximum price?
minimum: $ _________
maximum: $ _________

Answer: minimum: $6
maximum: $19

Explanation:
The minimum value is the most minimum price in the given data.
The maximum value is the most maximum price in the given data.

Question 2.
What is the mean of the prices?
$ ________

Answer: $15

Explanation:
Mean = sum of all the observations/ total number of observations = 6+16+18+16+18+19/6 = 93/6 = 15.2
Approximately therefore the mean of the observations is $15

Question 3.
Construct a box plot for the data.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The box plot is a diagram which signifies the information about the data.

Explanation:

The box plot represents the range, lower and upper quartiles.

Question 4.
What is the range of the prices?
$ ________

Answer: the range is $13

Explanation:
The difference between the upper and lower observations is known as the range.
Range = 19-6 = $13

Question 5.
What is the interquartile range of the prices?
$ ________

Answer: $7.5

Explanation:
Ascending order: $6, $16, $16, $18, $18, $19
Median = 16+18/2 = 34/2 = 17
Lower quartile = 6+16/2 = 11
Upper quartile = 18+19/2 = 18.5
Interquartile range = 18.5-11 = 7.5

Question 6.
Does the menu match Mr. Jackson’s requirements? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes the menu matches Mr Jackson’s requirements.

Explanation:
Mr Jackson wants to make dinner arrangements with cost less than $16.
The mean of the items in the menu:
Mean = $6+$16+$16+$18+$18+$19/6 = 93/6 = $15.5
Therefore the requirements of Mr Jackson is satisfied.

Question 7.
Give an example of a misleading statistic. Explain why it is misleading.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: The Waterside Inn advertises a misleading statement.

Explanation:
According to the information given in the question, The Waterside Inn advertises that they have meals that average $15. But it is more than that, so this is a misleading statement.
The mean of the items on the menu:
Mean = $6+$16+$16+$18+$18+$19/6 = 93/6 = $15.5
Therefore the requirements of Mr. Jackson are satisfied.

Lesson Check – Page No. 756

Question 1.
Mary’s science test scores are 66, 94, 73, 81, 70, 84, and 88. What is the range of Mary’s science test scores?
________

Answer: 28

Explanation:
The difference between the highest and the lowest observations is called a range.
Range = 94 – 66 = 28

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 756 Q2

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions Page 756 Q3

Question 4.
Look at the box plot. What is the interquartile range of the data?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 61
________

Answer: Interquartile range = 6

Explanation:
The difference between the lower and upper quartiles is known as the interquartile range.
Interquartile range = 50 – 44 = 6

Question 5.
Erin is on the school trivia team. The table shows the team’s scores in the last 8 games. Erin wants to build confidence in her team so that they will do well in the last game. If a score of 20 is considered a good score, what measure of center would be best for Erin to use to motivate her teammates?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 62
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean and median are the best centre of tendencies to compare the data.

Explanation:
Mean = 20+20+18+19+23+40+22+19/8 = 181/8 = 22.6
Median:
Ascending order: 18,19,19,20,20,22,23,40
Median = 40/2 = 20

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 757

Question 1.
The dot plot shows the number of chin-ups done by a gym class.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 63
For numbers 1a–1e, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
1a. There are two peaks.
1b. There are no clusters.
1c. There is a gap from 6 to 8.
1d. The most chin-ups anyone did was 15.
1e. The modes are 3, 4, and 9.
1a. ____________
1b. ____________
1c. ____________
1d. ____________
1e. ____________

Answer: 1a. Yes
1b. No
1c. Yes
1d. No
1e. Yes

Explanation:
1a. The highest point in the dot plot is called the peak. The peak in the given dot plot is at 5 and 11 the value of the peak is 3
1b. The group of dots form a cluster with 3 or more intervals.
1c. There is a gap between the intervals 6-8
1d. The maximum number of people did 11 chin-ups while only a single person did 15 chin-ups.
1e. The most frequently occurring observation is known as mode.
The mode of the given data is at the intervals 3,4 and 9.

Question 2.
The histogram shows the high temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit of various cities for one day in March.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 64
Select the best word to complete each sentence.
The histogram has _____ peak(s).
The histogram _____ symmetry.

Answer: The histogram has 1 peak(s).
The histogram is symmetry.

Explanation:
The is one and only one peak at the interval 41 – 50
We can say that the graph is symmetrical because if we draw a line between the graph we can observe that the graph has two parts symmetric to each other.

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 758

Question 3.
The data set shows the scores of the players on the winning team of a basketball game.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 65
The median is _____.
The lower quartile is _____.
The upper quartile is _____.

Answer:Median = 6
Lower quartile = 1
Upper quartile =19.5

Explanation:
Ascending order: 0,0,1,1,4,5,6,9,13,17,22,30,47
Median = 6
Lower quartile = Mean of 1 and 1 = 1+1/2 = 2/2 = 1
Upper quartile = Mean of 17 and 22 = 17+22/2 = 39/2 = 19.5

Question 4.
The data set shows the number of desks in 12 different classrooms.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 66
Find the values of the points on the box plot.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 67
Type below:
_________________

Answer: A= 16 B=17 C= 20 D= 21 E=24

Explanation:
Ascending order: 16,17,17,18,19,20,20,21,21,21,22,24
Median = 20+20/2 = 20
Lower quartile = 17
Upper quartile = 21

Question 5.
The box plot shows the number of boxes sold at an office supply store each day for a week.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 68
For numbers 5a–5d, select True or False for each statement.
5a. The median is 18.
5b. The range is 15.
5c. The interquartile range is 9.
5d. The upper quartile is 18.
5a. ____________
5b. ____________
5c. ____________
5d. ____________

Answer: 5a.  false
5b. true
5c. true
5d. true

Explanation:
Median is the middlemost value of the given data.
Median of the data is 14
The range is the difference between the upper and lower observations.
Range = 21-6 = 15
The interquartile range is the difference between the upper and lower observations.
Upper quartile range: 18
Interquartile range = 18-9 = 9

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 759

Question 6.
The data set shows the number of glasses of water Dalia drinks each day for a week.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 69
Part A
What is the mean number of glasses of water Dalia drinks each day?
_______ glasses

Answer: The mean number of glasses of water Dalia drinks each day is 8 glasses.

Explanation:
Mean = sum of all the observations/ total number of observations= 6+7+9+9+8+7+10/7 = 8

Question 6.
Part B
What is the mean absolute deviation of the number of glasses of water Dalia drinks each day? Round your answer to the nearest tenth. Use words and numbers to support your answer.
_______

Answer: Mean absolute deviation is 1.14

Explanation:

Mean:
Mean = sum of all the observations/ total number of observations= 6+7+9+9+8+7+10/7 = 8

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
06: 8-6  = 02
07: 8-7  = 01
09: 8-9  = -1
09: 8-9  = -1
08: 8-8  =  0
07: 8-7  = 01
10: 8-10= -2

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
2+1+1+1+0+1+2/7
= 8/7 = 1.14

So, the mean absolute deviation of the data is 1.14

Question 7.
The numbers of emails Megan received each hour are 9, 10, 9, 8, 7, and 2. The mean of the data values is 7.5 and the median is 8.5. Which measure of center better describes the data, the mean or median? Use words and numbers to support your answer.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Mean is the best center of the tendency to represent the data given in the question

Explanation:
Ascending order of the data: 2,7,8,9,9,10
Mean = 7.5
Mean represents the observations 8,9,9,10 which come after 7.5
Therefore mean is the best way to represent the data.

Question 8.
The number of miles Madelyn drove between stops was 182, 180, 181, 184, 228, and 185. Which measure of center best describes the data?
Options:
a. mean
b. median
c. mode

Answer: b. Median

Explanation:
Ascending order: 180,181,182,184,185,228
Median = 182+184/2 = 183
183 represents all the observations after 182
So the median is the best way to represent the data.

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 760

Question 9.
The histogram shows the weekly earnings of part-time workers. What interval(s) represents the most common weekly earnings?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 70
Type below:
_________________

Answer: 321-330 ; 341-350

Explanation:
The histogram has 2 intervals which show equal heights which means that the monthly earnings of these intervals is the same.

Question 10.
Jordan surveyed a group of randomly selected smartphone users and asked them how many applications they have downloaded onto their phones. The dot plot shows the results of Jordan’s survey. Select the statements that describe patterns in the data. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 71
Options:
a. The modes are 37 and 42.
b. There is a gap from 38 to 40.
c. There is a cluster from 41 to 44.
d. There is a cluster from 35 to 36.

Answer: b. There is a gap from 38 to 40.

Explanation:
The dot plot represents a gap between 38-40. So we can say that there is a gap between intervals 38 to 40.

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 761

Question 11.
Mrs. Gutierrez made a histogram of the birth month of the students in her class. Describe the patterns in the histogram by completing the chart.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 72
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 73
Type below:
_________________

Answer: There are 2 peaks, Yes there is an increase across the intervals, Yes there is a decrease across the intervals

Explanation:
The highest point in the histogram is called is as a peak.
There is a peak near the month’s May and August.

There is an increase between the bars in the bar graph.
At the months February, March, November there is an increase in the graph.

There is a decrease between the bars in the bar graph.
At the months September, October, December.

Question 12.
Ian collected data on the number of children in 13 different families.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 74
Draw a box plot of the data and use it to find the interquartile range and range.
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Range = 8-0 = 8 Interquartile range = 3-1 = 2

Explanation:

Ascending order:
0,0,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,3,3,4,8
Median = 2
Lower quartile = 1+1/2 = 1
Upper quartile = 3+3/2 = 3
Range = 8-0 = 8
Interquartile range = 3-1 = 2

Chapter 13 Review/Test – Page No. 762

Question 13.
Gavin wants to move to a county where it rains about 5 inches every month. The data set shows the monthly rainfall in inches for a county. The mean of the data is 5 and the median is 4.35. After analyzing the data, Gavin says that this county would be a good place to move. Do you agree or disagree with Gavin? Use words and numbers to support your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 75
Type below:
_________________

Answer: Yes I agree that it is a good place to move.

Explanation:
After analyzing the data we can say that this country would be a good place to move for Gavin.
Gavin wants to move to a place which has an average of 5 cm rainfall. So this country is the best choice because it has a mean equal to 5 and median equal to 4.35

Question 14.
The data set shows the number of books Peyton reads each month. Peyton says she usually reads 4 books per month. Why is Peyton’s statement misleading?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 76
Type below:
_________________

Answer: No Peyton’s statement is not misleading because the mean of the data is 4.
Therefore Peyton says she usually reads 4 books per month.

Explanation:
Mean = 2+3+2+4+3+11+3/7 = 28/7 = 4

Question 15.
The data set shows the scores of three players for a board game.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 13 Variability and Data Distributions img 77
For numbers 15a–15d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
15a. The mean absolute deviation of Player B’s scores is 0.
15b. The mean absolute deviation of Player A’s scores is 0.
15c. The mean absolute deviation of Player B’s scores is greater than the mean absolute deviation of Player C’s scores.
15a. ___________
15b. ___________
15c. ___________

Answer:15a. No
15b. Yes
15c.  Yes

Explanation:
Mean of player A = 90+90+90/3 = 90

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
90: 90-90  = 0
90: 90-90  = 0
90: 90-90  = 0

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
0+0+0/3 = 0
So, the mean absolute deviation of player A is 0

Mean of player B = 110+100+90/3 = 100

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
100: 100-110  = -10
100: 100-100  = 0
100: 100-90    = 10

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
10+0+10/3 = 20/3 = 6.67
So, the mean absolute deviation of player B is 6.67

Mean of player C = 95+100+95/3 = 96.67

Mean absolute deviation:

STEP 1 Label each observation with its distance from the mean.
Starting from left to right:
96.67: 96.67-95    = 1.67
96.67: 96.67-100  = -3.33
96.67: 96.67-95    = 1.67

STEP 2 Find the mean of the distances.
1.67+3.33+1.67/3 = 6.67/3 = 2.22
So, the mean absolute deviation of player C is 2.22

Conclusion:

The solutions with explanations to all the questions are prepared by the math experts as per the latest syllabus. So, go through the solutions and overcome your difficulties in this chapter. Keep in touch with this page to get the solutions to all the 6th-grade chapters.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

go-math-grade-6-chapter-11-surface-area-and-volume-answer-key

Go Math solutions for Class 6 Maths Provide detailed explanations for all the questions provided in the HMH Go Math. We provide topic wise Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume to help the students clear their doubts by offering an understanding of concepts in depth. You can practice different types of questions in Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume. 

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Download HMH Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume and learn offline. With the help of these Go Math 6th Grade Solution Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume, you can score good marks in the exams. The topics include 3-D figures and Nets, Explore Surface Area Using Nets, Surface Area of Prisms, and so on. This will also help to build a strong foundation of all these concepts for secondary level classes.

Lesson 1: Three-Dimensional Figures and Nets

Lesson 2: Investigate • Explore Surface Area Using Nets

Lesson 3: Algebra • Surface Area of Prisms

Lesson 4: Algebra • Surface Area of Pyramids

 Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 5: Investigate • Fractions and Volume

Lesson 6: Algebra • Volume of Rectangular Prisms

Lesson 7: Problem Solving • Geometric Measurements

Chapter 11 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 599

Identify and draw a net for the solid figure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 1

Answer: The base Square or Rectangle, and lateral faces are Triangle and the figure is a Square pyramid or Rectangular pyramid.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 2
Answer: Cube or Rectangular prism.

Explanation: The base is a square or rectangle and lateral faces are squares are rectangle. The figure is a Cube or Rectangular prism.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Identify and sketch the solid figure that could be formed by the net.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 3

Answer: Triangular pyramid.

Explanation: The net has four triangles, so it is a triangular pyramid.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 4
Answer: Cube

Explanation: The net has six squares.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

On Your Own

Identify and draw a net for the solid figure.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 5

Answer: Triangular prism.

Explanation: The base is a rectangle and the lateral faces are triangle and rectangles, so it is a triangular prism.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 6

Answer:  Rectangular Prism.

Explanation: The base is a rectangle and the lateral faces are squares and rectangles. And it is a Rectangular prism.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 600

Solve.

Question 7.
The lateral faces and bases of crystals of the mineral galena are congruent squares. Identify the shape of a galena crystal.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 7
Answer: Cube

Explanation: The shape of the galena is Cube.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 8.
Rhianon draws the net below and labels each square. Can Rhianon fold her net into a cube that has letters A through G on its faces? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 8

Answer: No, she cannot fold her net into a cube. Rhianon’s net has seven squares but there are only six squares in a net of a cube.

Question 9.
Describe A diamond crystal is shown. Describe the figure in terms of the solid figures you have seen in this lesson.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 9

Answer: We can see that Diamond crystal consists of two square pyramids with congruent bases and the pyramids are reversed and placed base to base.

Question 10.
Sasha makes a triangular prism from paper.
The bases are _____.
The lateral faces are _____.

Answer:
The bases are Triangle
The lateral faces are Rectangle

Three-Dimensional Figures and Nets – Page No. 601

Identify and draw a net for the solid figure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 10

Answer: Rectangular Prism

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 11

Answer: Cube, Rectangular prism

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 12

Answer: Square Pyramid

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 13

Answer: Triangular Prism

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Hobie’s Candies are sold in triangular-pyramidshaped boxes. How many triangles are needed to make one box?

Answer: 4

Explanation: As triangled pyramids have four faces.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 6.
Nina used plastic rectangles to make 6 rectangular prisms. How many rectangles did she use?

Answer: 36

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 7.
Describe how you could draw more than one net to represent the same three-dimensional figure. Give examples.

Answer:

Explanation:

Lesson Check – Page No. 602

Question 1.
How many vertices does a square pyramid have?

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 2.
Each box of Fred’s Fudge is constructed from 2 triangles and 3 rectangles. What is the shape of each box?

Answer: Triangular Prism

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 602 Q3

Question 4.
A hot-air balloon is at an altitude of 240 feet. The balloon descends 30 feet per minute. What equation gives the altitude y, in feet, of the hot-air balloon after x minutes?

Answer: Y= 240- 30X.

Explanation: Given altitude Y, and the ballon was descended 30 feet per minute. So the equation is Y= 240- 30X.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 602 Q5

Question 6.
Alexis draws quadrilateral STUV with vertices S(1, 3), T(2, 2), U(2, –3), and V(1, –2). What name best classifies the quadrilateral?

Answer: Parallelogram

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Share and Show – Page No. 605

Use the net to find the surface area of the prism.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 14

Answer:

Explanation: First we must find the area of each face
A= 4×3= 12
B= 4×3= 12
C= 5×4= 20
D= 5×4= 20
E= 5×3= 15
F= 5×3= 15
So, the surface area is 12+12+20+20+15+15= 94 cm2

Find the surface area of the rectangular prism.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 15

Answer: 222 cm2

Explanation: Area of a rectangular prism is 2(wl+hl+hw) = 2(7×9+ 3×9+ 3×7)
= 2(63+27+21)
= 2(111)
= 222 cm2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 16

Answer:

Explanation: Area of a rectangular prism is 2(wl+hl+hw) = 2(10×10+ 10×10+ 10×10)
= 2(100+100+100)
= 2(300)
= 600 cm2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 17

Answer: 350 cm2

Explanation: Area of a rectangular prism is 2(wl+hl+hw) = 2(15×5+ 5×5+ 15×5)
= 2(75+25+75)
= 2(175)
= 350 cm2

Problem Solving + Applications

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 605 Q5

Question 6.
Darren is painting a wooden block as part of his art project. The block is a rectangular prism that is 12 cm long by 9 cm wide by 5 cm high. Describe the rectangles that make up the net for the prism.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 7.
In Exercise 6, what is the surface area, in square meters, that Darren has to paint?

Answer: 416 cm2

Explanation: Surface area = 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(9×12+5×12+ 5×9)
= 2(108+60+45)
= 2(213)
= 416 cm2

What’s the Error? – Page No. 606

Question 8.
Emilio is designing the packaging for a new MP3 player. The box for the MP3 player is 5 cm by 3 cm by 2 cm. Emilio needs to find the surface area of the box.
Look at how Emilio solved the problem. Find his error.
STEP 1: Draw a net.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 18
STEP 2: Find the areas of all the faces and add them.
Face A: 3 × 2 = 6 cm2.
Face B: 3 × 5 = 15 cm2.
Face C: 3 × 2 = 6 cm2.
Face D: 3 × 5 = 15 cm2.
Face E: 3 × 5 = 15 cm2.
Face F: 3 × 5 = 15 cm2.
The surface area is 6 + 15 + 6 + 15 + 15 + 15 = 72 cm2.
Correct the error. Find the surface area of the prism.

Answer: Emilio drew the net incorrectly Face D and F should have been 2 cm by 5 cm, not 3 cm by 5 cm

Explanation:
Face A: 3×2= 6 cm2
Face B: 3×5= 15 cm2
Face C: 3×2= 6 cm2
Face D: 2×5= 10 cm2
Face E: 3×5= 15 cm2
Face F: 2×5= 10 cm2
So, the surface area of the prism area is 6+15+6+10+15+10= 62 cm2.

Question 9.
For numbers 9a–9d, select True or False for each statement.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 19
9a. The area of face A is 10 cm2.
9b. The area of face B is 10 cm2.
9c. The area of face C is 40 cm2.
9d. The surface area of the prism is 66 cm2.

9a. The area of face A is 10 cm2.

Answer: True

Explanation: The area of face A is 2×5= 10 cm2.

9b. The area of face B is 10 cm2.

Answer: False

Explanation: The area of face B is 2×8= 16  cm2.

9c. The area of face C is 40 cm2.

Answer: The area of face C is 8×5= 40 cm2.

9d. The surface area of the prism is 66 cm2.

Answer: 160 cm2.

Explanation: The surface area of the prism is
= 2×10+2×10+2×40
= 20+20+80
= 160 cm2.

Explore Surface Area Using Nets – Page No. 607

Use the net to find the surface area of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 20
_______ square units

Answer: 52 square units.

Explanation:
The area of face A is 6 squares.
The area of face B is 8 squares.
The area of face C is 6 squares.
The area of face D is 12 squares.
The area of face E is 8 squares.
The area of face F is 12 squares.
The surface area is 6+8+6+12+8+12= 52 square units.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 21
_______ square units

Answer: 112 square units.

Explanation:
The area of face A is 16 squares.
The area of face B is 8 squares.
The area of face C is 32 squares.
The area of face D is 16 squares.
The area of face E is 32 squares.
The area of face F is 8 squares.
The surface area is 112 square units.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 22

Answer: 102 mm2

Explanation: Area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(3×7+3×7+3×3)
= 2(21+21+9)
= 2(51)
= 102 mm2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 23
_______ in.2

Answer: 58 in.2

Explanation: Area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(5×1+ 4×1+ 4×5)
= 2(5+4+20)
= 2(29)
= 58 in.2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 24
_______ ft2

Answer: 77 ft2

Explanation: Area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(6.5×2+3×2+3×6.5)
= 2(13+6+19.5)
= 2(38.5)
= 77 ft2

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Jeremiah is covering a cereal box with fabric for a school project. If the box is 6 inches long by 2 inches wide by 14 inches high, how much surface area does Jeremiah have to cover?
_______ in.2

Answer: 248 in.2

Explanation: Surface area of a cereal box is 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(2×6+14×6+14×2)
= 2(12+84+28)
= 2(124)
= 248 in.2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 7.
Tia is making a case for her calculator. It is a rectangular prism that will be 3.5 inches long by 1 inch wide by 10 inches high. How much material (surface area) will she need to make the case?
_______ in.2

Answer: 97 in.2

Explanation: Surface Area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(1×3.5+ 10×3.5+ 10×1)
= 2(3.5+35+10)
= 2(48.5)
= 97 in.2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 8.
Explain in your own words how to find the surface area of a rectangular prism.

Answer: To find the surface area we must know the width, length, and height of the prism and then we can apply the formula which is
Surface area= 2(width ×length)+ 2(length×height)+ 2(height×width)
= 2(width ×length+ length×height+ 2(height×width)

Lesson Check – Page No. 608

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 608 Q1

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 608 Q2

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 608 Q3

Question 4.
The table shows the number of mixed CDs y that Jason makes in x hours.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 25
Which equation describes the pattern in the table?

Answer: y= 5x

Explanation:
y/x = 10/2= 15/4= 3
y= 5x
The pattern is y is x multiplied by 5.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 608 Q5

Question 6.
Boxes of Clancy’s Energy Bars are rectangular prisms. How many lateral faces does each box have?

Answer: 4

Explanation: Lateral faces are not included in the bases, so the rectangular prism has 4.

Share and Show – Page No. 611

Use a net to find the surface area.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 26
_______ ft2

Answer: 24 ft2

Explanation: The area of each face is 2 ft×2 ft= 4 ft and the number of faces is 6, so surface area is 6×4= 24 ft2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 27

Answer: 432 cm2

Explanation:
The area of face A is 16×6= 96 cm2
The area of face B is 16×8= 128 cm2
The area of face C and D is 1/2 × 6×8= 24 cm2
The area of face E is 16×10= 160 cm2
The surface 96+128+2×24+160= 432 cm2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 28
_______ in.2

Answer: 155.5 in.2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of face A and E is  8 ½ × 3½
= 17/2 × 7/2
= 119/4
= 29.75 in.2
The area of face B and F is 8 ½×4
= 17 ½ × 4
= 34 in.2
The area of face C and D is 3 ½×4
7/2 × 4= 14 in.2
The surface area is 2×29.75+2×34+2×14
= 59.5+68+28
= 155.5 in.2

On Your Own

Use a net to find the surface area.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 29
_______ m2

Answer:

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of face A and E is 8×3= 24 m2
The area of face B and F is 8×5= 40 m2
The area of face C and D is 3×5= 15 m2
The surface area is 2×24+2×40+2×15
= 48+80+30
= 158 m2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 30
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.2

Answer:

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

The area of each face is 7 1/2 × 7 1/2
= 15/2 × 15/2
= 225/4 in.2
The no.of faces are 6 and the surface area is 6× 225/4
= 675/4
= 337 1/2 in.2

Question 6.
Attend to Precision Calculate the surface area of the cube in Exercise 5 using the formula S = 6s2. Show your work.

Answer: 337 1/2 in.2

Explanation: As S= s2
= 6(7 1/2)2
= 6(15/2)2
= 6(225/4)
= 675/2
= 337 1/2 in.2

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 612

Question 7.
The Vehicle Assembly Building at Kennedy Space Center is a rectangular prism. It is 218 m long, 158 m wide, and 160 m tall. There are four 139 m tall doors in the building, averaging 29 m in width. What is the building’s outside surface area when the doors are open?
a. Draw each face of the building, not including the floor.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 7.
b. What are the dimensions of the 4 walls?

Answer: The 2 walls measure 218 m ×160 m and 2 walls measure by 158 m×160 m.

Question 7.
c. What are the dimensions of the roof?

Answer: The dimensions of the roof are 218 m×158 m.

Question 7.
d. Find the building’s surface area (not including the floor) when the doors are closed.
_______ m2

Answer: 1,54,764 m2

Explanation:
The area of two walls is 218×160= 34,880 m2
The area of the other two walls is 158×160= 25,280 m2
The area of the roof 158×218= 34,444 m2
The surface area is 2× 34,880+ 2× 25,280+ 34,444
= 69,760+ 50,560+ 34,444
= 1,54,764 m2

Question 7.
e. Find the area of the four doors.
_______ m2

Answer: 16,124 m2

Explanation: The area of a door is 139×29 = 4031 m2
And the area of 4 doors is 4×4031= 16,124 m2

Question 7.
f. Find the building’s surface area (not including the floor) when the doors are open.
_______ m2

Answer: 1,38,640 m2

Explanation: The building’s surface area (not including the floor) when the doors are open is
1,54,764 – 16,124= 1,38,640 m2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 612 Q8

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 612 Q9

Surface Area of Prisms – Page No. 613

Use a net to find the surface area.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 31
_______ cm2

Answer: 104 cm2

Explanation: Surface area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(6×5+2×5+2×6)
= 2(30+10+12)
= 2(52)
= 104 cm2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 32
_______ in.2

Answer: 118 in.2

Explanation: Surface area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(3.5×4+6×4+6×3.5)
= 2(59)
= 118 in.2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 33
_______ ft2

Answer: 486 ft2

Explanation: Surface area= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(9×9+9×9+9×9)
= 2(81+81+81)
= 2(243)
= 486 ft2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 34
_______ cm2

Answer: 336 cm2.

Explanation: Area = 1/2 bh
= 1/2 (6)(8)
= 3×8
= 24.
As there are 2 triangles, so 2×24= 48.
Surface Area= (wl+hl+hw)
= (6×12+8×12+12×10)
= 228
Total Surface area = 228+48
= 336 cm2

Problem Solving

Question 5.
A shoe box measures 15 in. by 7 in. by 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. What is the surface area of the box?
_______ in.2

Answer: 408 in.2

Explanation:
The area of two faces is 15×7= 105 in.2
The area of two faces is 15× 4 1/2
= 15 × 9/2
= 15 × 4.5
= 67.5 in.2
The area of two faces is 7× 4 1/2
= 7× 9/2
= 7× 4.5
= 31.5 in.2
The surface area is 2×105+ 2×67.5+ 2×31.5
= 210+ 135+ 63
= 408 in.2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 613 Q6

Question 7.
Explain why a two-dimensional net is useful for finding the surface area of a three-dimensional figure.

Answer: Two-dimensional net is useful because by using a two-dimensional net you can calculate the surface area of each face and add them up to find the surface area of the three-dimensional figure.

Lesson Check – Page No. 614

Question 1.
What is the surface area of a cubic box that contains a baseball that has a diameter of 3 inches?
_______ in.2

Answer: 54 in.2

Explanation:
The area of each face is 3×3= 9 in.2
The number of faces for a cubic box is 6 in.2
The surface area of box that contains a baseball is 6×9= 54 in.2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 614 Q2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 614 Q2.1

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Detergent costs $4 per box. Kendra graphs the equation that gives the cost y of buying x boxes of detergent. What is the equation?

Answer: Y= 4X.

Explanation: The total price is Y and the price is equal to 4 × X, and X is the number of boxes that Kendra buys. So the equation is Y=4X.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 614 Q4

Question 5.
City Park is a right triangle with a base of 40 yd and a height of 25 yd. On a map, the park has a base of 40 in. and a height of 25 in. What is the ratio of the area of the triangle on the map to the area of City Park?

Answer: 1296:1.

Explanation:
Area= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 (40)(25)
= (20)(25)
= 500 yd2
So area of city park is 500 yd2
Area= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 (40)(25)
= (20)(25)
= 500 in2
So area on the map is 500 in
as 1 yd2= 1296 in2
So 500 in2 = 500×1296
= 648,000
So, the ratio of the area of the triangle on the map to the area of City Park is 648,000:500
= 1296:1.

Question 6.
What is the surface area of the prism shown by the net?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 35
Answer: 72 square units.

Explanation:
The area of two faces is 18 squares
The area of two faces is 6 squares
The area of two faces is 12 squares
So the surface area is 2×18+ 2×6+ 2×12
= 72 square units.

Share and Show – Page No. 617

Question 1.
Use a net to find the surface area of the square pyramid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 36
_______ cm2

Answer: 105 cm2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
Area of the base 5×5= 25 ,
and area of one face is 1/2 × 5 × 8
= 5× 4
= 20 cm2
The surface area of a pyramid is 25+ 4×20
= 25+80
= 105 cm2

Question 2.
A triangular pyramid has a base with an area of 43 cm2 and lateral faces with bases of 10 cm and heights of 8.6 cm. What is the surface area of the pyramid?
_______ cm2

Answer: 172 cm2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×10×8.6
= 5×8.6
= 43 cm2
The surface area of the pyramid is 43+3×43
= 43+ 129
= 172 cm2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 617 Q3

On Your Own

Use a net to find the surface area of the square pyramid.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 37
_______ ft2

Answer: 208 ft2

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of the base is 8×8= 64
The area of one face is 1/2 ×8×9
= 36 ft2
The surface area of the pyramid is 64+4×36
= 64+144
= 208 ft2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 38
_______ cm2

Answer: 220 cm2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of base is 10×10= 100
The area of one place is 1/2×10×6
= 10×3
= 30
The surface area of the pyramid is 100+4×30
= 100+120
= 220 cm2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 39
_______ in.2

Answer: 264 in.2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of the base is 8×8= 64
The area of one face is 1/2×8×12.5
= 4×12.5
= 50 in.2
The surface area of the pyramid is 64+ 4×50
= 64+200
= 264 in.2

Question 7.
The Pyramid Arena is located in Memphis, Tennessee. It is in the shape of a square pyramid, and the lateral faces are made almost completely of glass. The base has a side length of about 600 ft and the lateral faces have a height of about 440 ft. What is the total area of the glass in the Pyramid Arena?
_______ ft2

Answer: 5,28,000 ft2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×600×440= 1,32,000 ft2
The surface of tha lateral faces is 4× 1,32,000= 5,28,000 ft2
So, the total area of the glass in the arena is 5,28,000 ft2

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 618

Use the table for 8–9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 40

Question 8.
The Great Pyramids are located near Cairo, Egypt. They are all square pyramids, and their dimensions are shown in the table. What is the lateral area of the Pyramid of Cheops?
_______ m2

Answer: 82,800 m2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×230×180
= 230×90
= 20,700 m2
The lateral area of the pyramid of Cheops is 4×20,700= 82,800 m2

Question 9.
What is the difference between the surface areas of the Pyramid of Khafre and the Pyramid of Menkaure?
_______ m2

Answer: 93,338 m2

Explanation:
The area of the base is 215×215= 46,225
The area of one face is 1/2×215×174
= 215× 87
18,705 m2
The surface area of Pyramid Khafre is= 46,225+4×18,705
= 46,225+ 74820
= 121,045 m2
The area of the base 103×103= 10,609
The area of one face is 1/2×103×83
= 8549÷2
= 4274.4 m2
The surface area of the Pyramid of Menkaure is 10,609+4×4274.5
= 10,609+ 17,098
= 27,707 m2

The difference between the surface areas of the Pyramid of Khafre and the Pyramid of Menkaure
= 121,405-27,707
= 93,338 m2

Question 10.
Write an expression for the surface area of the square pyramid shown.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 41

Answer: 6x+9 ft2.

Explanation: The expression for the surface area of the square pyramid is 6x+9 ft2.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 618 Q11

Question 12.
Jose says the lateral area of the square pyramid is 260 in.2. Do you agree or disagree with Jose? Use numbers and words to support your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 42

Answer: 160 in.2

Explanation: No, I disagree with Jose as he found surface area instead of the lateral area, so the lateral area is
4×1/2×10×8
= 2×10×8
= 160 in.2

Surface Area of Pyramids – Page No. 619

Use a net to find the surface area of the square pyramid.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 43
_______ mm2

Answer: 95 mm2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of the base is 5×5= 25 mm2
The area of one face is 1/2×5×7
= 35/2
= 17.5 mm2
The surface area is 25+4×17.5
= 25+4×17.5
= 25+70
= 95 mm2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 44
_______ cm2

Answer: 612 cm2

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

The area of the base is 18×18= 324 cm2
The area of one face is 1/2×18×8
= 18×4
=  72 cm2
The surface area is 324+4×72
= 25+4×17.5
= 25+70
= 612 cm2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 45
_______ yd2

Answer: 51.25 yd2

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

The area of the base is 2.5×2.5= 6.25  mm2
The area of one face is 1/2×2.5×9
= 22.5/2
= 11.25 yd2
The surface area is 25+4×17.5
= 6.25+4×11.25
= 6.25+45
= 51.25 yd2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 46
_______ in.2

Answer: 180 in2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

The area of the base is 10×10= 100 in2
The area of one face is 1/2×4×10
= 2×10
= 20 in2
The surface area is 100+4×20
= 100+4×20
= 100+80
= 180 in2

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Cho is building a sandcastle in the shape of a triangular pyramid. The area of the base is 7 square feet. Each side of the base has a length of 4 feet and the height of each face is 2 feet. What is the surface area of the pyramid?
_______ ft2

Answer: 19 ft2

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×4×2= 4 ft2
The surface area of the triangular pyramid is 7+3×4
= 7+12
= 19 ft2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 619 Q6

Question 7.
Write and solve a problem finding the lateral area of an object shaped like a square pyramid.

Answer: Mary has a triangular pyramid with a base of 10cm and a height of 15cm. What is the lateral area of the pyramid?

Explanation:
The area of one face is 1/2×10×15
= 5×15
= 75 cm2
The lateral area of the triangular pyramid is 3×75
= 225 cm2

Lesson Check – Page No. 620

Question 1.
A square pyramid has a base with a side length of 12 in. Each face has a height of 7 in. What is the surface area of the pyramid?
_______ in.2

Answer: 312 in.2

Explanation:
The area of the base is 12×12= 144 in.2
The area of one face is 1/2×12×7
= 6×7
= 42 in.2
The surface area of the square pyramid is 144+4×42
= 144+ 168
= 312 in.2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 620 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the linear equation represented by the graph?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 47

Answer: y=x+1.

Explanation: As the figure represents that every y value is 1 more than the corresponding x value, so the linear equation is y=x+1.

Question 4.
A regular octagon has sides measuring about 4 cm. If the octagon is divided into 8 congruent triangles, each has a height of 5 cm. What is the area of the octagon?
_______ cm2

Answer:

Explanation:
Area is 1/2bh
= 1/2× 4×5
= 2×5
= 10 cm2
So the area of each triangle is 10 cm2
and the area of the octagon is 8×10= 80 cm2

Question 5.
Carly draws quadrilateral JKLM with vertices J(−3, 3), K(3, 3), L(2, −1), and M(−2, −1). What is the best way to classify the quadrilateral?

Answer: It is a Trapezoid.

Explanation: It is a Trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 620 Q6

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 621

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 48

Question 1.
_____ is the sum of the areas of all the faces, or surfaces, of a solid figure.

Answer: Surface area is the sum of the areas of all the faces, or surfaces, of a solid figure.

Question 2.
A three-dimensional figure having length, width, and height is called a(n) _____.

Answer: A three-dimensional figure having length, width, and height is called a(n) solid figure.

Question 3.
The _____ of a solid figure is the sum of the areas of its lateral faces.

Answer: The lateral area of a solid figure is the sum of the areas of its lateral faces.

Concepts and Skills

Question 4.
Identify and draw a net for the solid figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 49

Answer: Triangular prism

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 5.
Use a net to find the lateral area of the square pyramid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 50
_______ in.2

Answer: 216 in.2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of one face is 1/2×9×12
= 9×6
= 54 in.2
The lateral area of the square pyramid is 4×54= 216 in.2

Question 6.
Use a net to find the surface area of the prism.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 51
_______ cm2

Answer: 310 cm2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume
The area of face A and E is 10×5= 50 cm2
The area of face B and F is 10×7= 70 cm2
The area of face C and D is 7×5= 35 cm2
The surface area of the prism is 2×50+2×70+2×35
= 100+140+70
= 310 cm2

Page No. 622

Question 7.
A machine cuts nets from flat pieces of cardboard. The nets can be folded into triangular pyramids and used as pieces in a board game. What shapes appear in the net? How many of each shape are there?

Answer: 4 triangles.

Explanation: There are 4 triangles.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 8.
Fran’s filing cabinet is 6 feet tall, 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet wide, and 3 feet deep. She plans to paint all sides except the bottom of the cabinet. Find the area of the sides she intends to paint.
_______ ft2

Answer: 56 ft2

Explanation:
The two lateral face area is 6×1 1/3
= 6× 4/3
= 2×4
= 8 ft2
The area of the other two lateral faces is 6×3= 18
The area of the top and bottom is 3× 1 1/3
= 3× 4/3
= 4 ft2
The area of the sides she intends to paint is 2×8+2×18+4
= 16+36+4
= 56 ft2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 622 Q9

Question 10.
What is the surface area of a storage box that measures 15 centimeters by 12 centimeters by 10 centimeters?
_______ cm2

Answer: 900 cm2

Explanation:
The area of two faces is 15×12= 180 cm2
The area of another two faces is 15×10= 150 cm2
The area of the other two faces is 10×12= 120 cm2
So surface area of the storage box is 2×180+2×150+2×120 cm2
= 360+300+240
= 900 cm2

Question 11.
A small refrigerator is a cube with a side length of 16 inches. Use the formula S = 6s2 to find the surface area of the cube.
_______ in.2

Answer: 1,536 in.2

Explanation:
Area = s2
= 6×(16)2
= 6× 256
= 1,536 in.2

Share and Show – Page No. 625

Question 1.
A prism is filled with 38 cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 4.75 cubic units

Explanation:
The volume of the cube is S3
The volume of a cube with S= (1/2)3
= 1/2×1/2×1/2
= 1/8
= 0.125 cubic units
As there are 38 cubes so 38×0.125= 4.75 cubic units.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 625 Q2

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 52
_______ cubic units

Answer: 33 cubic units.

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular prism is= Width×Height×Length
= 5 1/2 ×3×2
= 11/2 ×3×2
= 33 cubic units.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 53
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 91 1/8 cubic units.

Explanation:
The volume of the rectangular prism is= Width×Height×Length
= 4 1/2 ×4 1/2×4 1/2
= 9/2 ×9/2×9/2
= 729/8
= 91 1/8 cubic units.

Question 5.
Theodore wants to put three flowering plants in his window box. The window box is shaped like a rectangular prism that is 30.5 in. long, 6 in. wide, and 6 in. deep. The three plants need a total of 1,200 in.3 of potting soil to grow well. Is the box large enough? Explain.

Answer: No, the box is not large enough as the three plants need a total of 1,200 in.3 and here volume is 1,098 in.3

Explanation:
Volume= Width×Height×Length
= 30.5×6×6
= 1,098 in.3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 625 Q6

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 626

Use the diagram for 7–10.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 54

Question 7.
Karyn is using a set of building blocks shaped like rectangular prisms to make a model. The three types of blocks she has are shown at right. What is the volume of an A block? (Do not include the pegs on top.)
\(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 1/2 cubic units

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1× 1/2 ×1
= 1/2 cubic units

Question 8.
How many A blocks would you need to take up the same amount of space as a C block?
_______ A blocks

Answer: No of blocks required to take up the same amount of space as a C block is 4 A blocks.

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1×2×1
= 2 cubic unit
No of blocks required to take up the same amount of space as a C block is 1/2 ÷2
= 2×2
= 4 A blocks

Question 9.
Karyn puts a B block, two C blocks, and three A blocks together. What is the total volume of these blocks?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 6 1/2 cubic units

Explanation: The volume of A block is
Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1×1 ×1/2
= 1/2 cubic units.
As Karyn puts three A blocks together, so 3× 1/2= 3/2 cubic units.
The volume of B block is
Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 1×1 × 1
= 1 cubic units.
As Karyn puts only one B, so 1 cubic unit.
The volume of C block is
Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 2×1×1
= 2 cubic units.
As Karyn puts two C blocks together, so 2× 2= 4 cubic units.
So, the total volume of these blocks is 3/2 + 1+ 4
= 3/2+5
= 13/2
= 6 1/2 cubic units

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 626 Q10
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 626 Q10.1

Question 11.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Jo says that you can use V = l × w × h or V = h × w × l to find the volume of a rectangular prism. Does Jo’s statement make sense? Explain.

Answer: Yes

Explanation: Yes, Jo’s statement makes sense because by the commutative property we can change the order of the variables of length, width, height and both will produce the same result.

Question 12.
A box measures 5 units by 3 units by 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units. For numbers 12a–12b, select True or False for the statement.
12a. The greatest number of cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit that can be packed inside the box is 300.
12b. The volume of the box is 37 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cubic units.
12a. __________
12b. __________

Answer:
12a True.
12b True.

Explanation: The volume of the cube is S3
The volume of a cube with S= (1/2)3
= 1/2×1/2×1/2
= 1/8 cubic units
As there are 300 cubes so 300× 1/8= 75/2
= 37 1/2 cubic units.

Fractions and Volume – Page No. 627

Find the volume of the rectangular prism.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 55
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 6 3/4 cubic units

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 3× 1 1/2× 1 1/2
= 3× 3/2 × 3/2
= 27/4
= 6 3/4 cubic units

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 56
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 22 1/2 cubic units

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 5×1× 4 1/2
= 5× 9/2
= 45/2
= 22 1/2 cubic units

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 57
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 16 1/2 cubic units.

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 5 1/2× 1 1/2× 2
= 11/2×3/2×2
= 33/2
= 16 1/2 cubic units.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 58
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 28 1/8 cubic units.

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 2 1/2× 2 1/2 × 4 1/2
= 5/2 × 5/2 × 9/2
= 225/8
= 28 1/8 cubic units.

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 627 Q5

Question 6.
A shipping crate is shaped like a rectangular prism. It is 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet long by 3 feet wide by 3 feet high. What is the volume of the crate?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 49 1/2 ft3

Explanation: Volume = Width×Height×Length
= 5 1/2 × 3 × 3
= 11/2 ×9
= 99/2
= 49 1/2 ft3

Question 7.
How many cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{4}\) unit would it take to make a unit cube? Explain how you determined your answer.

Answer: There will be 4×4×4= 64 cubes and 1/4 unit in the unit cube.

Explanation:
As the unit cube has a 1 unit length, 1 unit wide, and 1 unit height
So length 4 cubes = 4× 1/4= 1 unit
width 4 cubes = 4× 1/4= 1 unit
height 4 cubes = 4× 1/4= 1 unit
So there will be 4×4×4= 64 cubes and 1/4 unit in the unit cube.

Lesson Check – Page No. 628

Question 1.
A rectangular prism is 4 units by 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units by 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units. How many cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit will completely fill the prism?

Answer: 120 cubes

Explanation:
No of cubes with a side length of 1/2 unit is
Length 8 cubes= 8× 1/2= 4 units
Width 5 cubes= 5× 1/2= 5/2= 2 1/2 units
Height 3 cubes= 3× 1/2= 3/2= 1 1/2 units
So there are 8×5×3= 120 cubes in the prism.

Question 2.
A rectangular prism is filled with 196 cubes with \(\frac{1}{2}\)-unit side lengths. What is the volume of the prism in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 24 1/2 cubic units.

Explanation: It takes 8 cubes with a side length of 1/2 to form a unit cube, so the volume of the prism in the cubic units is 196÷8= 24 1/2 cubic units.

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 628 Q3
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 628 Q3.1

Question 4.
A flag for the sports club is a rectangle measuring 20 inches by 32 inches. Within the rectangle is a yellow square with a side length of 6 inches. What is the area of the flag that is not part of the yellow square?
_______ in.2

Answer: 604 in.2

Explanation: Area of a flag= Length×width
= 20×32
= 640 in.2
Area of the yellow square= S2
= 6
= 36 in.2
So the area of the flag that is not a part of the yellow square is 640-36= 604 in.2

Question 5.
What is the surface area of the rectangular prism shown by the net?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 59
_______ square units

Answer: 80 square units

Explanation:
Area of two faces is 12 squares
Area of other two faces is 16 squares
Area of another two faces is 12 squares
So the surface area is 2×12+2×16+2×12
= 24+32+24
= 80 square units

Question 6.
What is the surface area of the square pyramid?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 60
_______ cm2

Answer: 161 cm2

Explanation: The area of the base is 7×7= 49 cm2
And the area of one face is 1/2 × 7× 8
= 7×4
= 28 cm2
The surface area of the square pyramid is 49+4×28
= 49+112
= 161 cm2

Share and Show – Page No. 631

Find the volume.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 61
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 3,937 1/2 in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length× wide× heght
= 10 1/2 ×15 × 25
= 11/2 × 15 × 25
= 4,125/2
= 3,937 1/2 in.3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 62
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 27/512 in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length× wide× height
=3/8 ×3/8 × 3/8
= 27/512 in.3

On Your Own

Find the volume of the prism.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 63
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 690 5/8in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length× wide× height
= 8 1/2 × 6 1/2 × 12 1/2
= 17/2 × 13/2× 25/2
= 5525/2
= 690 5/8in.3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 64
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 125/4096 in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length× wide× height
= 5/16 ×5/16 × 5/16
= 125/4096 in.3

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 65
_______ yd3

Answer: 20 yd3

Explanation:
Area= 3 1/3 yd2
So Area= wide×height
3 1/3= w × 1 1/3
10/3= w× 4/3
w= 10/3 × 3/4
w= 5/2
w= 2.5 yd
Volume= Length×width×height
= 6× 2.5× 1 1/3
= 6×2.5× 4/3
= 2×2.5×4
= 20 yd3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 631 Q6

Question 7.
Abraham has a toy box that is in the shape of a rectangular prism.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 66
The volume is _____.
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 33 3/4 ft3

Explanation: Volume of rectangular prism is= Length×width×height
= 4 1/2× 2 1/2× 3
= 9/2 × 5/2× 3
= 135/3
= 33 3/4 ft3

Aquariums – Page No. 632

Large public aquariums like the Tennessee Aquarium in Chattanooga have a wide variety of freshwater and saltwater fish species from around the world. The fish are kept in tanks of various sizes.
The table shows information about several tanks in the aquarium. Each tank is a rectangular prism.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 67
Find the length of Tank 1.
V = l w h
52,500 = l × 30 × 35
\(\frac{52,500}{1,050}\) = l
50 = l
So, the length of Tank 1 is 50 cm.

Solve.

Question 8.
Find the width of Tank 2 and the height of Tank 3.

Answer: Width of Tank 2= 8m, Height of the Tank 3= 10 m

Explanation:
The volume of Tank 2= 384 m3
so V= LWH
384=  12×W×4
W= 384/48
W= 8 m
So the width of Tank 2= 8m
The volume of Tank 3= 2160 m
So V= LWH
2160= 18×12×H
H= 2160/216
H= 10 m
So the height of the Tank 3= 10 m

Question 9.
To keep the fish healthy, there should be a correct ratio of water to fish in the tank. One recommended ratio is 9 L of water for every 2 fish. Find the volume of Tank 4. Then use the equivalencies 1 cm3 = 1 mL and 1,000 mL = 1 L to find how many fish can be safely kept in Tank 4.

Answer: 35 Fishes

Explanation:
The volume of Tank 4 = LWH
= 72×55×40
= 1,58,400 cm3
As 1 cm3 = 1 mL and 1,000 mL = 1 L
1,58,400 cm3 = 1,58,400 mL and 1,58,400 mL = 158.4 L
So tank can keep safely (158.4÷ 9)×2
= (17.6)× 2 = 35.2
= 35 Fishes

Question 10.
Use Reasoning Give another set of dimensions for a tank that would have the same volume as Tank 2. Explain how you found your answer.

Answer: Another set of dimensions for a tank that would have the same volume as Tank 2 is 8m by 8m by 6m.
So when we multiply the product will be 384

Volume of Rectangular Prisms – Page No. 633

Find the volume.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 68
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m3

Answer: 150 5/16 m3

Explanation: Volume= Length×width×height
= 5× 3 1/4× 9 1/4
= 5× 13/4 × 37/4
= 2405/16
= 150 5/16 m3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 69
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.3

Answer: 27 1/2 in.3

Explanation: Volume= Length×width×height
= 5 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 2
= 11/2 × 5/2 × 2
= 55/2
= 27 1/2 in.3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 70
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) mm3

Answer: 91 1/8 mm3

Explanation: Volume= Length×width×height
= 4 1/2 × 4 1/2 × 4 1/2
= 9/2 × 9/2 × 9/2
= 729/8
= 91 1/8 mm3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 71
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 112 1/2 ft3

Explanation: Volume= Length×width×height
= 7 1/2 × 2 1/2 × 6
= 15/2 × 5/2 × 6
= 225/2
= 112 1/2 ft3

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 72
_______ m3

Answer: 36 m3

Explanation:
The area of shaded face is Length × width= 8 m2
Volume of the prism= Length×width×height
= 8 × 4 1/2
= 8 × 9/2
= 4 × 9
= 36 m3

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 73
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ft3

Answer: 30 3/8 ft3

Explanation: Volume of the prism= Length×width×height
= 2 1/4 × 6 × 2 1/4
= 9/4 × 6 × 9/4
= 243/8
= 30 3/8 ft3

Problem Solving

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 633 Q7
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 633 Q7.1

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 633 Q8

Question 9.
Explain how you can find the side length of a rectangular prism if you are given the volume and the two other measurements. Does this process change if one of the measurements includes a fraction?

Answer: We can find the side length of a rectangular prism if we are given the volume and the two other measurements by dividing the value of the volume by the product of the values of the width and height of the prism. And the process doesn’t change if one of the measurements includes a fraction.

Lesson Check – Page No. 634

Question 1.
A kitchen sink is a rectangular prism with a length of 19 \(\frac{7}{8}\) inches, a width of 14 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches, and height of 10 inches. Estimate the volume of the sink.

Answer: 3,000 in.3

Explanation: Length = 19 7/8 as the number was close to 20 and width 14 3/4 which is close to 15 and height is 10
So Volume= LBH
= 20 × 15 × 10
= 3,000 in.3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 634 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Carrie started at the southeast corner of Franklin Park, walked north 240 yards, turned and walked west 80 yards, and then turned and walked diagonally back to where she started. What is the area of the triangle enclosed by the path she walked?
_______ yd2

Answer: 9,600 yd2

Explanation:
Area of triangle= 1/2 bh
= 1/2 × 240 × 80
= 240 × 40
= 9,600 yd2

Question 4.
The dimensions of a rectangular garage are 100 times the dimensions of a floor plan of the garage. The area of the floor plan is 8 square inches. What is the area of the garage?

Answer: 80,000 in2

Explanation: As 1 in2= 10,000 in2, so area of the floor plan 8 in
= 8×10000
= 80,000 in2

Question 5.
Shiloh wants to create a paper-mâché box shaped like a rectangular prism. If the box will be 4 inches by 5 inches by 8 inches, how much paper does she need to cover the box?

Answer: 184 in2

Explanation: Area of the rectangular prism= 2(wl+hl+hw)
= 2(4×5 + 5×8 + 8×4)
= 2(20+40+32)
= 2(92)
= 184 in2

Question 6.
A box is filled with 220 cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit. What is the volume of the box in cubic units?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) cubic units

Answer: 27.5 cubic units.

Explanation: The volume of a cube side is (1/2)3 = 1/8
So 220 cubes= 220× 1/8
= 27.5 cubic units.

Share and Show – Page No. 637

Question 1.
An aquarium tank in the shape of a rectangular prism is 60 cm long, 30 cm wide, and 24 cm high. The top of the tank is open, and the glass used to make the tank is 1 cm thick. How much water can the tank hold?
_______ cm3

Answer: So tank can hold 37,352 cm3

Explanation: As Volume= LBH
Let’s find the inner dimensions of the tank, so 60-2 × 30-2 × 24-1
= 58×28×23
= 37,352 cm3

Question 2.
What if, to provide greater strength, the glass bottom were increased to a thickness of 4 cm? How much less water would the tank hold?
_______ cm3

Answer: 4,872 cm3

Explanation: As the glass bottom was increased to a thickness of 4 cm, 60-2 × 30-2 × 24-4
= 58×28×20
= 32,480 cm3
So the tank can hold 37,352- 32,480= 4,872 cm3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 637 Q3

Question 4.
The Louvre Museum in Paris, France, has a square pyramid made of glass in its central courtyard. The four triangular faces of the pyramid have bases of 35 meters and heights of 27.8 meters. What is the area of glass used for the four triangular faces of the pyramid?

Answer: 1946 m2

Explanation: The area of one face is 1/2 × 35 × 27.8= 486.5 m2
And the area of glass used for the four triangular faces of the pyramid is 4×486.5= 1946 m2

On Your Own – Page No. 638

Question 5.
A rectangular prism-shaped block of wood measures 3 m by 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) m by 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) m. How much of the block must a carpenter carve away to obtain a prism that measures 2 m by \(\frac{1}{2}\) m by \(\frac{1}{2}\) m?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m3

Answer: 6 1/4 m3

Explanation: The volume of the original block= LWH
= 3 × 1 1/2 × 1 1/2
= 3× 3/2 × 3/2
= 27/4
= 6 3/4 m2
And volume of carpenter carve is 2× 1/2 × 1/2
= 1/2 m2
So, the carpenter must carve 27/4 – 1/2
= 25/2
= 6 1/4 m3

Question 6.
The carpenter (Problem 5) varnished the outside of the smaller piece of wood, all except for the bottom, which measures \(\frac{1}{2}\) m by \(\frac{1}{2}\) m. Varnish costs $2.00 per square meter. What was the cost of varnishing the wood?
$ _______

Answer: $8.50

Explanation: The area of two lateral faces are 2×1/2= 1 m2
The area of the other two lateral faces are 2×1/2= 1 m2
The area of the top and bottom is 1/2×1/2= 1/4 m2
And the surface area is 2×1 + 2×1 + 1/4
= 2+2+1/4
= 17/4
= 4.25 m2
And the cost of vanishing the wood is $2.00× 4.25= $8.50

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 638 Q7

Question 8.
Describe A rectangular prism-shaped box that measures 6 cm by 5 cm by 4 cm. A cube-shaped box has a side length of 2 cm. How many of the cube-shaped boxes will fit into the rectangular prism-shaped box? Describe how you found your answer.

Answer: 12 cube-shaped boxes

Explanation: As 6 small boxes can fit on the base i.e 6 cm by 5 cm, as height is 4cm there can be a second layer of 6 small boxes. So, there will be a total of 12 cube-shaped boxes and will fit into a rectangular prism-shaped box

Question 9.
Justin is covering the outside of an open shoe box with colorful paper for a class project. The shoe box is 30 cm long, 20 cm wide, and 13 cm high. How many square centimeters of paper are needed to cover the outside of the open shoe box? Explain your strategy
_______ cm2

Answer: 1,900 cm2

Explanation:
The area of the two lateral faces of the shoebox is 20×13= 260 cm2
The area of another two lateral faces of the shoebox is 30×13= 390 cm2
The area of the top and bottom is 30×20= 600 cm2
So, the surface area of the shoebox without the top is 2×260 + 2× 390 + 600
= 520+780+600
= 1,900 cm2

Problem Solving Geometric Measurements – Page No. 639

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
The outside of an aquarium tank is 50 cm long, 50 cm wide, and 30 cm high. It is open at the top. The glass used to make the tank is 1 cm thick. How much water can the tank hold?
_______ cm3

Answer: So water tank can hold 66,816 cm3

Explanation: The volume of inner dimensions of the aquarium is 50-2 × 50-2 × 30-1
= 48×48×29
= 66,816 cm3
So water tank can hold 66,816 cm3

Question 2.
Arnie keeps his pet snake in an open-topped glass cage. The outside of the cage is 73 cm long, 60 cm wide, and 38 cm high. The glass used to make the cage is 0.5 cm thick. What is the inside volume of the cage?
_______ cm3

Answer: The volume of the cage is 1,59,300 cm3

Explanation: The volume of inner dimensions is 73-1 × 60-1 × 38-0.5
= 72×59×37.5
= 1,59,300 cm3
So, the volume of the cage is 1,59,300 cm3

Question 3.
A display number cube measures 20 in. on a side. The sides are numbered 1–6. The odd-numbered sides are covered in blue fabric and the even-numbered sides are covered in red fabric. How much red fabric was used?
_______ in.2

Answer: 1200 in.2

Explanation: The area of each side of a cube is 20×20= 400 in.2, as there are 3 even-numbered sides on the cube. So there will be
3×400= 1200 in.2

Question 4.
The caps on the tops of staircase posts are shaped like square pyramids. The side length of the base of each cap is 4 inches. The height of the face of each cap is 5 inches. What is the surface area of the caps for two posts?
_______ in.2

Answer: 112 in.2

Explanation: The area of the base is 4×4= 16 in.2
The area of one face is 1/2×5×4= 10 in.2
The surface area of one cap is 16+4×10
= 16+40
= 56 in.2
And the surface area of the caps for two posts is 2×56= 112 in.2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 639 Q5

Question 6.
Write and solve a problem for which you use part of the formula for the surface area of a triangular prism.

Answer: In a triangular prism, the triangular end has a base of 5cm and a height is 8 cm. The length of each side is 4 cm and the height of the prism is 10 cm. What is the lateral area of this triangular prism?

Explanation: The area of two triangular faces is 1/2 × 5 × 8
= 5×4
= 20 cm2
The area of two rectangular faces is 4×10= 40 cm2
The lateral area is 2×20+2×40
= 40+80
= 120 cm2

Lesson Check – Page No. 640

Question 1.
Maria wants to know how much wax she will need to fill a candle mold shaped like a rectangular prism. What measure should she find?

Answer: Maria needs to find the volume of the mold.

Question 2.
The outside of a closed glass display case measures 22 inches by 15 inches by \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches. The glass is 12 inch thick. How much air is contained in the case?
_______ in.3

Answer: 3381 in.3

Explanation: The inner dimensions are 22-1× 15-1 × 12- 1/2
= 21 ×14×23/2
= 3381 in.3

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 640 Q3

Question 4.
Sierra has plotted two vertices of a rectangle at (3, 2) and (8, 2). What is the length of the side of the rectangle?
_______ units

Answer: 5 units.

Explanation: The length of the side of the rectangle is 8-3= 5 units.

Question 5.
What is the surface area of the square pyramid?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 74
_______ m2

Answer: 104 m2

Explanation: The area of the base 4×4= 16
The area of the one face is 1/2 × 4 × 11
= 2×11
= 22 m2
The surface area of the square pyramid is 16+4×22
= 16+88
= 104 m2

Question 6.
A shipping company has a rule that all packages must be rectangular prisms with a volume of no more than 9 cubic feet. What is the maximum measure for the height of a box that has a width of 1.5 feet and a length of 3 feet?
_______ feet

Answer: 2 feet.

Explanation: As given volume = 9 cubic feet
So 1.5×3×H < 9
4.5×H < 9
H< 9/4.5
and H<2
So maximum measure for the height of the box is 2 feet.

Chapter 11 Review/Test – Page No. 641

Question 1.
Elaine makes a rectangular pyramid from paper.
The base is a _____. The lateral faces are _____.
The base is a ___________ .
The lateral faces are ___________ .

Answer:
The base is a rectangle.
The lateral faces are triangles.

Question 2.
Darrell paints all sides except the bottom of the box shown below.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 75
Select the expressions that show how to find the surface area that Darrell painted. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 240 + 240 + 180 + 180 + 300 + 300
b. 2(20 × 12) + 2(15 × 12) + (20 × 15)
c. (20 × 12) + (20 × 12) + (15 × 12) + (15 × 12) + (20 × 15)
d. 20 × 15 × 12

Answer: b,c

Explanation: The expressions that show how to find the surface area is 2(20 × 12) + 2(15 × 12) + (20 × 15), (20 × 12) + (20 × 12) + (15 × 12) + (15 × 12) + (20 × 15)

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 641 Q3
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 641 Q3.1

Question 4.
A triangular pyramid has a base with an area of 11.3 square meters, and lateral faces with bases of 5.1 meters and heights of 9 meters. Write an expression that can be used to find the surface area of the triangular pyramid.

Answer: 11.3+ 3 × 1/2+ 5.1×9

Explanation: The expression that can be used to find the surface area of the triangular pyramid is 11.3+ 3 × 1/2+ 5.1×9

Page No. 642

Question 5.
Jeremy makes a paperweight for his mother in the shape of a square pyramid. The base of the pyramid has a side length of 4 centimeters, and the lateral faces have heights of 5 centimeters. After he finishes, he realizes that the paperweight is too small and decides to make another one. To make the second pyramid, he doubles the length of the base in the first pyramid.
For numbers 5a–5c, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the statement is correct.
5a. The surface area of the second pyramid is 144 cm2.
5b. The surface area doubled from the first pyramid to the second pyramid.
5c. The lateral area doubled from the first pyramid to the second pyramid.
5a. ___________
5b. ___________
5c. ___________

Answer:
5a. True.
5b. False
5c. True.

Explanation:
The area of the base is 4×4= 16 cm2.
The area of one face is 1/2×4×5
= 2×5
= 10 cm2.
The surface area of the First pyramid is 16+ 4×10
= 16+40
= 56 cm2.
The area of the base is 8×8= 64
The area of one face is 1/2×8×5
= 4×5
= 20 cm2.
The surface area od the second pyramid is 64+ 4×20
= 64+80
= 144 cm2.

Question 6.
Identify the figure shown and find its surface area. Explain how you found your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 76

Answer: 369 in2

Explanation:
The area of the base is 9×9= 81 in2
The area of one face is 1//2 × 16× 9
= 8×9
= 72 in2
The surface area of a square pyramid is 81+ 4× 72
= 81+ 288
= 369 in2

Question 7.
Dominique has a box of sewing buttons that is in the shape of a rectangular prism.
The volume of the box is 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. × 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) in. × _____ = _____.

Answer: 17.5 in3

Explanation: The volume of the box is 2 1/2 × 3 1/2 × 2
= 5/2 × 7/2 × 2
= 5/2 × 7
= 35/2
= 17.5 in3

Page No. 643

Question 8.
Emily has a decorative box that is shaped like a cube with a height of 5 inches. What is the surface area of the box?
_______ in.2

Answer: 150 in.2

Explanation: Surface area of the box is 6 a2
So 6 × 52
= 6×5×52
= 150 in.2

Question 9.
Albert recently purchased a fish tank for his home. Match each question with the geometric measure that would be most appropriate for each scenario.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 77

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume

Question 10.
Select the expressions that show the volume of the rectangular prism. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 78Options:
a. 2(2 units × 2 \(\frac{1}{2 }\) units) + 2(2 units × \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit) + 2(\(\frac{1}{2}\) unit × 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units)
b. 2(2 units × \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit) + 4(2 units × 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units)
c. 2 units × \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit × 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units
d. 2.5 cubic units

Answer: c, d

Explanation: 2 units ×1/2 unit × 2 1/2 units and 2.5 cubic units

Page No. 644

Question 11.
For numbers 11a–11d, select True or False for the statement.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 79
11a. The area of face A is 8 square units.
11b. The area of face B is 10 square units.
11c. The area of face C is 8 square units.
11d. The surface area of the prism is 56 square units.
11a. ___________
11b. ___________
11c. ___________
11d. ___________

Answer:
11a. True.
11b. True.
11c. False.
11d. False.

Explanation:
The area of the face A is 4×2= 8 square units
The area of the face B is 5×2= 10 square units
The area of the face C is 5×4= 20 square units
So the surface area is 2×8+2×10+2×20
= 16+20+40
= 76 square units

Question 12.
Stella received a package in the shape of a rectangular prism. The box has a length of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, a width of 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, and a height of 4 feet.
Part A
Stella wants to cover the box with wrapping paper. How much paper will she need? Explain how you found your answer

Answer: 39.5 ft2

Explanation:
The area of two lateral faces is 4 × 2 1/2
= 4 × 5/2
= 2×5
= 10 ft2
The area of another two lateral faces is 4 × 1 1/2
= 4 × 3/2
= 2×3
= 6 ft2
The area of the top and bottom is 2 1/2 × 1 1/2
= 5/2 × 3/2
= 15/4
= 3 3/4 ft2
So Stella need 2×10+ 2×6 + 2 × 15/4
= 20+ 12+15/2
= 20+12+7.5
= 39.5 ft2

Question 12.
Part B
Can the box hold 16 cubic feet of packing peanuts? Explain how you know

Answer: The box cannot hold 16 cubic feet of the packing peanuts

Explanation: Volume = LWH
= 2 1/2 ×1 1/2 × 4
= 5/2 × 3/2 ×4
= 5×3
= 15 ft3
So the box cannot hold 16 cubic feet of packing peanuts.

Page No. 645

Question 13.
A box measures 6 units by \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit by 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units.
For numbers 13a–13b, select True or False for the statement.
13a. The greatest number of cubes with a side length of \(\frac{1}{2}\) unit that can be packed inside the box is 60.
13b. The volume of the box is 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cubic units.
13a. ___________
13b. ___________

Answer:
13a. True
13b. True.

Explanation:
Length is 12 × 1/2= 6 units
Width is 1× 1/2= 1/2 units
Height is 5× 1/2= 5/2 units
So, the greatest number of cubes with a side length of 1/2 unit that can be packed inside the box is 12×1×5= 60
The volume of the cube is S3
The volume of a cube with S= (1/2)3
= 1/2×1/2×1/2
= 1/8
= 0.125 cubic units
As there are 60 cubes so 60×0.125= 7.5 cubic units.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume Page 645 Q14

Question 15.
Lourdes is decorating a toy box for her sister. She will use self-adhesive paper to cover all of the exterior sides except for the bottom of the box. The toy box is 4 feet long, 3 feet wide, and 2 feet high. How many square feet of adhesive paper will Lourdes use to cover the box?
_______ ft2

Answer: 40 ft2

Explanation:
The area of two lateral faces is 4×2= 8 ft2
The area of another two lateral faces is 3×2= 6 ft2
The area of the top and bottom is 4×3= 12 ft2
So Lourdes uses to cover the box is 2×8 + 2×6 + 12
= 16+12+12
= 40 ft2

Question 16.
Gary wants to build a shed shaped like a rectangular prism in his backyard. He goes to the store and looks at several different options. The table shows the dimensions and volumes of four different sheds. Use the formula V = l × w × h to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 80

Answer:
Length of shed 1= 12 ft
Width of shed 2= 12 ft
Height of shed 3= 6 ft
Volume of shed 4= 1200 ft3

Explanation: Volume= LWH
Volume of shed1= 960 ft
So 960= L×10×8
960= 80×L
L= 960/80
L= 12 ft
Volume of shed2= 2160 ft
So 2160= 18×W×10
960= 180×W
W= 2160/180
W= 12 ft
Volume of shed3= 288 ft
So 288= 12×4×H
288= 48×H
H= 288/48
W= 6 ft
Volume of shed2= 10×12×10
So V= 10×12×10
V= 1200 ft3

Page No. 646

Question 17.
Tina cut open a cube-shaped microwave box to see the net. How many square faces does this box have?
_______ square faces

Answer: The box has 6 square faces.

Question 18.
Charles is painting a treasure box in the shape of a rectangular prism.
Which nets can be used to represent Charles’ treasure box? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 81
b. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 82
c. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 83
d. Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume img 84

Answer: a and b can be used to represent Charle’s treasure box.

Question 19.
Julianna is lining the inside of a basket with fabric. The basket is in the shape of a rectangular prism that is 29 cm long, 19 cm wide, and 10 cm high. How much fabric is needed to line the inside of the basket if the basket does not have a top? Explain your strategy.
_______ cm2

Answer: 1511 cm2

Explanation: The surface area= 2(WL+HL+HW)
The surface area of the entire basket= 2(19×29)+2(10×29)+2(10×19)
= 2(551)+2(290)+2(190)
= 1102+580+380
= 2,062 cm2
The surface area of the top is 29×19= 551
So Julianna needs 2062-551= 1511 cm2

Conclusion

Click on the related links and begin your preparation. Make your preparation perfect by practicing the problems a number of times. We wish the info provided in the Go Math 6th Standard Answer Key Chapter 11 Surface Area and Volume is satisfactory for all of you. Keep in touch with us to get the latest updates regarding the HMH Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

go-math-grade-6-chapter-1-divide-multi-digit-numbers-answer-key

Students who are in search of the Answer Key of Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 1 Divide Multi Digit Numbers can get them on this page. Refer to our Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key  and solve the problems. We provide the step by step explanations for all the question by using the pictures here. By using Go Math 6th Grade Chapter, 1 Answer Key the scholars will not find any difficulty in solving the questions.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers 

In order to excel in exam we suggest the students of 6th standard to refer the Go Math Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers. The solutions in Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers are prepared by the math experts. You can understand the concepts in depth with the help of Go Math Grade 6 Solution Key.

Lesson 1: Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Lesson 2: Prime Factorization

Lesson 3: Least Common Multiple

Lesson 4: Greatest Common Factor

Lesson 5: Problem Solving • Apply the Greatest Common Factor

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Add and Subtract Decimals

Lesson 7: Multiply Decimals

Lesson 8: Divide Decimals by Whole Numbers

Lesson 9: Divide with Decimals

Chapter 1 Review/Test 

Page No. 7

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, as a fraction.

Question 3.
6,114 ÷ 63

Answer:  Quotient is 97 3/63= 97 1/21 and the remainder is 3

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 4.
11050 ÷ 26

Answer: Quotient is 425 and the remainder is 0.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, as a fraction.

Question 5.
3150 ÷ 9

Answer: Quotient is 350 and the remainder is 0.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 6.
2115 ÷ 72

Answer: Quotient is 29 27/72= 29 3/8 and the remainder is 27.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 7.
20835 ÷ 180

Answer: Quotient is 115 135/180= 115 3/4 and the remainder is 135

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 8.
Find the least whole number that can replace ? to make the statement true.
110 < ? ÷ 47

Answer: Least whole number is 5,171.

Explanation: 110×47= 5,170

Question 9.
Use Reasoning Name two whole numbers that can replace? to make both statements true.
2 × ? < 1800 ÷ 12                         ? > 3744 ÷ 52

Answer:

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 7 Q10

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 7 Q11

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 8

Use the table for 12-15.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 1

Question 12.
A Smooth Flight jet carried 6,045 passengers last week, and all of its flights were full. How many flights did the jet make last week?

Answer: 15 flights.

Explanation: As there are 403 seats in Smooth flight and 6,045 passengers are carried in last week, so no.of flights did the jet make in last week are 6045÷403= 15

Question 13.
Last month an airline made 6,322 reservations for flights from Newark, New Jersey, to Frankfurt, Germany. If there were 21 full flights and 64 reservations cancelled, which airplane made the flights?

Answer: Jet Set.

Explanation: Total reservations made by the airline are 6,322 and cancelled are 64, so completed reservations are 6,322-64= 6,258 and 21 flights are full so 6258÷21= 298 passengers in each flight and that airplane is Jet set

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 7 Q14

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 7 Q14.1

Question 15.
Pose a Problem Refer back to Problem 12. Use the information in the table to write a similar problem involving airplane passenger seats.

Answer:

Explanation:

Question 16.
For numbers, 16a – 16d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the equation is correct.
16a. 1,350 ÷ 5 = 270 O Yes O No
16b. 3,732 ÷ 4 = 933 O Yes O No
16c. 4,200 ÷ 35 = 12 O Yes O No
16d. 1,586 ÷ 13 = 122 O Yes O No

16a. Answer: Yes

Explanation: 1,350÷5= 270.

16b. Answer: Yes

Explanation: 3732÷4= 933

16c. Answer: No

Explanation: 4200÷35= 120

16d. Answer: Yes

Explanation: 1586÷13= 122.

Divide Multi-Digit Numbers – Page No. 9

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, with an r.

Question 1.
180)\(\overline { 20835 } \)

Answer: Quotient is 115 and remainder r135

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 2.
19)\(\overline { 800 } \)

Answer: Quotient is 42 and remainder r2

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 3.
68)\(\overline { 1025 } \)

Answer: Quotient is 15 and remainder r5

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, as a fraction.

Question 4.
20)\(\overline { 1683 } \)

Answer: Quotient is 84 and remainder r3.

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 5.
14124 ÷ 44

Answer: Quotient is 321 and remainder r0

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 6.
11629 ÷ 29

Answer: Quotient is 401 and remainder r0

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Find the least whole number that can replace ? to make the statement true.

Question 7.
? ÷ 7 > 800

Answer: The least whole number to makes the statement true is 5600

Explanation: 5600÷7> 800

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 9 Q8

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 9 Q9

Problem Solving

Question 10.
A plane flew a total of 2,220 miles. Its average speed was 555 miles per hour. How many hours did the plane fly?

Answer: 4 hours

Explanation: Total miles does a plane flew is 2,220 miles and average speed is 555 miles per hour. So total hours did plane fly are 2,220÷555= 4 hours

Question 11.
A van is carrying 486 pounds. There are 27 boxes in the van. What is the average weight of each box in the van?

Answer: 18 lbs

Explanation: No.of pounds did the van carry are 486 pounds and no.of boxes in a van are 27. So the average weight of each box is 486÷27= 18

Question 12.
Find 56,794 ÷ 338. Write the quotient twice, once with the remainder as a fraction and once with an r.

Answer: 56,794÷338= 168 10/338= 168 5/169, r=10.

Explanation: 56,794÷338= 168 10/338= 168 5/169 and reminder is 10

Lesson Check – Page No. 10

Question 1.
A caterer’s fee is based on the number of meals she provides. How much is the price per meal if the total fee is $1,088 for 64 meals?

Answer: $17.

Explanation: No.of meals are 64 and the total fee is $1,088. Therefore the price per meal is $1,088÷64= $17.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 10 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Hank bought 2.4 pounds of apples. Each pound cost $1.95. How much did Hank spend on the apples?

Answer: $4.68

Explanation: No.of pounds of apples Hank bought is 2.4 pounds and each pound cost is $ 1.95, so total Hank spend on apples is 2.4×$1.95= $4.68

Question 4.
Gavin bought 4 packages of cheese. Each package weighed 1.08 kilograms. How many kilograms of cheese did Gavin buy?

Answer: 4.32kg

Explanation: No.of cheese packages Gavin bought are 4 and each package weight is 1.08 kg. So total weight of cheese is 4×1.08= 4.32 kg

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 10 Q5

Question 6.
Layla used 0.482 gram of salt in her experiment. Maurice use 0.51 gram of salt. Who used the greater amount of salt?

Answer: Maurice as 0.51 is greater than 0.482.

Explanation: Salt used by Layla is 0.482 grams and salt used by Maurice is 0.51 grams, so the greatest amount of salt used is Maurice as 0.51 is greater than 0.482.

Find the prime factorization – Page No. 13

Question 3.
75

Answer: 5×5×3.

Explanation:     75
15         5
5×3       5
5×5×3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 13 Q4

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 13 Q5

On Your Own

Write the number whose prime factorization is given.

Question 6.
2 × 2 × 2 × 7

Answer: 56

Question 7.
2 × 2 × 5 × 5

Answer: 100

Question 8.
2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3

Answer: 144

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the prime factorization.

Question 9.
45

Answer: 5×3×3

Explanation:
45
5×9
5×3×3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 13 Q10

Question 11.
32

Answer: 2×2×2×2×2

Explanation:
32
2×16
2×2×8
2×2×2×4
2×2×2×2×2

Question 12.
76

Answer:  2×2×19

Explanation:
76
2×38
2×2×19

Question 13.
108

Answer: 2×2×3×3×3

Explanation:
108
2×54
2×2×27
2×2×3×9
2×2×3×3×3

Question 14.
126

Answer:  2×7×3×3

Explanation:
126
2×63
2×7×9
2×7×3×3

Question 15.
The area of a rectangle is the product of its length and width. A rectangular poster has an area of 260 square inches. The width of the poster is greater than 10 inches and is a prime number. What is the width of the poster?

Answer: Width is 13.

Explanation: Area of a rectangular poster is 260 square inches i.e width×length= 260 sq inches. And the width of the poster is greater than 10 inches and it is a prime number, so the width will be 13 as 13 is a prime number and also 260 is divisible by 13, and length is 13×length= 260 in which length is 260÷13= 20.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 13 Q16

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 14

Use the table for 17–19. Agent Sanchez must enter a code on a keypad to unlock the door to her office.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 2

Question 17.
In August, the digits of the code number are the prime factors of 150. What is the code number for the office door in August?

Answer: 2355.

Explanation: Prime Factors of 150 are 2×3×5×5, so code number for office door in August is 2355

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 14 Q18

Question 19.
One day in October, Agent Sanchez entered code 3477. How do you know that this code is incorrect and will not open the door?

Answer: 4 is not a prime number.

Explanation: The code 3477 is incorrect as the code contains only a prime number and 4 is not a prime number.

Question 20.
Use the numbers to complete the factor tree. You may use a number more than once.
2 3 6 9 18

Answer: 36= 2×2×3×3

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Prime Factorization – Page No. 15

Find the prime factorization.

Question 1.
44

Answer: 2×2×11

Explanation:
44
2×22
2×2×11

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 15 Q2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 15 Q3

Question 4.
204

Answer: 2×2×3×17

Explanation:
204
2×102
2×2×51
2×2×3×17

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 15 Q5

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 15 Q6

Problem Solving

Question 7.
A computer code is based on the prime factorization of 160. Find the prime factorization of 160.

Answer: 2×2×2×2×2×5

Explanation: Prime factors of 160 is 2×2×2×2×2×5

Question 8.
The combination for a lock is a 3-digit number. The digits are the prime factors of 42 listed from least to greatest. What is the combination for the lock?

Answer: 237.

Explanation: Prime factors of 42 is 2×3×7.

Question 9.
Describe two methods for finding the prime factorization of a number.

Answer:
1. Divison Method.
2. Factor Tree Method.

Explanation:
1. Division Method: In Division method first we will divide the number by smallest prime number, and repeat the process until the quotient became 1.
2. Factor Tree Method: In Factor Tree Method we will write a pair of factors as the branches of the tree and then we will factorize.

Lesson Check – Page No. 16

Question 1.
Maritza remembers her PIN because it is between 1,000 and 1,500 and it is the product of two consecutive prime numbers. What is her PIN?

Answer: Two consecutive prime numbers are 31 and 37 and PIN is 1147.

Explanation: As 31 and 37 are two consecutive prime numbers and their product is 1147 which is between 1,000 to 1,500.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 16 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Piano lessons cost $15. What expressions could be used to find the cost in dollars of 5 lessons?

Answer: $15×5= $75

Explanation: We will use multiplication to find the cost in dollars of 5 lessons.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 16 Q4

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 16 Q5

Question 6.
Juan is reading a 312-page book for school. He reads 12 pages each day. How long will it take him to finish the book?

Answer: 26 days.

Explanation: As Juan reads 12 pages each day and the book has 312 pages, so he will finish in 312÷12= 26 days

Find the LCM – Page No. 19

Question 2.
3, 5

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Multiples of 3: 3,6,9,12,15
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15.
LCM is 15

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 19 Q3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 19 Q4

On Your Own

Find the LCM.

Question 5.
5, 10

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10
Multiples of 10: 10
LCM is 10

Question 6.
3, 8

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Multiples of 3: 3,6,92,15,18,21,24
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24
LCM is 24

Question 7.
9, 12

Answer: 108

Explanation:
Multiples of 9: 9,18,27,36,45,54,63,72,81,90,99,108
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36,48,60,72,84,96,108
LCM is 108

Use Reasoning Algebra Write the unknown number for ?.

Question 8.
5, 8      LCM : ?
? =

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24,32,40
LCM is 40

Question 9.
?, 6      LCM : 42
? =

Answer: 7

Explanation: 6×7= 42

Question 10.
How can you tell when the LCM of two numbers will equal one of the numbers or equal the product of the numbers?

Answer: If the other number is 1 then the LCM of two numbers will equal one.

Question 11.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Mr. Haigwood is shopping for a school picnic. Veggie burgers come in packages of 15, and buns come in packages of 6. He wants to serve veggie burgers on buns and wants to have no items left over. Mr. Haigwood says that he will have to buy at least 90 of each item, since 6 × 15 = 90. Do you agree with his reasoning? Explain.

Answer: No. We must find the least number of burgers and buns, so we must find LCM of 15 and 6.

Explanation:
Multiples of 15: 15,30
Multiples of 6: 6,12,18,24,30
LCM is 30.

Question 12.
A deli has a special one -day event to celebrate its anniversary. On the day of the event, every eighth customer receives a free drink. Every twelfth customer receives a free sandwich. If 200 customers show up for the event, how many of the customers will receive both a free drink and a free sandwich?

Answer: 24,48,72,96,120,144,168,192 are the customers who get both free drink and free sandwich.

Explanation: To find how many customers have received both a free drink and a sandwich, first we have to find who got a free sandwich and a free drink separately, so
Multiples of 8 are 8,16,24,32,40,48,56,64,72,80,88,96,104,112,120,128, 136,144,152,160,168,176,184,192 and 200 and
Multiples of 12 are 12,24,36,48,60,72,84,96,108,120,132,144,156,168,180 and 192. So common customers are 24,48,72,96,120,144,168,192 are the customers who get both free drink and free sandwich.

Unlock The Problem – Page No. 20

Question 13.
Katie is making hair clips to sell at the craft fair. To make each hair clip, she uses 1 barrette and 1 precut ribbon. The barrettes are sold in packs of 12, and the precut ribbons are sold in packs of 9. How many packs of each item does she need to buy to make the least number of hair clips with no supplies left over?
a. What information are you given?

Answer: 3 packs of barrettes and 4 packs of precut ribbons.

Explanation: As barrettes are sold in packs of 12 and precut ribbons are sold in packs of 9, so we need to find the number of packs of each item does she need to make the least number of hair clips with no supplies left over. So the LCM of 12 and 9.
Multiples of 12 are: 12,24,36
Multiples of 9 are: 9,18,27,36
LCM is 36
So Katie needs 36 barrettes and ribbons to make the least number of hair clips with no supplies left over, and she needs 3 packs of barrettes and 4 packs of precut ribbons.

Question 13.
b. What problem are you being asked to solve?

Answer: To find the number of packs of each item does she need to make the least number of hair clips with no supplies left over

Question 13.
c. Show the steps you use to solve the problem.

Answer:
Multiples of 12 are: 12,24,36
Multiples of 9 are: 9,18,27,36
LCM is 36

Question 13.
d. Complete the sentences.
The least common multiple of 12 and 9 is _____ .
Katie can make _____ hair clips with no supplies left over.
To get 36 barrettes and 36 ribbons, she needs to buy _____ packs of barrettes and _____ packs of precut ribbons.

Answer: 36, 3, 4.

Explanation:
The least common multiple of 12 and 9 is 36.
Katie can make 36 hair clips with no supplies left over.
To get 36 barrettes and 36 ribbons, she needs to buy 3 packs of barrettes and 4 packs of precut ribbons.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 20 Q14

Question 15.
For numbers, 15a -15d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the LCM of the two numbers is 16.
15a. 2,8 O Yes O No
15b. 2,16 O Yes O No
15c. 4,8 O Yes O No
15d. 8,16 O Yes O No

15a. 2,8 O Yes O No

Answer: No

Explanation:
Multiples of 2 are 2,4,6,8
Multiples of 8 are 8
LCM is 8

15b. 2,16 O Yes O No

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Multiples of 2 are 2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16
Multiples of 16 are 16
LCM is 16

15c. 4,8 O Yes O No

Answer: No

Explanation:
Multiples of 4 are 4,8
Multiples of 8 are 8
LCM is 8

15d. 8,16 O Yes O No

Answer: 16

Explanation:
Multiples of 8 are 8,16
Multiples of 16 are 16
LCM is 16

Least Common Multiple – Page No. 21

Find the LCM.

Question 1.
2, 7

Answer: 14

Explanation:
Multiples of 2 are 2,4,6,8,10,12,14.
Multiples of 7 are 7,14.
LCM is 14.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 21 Q2

Question 3.
6, 9

Answer: 54

Explanation:
Multiples of 6 are 6,12,18,24,30,36,42,48,54
Multiples of 9 are 9,18,27,36,45,54
LCM is 54

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 21 Q4

Question 5.
5, 8, 4

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiples of 5 are 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40
Multiples of 8 are 8,16,24,32,40
Multiples of 4 are 4,8,12,16,20,24,28,32,36,40
LCM is 40

Question 6.
12, 8, 24

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Multiples of 12 are 12,24
Multiples of 8 are 8,16,24
Multiples of 24 are 24
LCM is 24

Write the unknown number for the?

Question 7.
3, ?        LCM : 21
? =

Answer: 7

Explanation: 3×7= 21

Question 8.
?, 7        LCM : 63
? =

Answer: 9

Explanation: 9×7=63

Question 9.
10, 5     LCM : ?
? =

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiples of 10 are 10
Multiples of 5 are 5,10
LCM is 10

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Juanita is making necklaces to give as presents. She plans to put 15 beads on each necklace. Beads are sold in packages of 20. What is the least number of packages she can buy to make necklaces and have no beads left over?

Answer: 3 packages.

Explanation:
Multiples of 15: 15,30,45,60
Multiples of 20: 20,40,60
LCM is 60
As beads are sold in packages of 20 Juanita needs 3 least number of packages to make necklaces with no beads leftover.

Question 11.
Pencils are sold in packages of 10, and erasers are sold in packages of 6. What is the least number of pencils and erasers you can buy so that there is one pencil for each eraser with none left over?

Answer: 30 pencils and 30 erasers are the least numbers we can buy without any leftover.

Explanation:
Multiples of 10: 10,20,30.
Multiples of 6: 6,12,18,24,30.
LCM is 30.
So 30 pencils and 30 erasers are the least numbers we can buy without any leftover.

Question 12.
Explain when you would use each method (finding multiples or prime factorization) for finding the LCM and why.

Answer: When the numbers are smaller we can use finding multiples and when the numbers are larger then we can use prime factorization.

Lesson Check – Page No. 22

Question 1.
Martha is buying hot dogs and buns for the class barbecue. The hot dogs come in packages of 10. The buns come in packages of 12. What is the least number she can buy of each so that she has exactly the same number of hot dogs and buns? How many packages of each should she buy?
_________ packages of hot dogs
_________ packages of buns

Answer: 6 packages of hot dogs and 5 packages of buns she can buy.

Explanation:
Multiples of 10: 10,20,30,40,50,60.
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36,48,60.
LCM is 60.
So 60 is the least number she can buy and 6 packages of hot dogs and 5 packages of buns she can buy.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 22 Q2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
John has 2,456 pennies in his coin collection. He has the same number of pennies in each of 3 boxes. Estimate to the nearest hundred the number of pennies in each box.

Answer: 800 pennies.

Explanation: Let’s round off 2,456 to 2400, as he has the same no. of pennies in each of 3 boxes, so in each box no.of pennies are 2400÷3= 800 pennies.

Question 4.
What is the distance around a triangle that has sides measuring 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) feet, 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet, and 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet?

Answer: 8 1/8 feet

Explanation: Distance around the triangle is 2 1/8+3 1/2+ 2 1/2= 8 1/8 feet

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 22 Q5

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 22 Q6

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 22 Q6.1

Share and Show – Page No. 25

Question 1.
List the factors of 12 and 20. Circle the GCF.
Factors of 12 : __________
Factors of 20 : __________

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 12: 1,2,3,4,6,12
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Common factors are 1,2,4
GCF is 4

Find the GCF.

Question 2.
16, 18

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Factors of 16: 1,2,4,8,16
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
Common factors are 1,2
GCF is 2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 25 Q3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 25 Q4

Question 5.
14, 35

Answer: 7

Explanation:
Factors of 14: 1,2,7,14
Factors of 35: 1,2,5,7,35
Common factors are 1,2,7
GCF is 7

Use the GCF and the Distributive Property to express the sum as a product.

Question 6.
21 + 28

Answer: 7×(3+4)

Explanation:
21+28= (7×3)+(7×4)
=7×(3+4)

Question 7.
15 + 27

Answer: 3×(5+9)

Explanation:
15+27= (3×5)+(3×9)
=3×(5+9)

Question 8.
40 + 15

Answer: 5×(8+3)

Explanation:
40+15= (5×8)+(5×3)
= 5×(8+3)

Question 9.
32 + 20

Answer: 4×(8+5)

Explanation:
32+20= (4×8)+(4×5)
= 4×(8+5)

On Your Own

Find the GCF.

Question 10.
8, 25

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Factors of 8: 1,2,4,8
Factors of 25: 1,5,25
Common factors are 1
GCF is 1

Question 11.
31, 32

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Factors of 31: 1,31
Factors of 32: 1,2,4,8,16,32
Common Factors are 1
GCF is 1

Question 12.
56, 64

Answer: 8

Explanation:
Factors of 56: 1,2,4,7,8,14,28,56
Factors of 64:  1,2,4,8,16,32,64
Common Factors are 1,2,4,8
GCF is 8

Question 13.
150, 275

Answer: 25

Explanation:
Factors of 150: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,25,30,50,75,150
Factors of 275: 1,5,11,25,55,275
Common Factors are 1,5,25.
GCF is 25.

Use the GCF and the Distributive Property to express the sum as a product.

Question 14.
24 + 30

Answer: 6×(4+5)

Explanation:
24+30= (6×4)+(6×5)
=6×(4+5)

Question 15.
49 + 14

Answer: 7×(7+2)

Explanation:
49+14= (7×7)+(7×2)
=7×(7+2)

Question 16.
63 + 81

Answer: 9×(7+9)

Explanation:
63+81= (9×7)+(9×9)
=9×(7+9)

Question 17.
60 + 12

Answer: 12×(5+1)

Explanation:
60+12= (12×5)+(12×1)
=12×(5+1)

Question 18.
Describe the difference between the LCM and the GCF of two numbers.

Answer: In LCM we will get the Least Common Multiples of two numbers, and in GCF we will get Greatest Common Factor.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 26

Use the table for 19-22. Teachers at the Scott School of Music teach only one instrument in each class. No students take classes for more than one instrument.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 3

Question 19.
Francisco teaches group lessons to all of the violin and viola students at the Scott School of Music. All of his classes have the same number of students. What is the greatest number of students he can have in each class?

Answer: 6

Explanation: No. of students for Viola instrument is 30 and 36 for Violin,
Factors of 30: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,30
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36
GCF is 6
So the greatest number of students he can have in each class is 6

Question 20.
Amanda teaches all of the bass and viola students. All her classes have the same number of students. Each class has the greatest possible number of students. How many of these classes does she teach?
__________ bass classes
__________ viola classes

Answer: 2 bass classes and 3 viola classes.

Explanation:
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Factors of 30: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,30
GCF is 10
As the greatest number of possible students in each class is 10, So Amanda teaches 2 bass classes and 3 viola classes.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 26 Q21

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 26 Q22

Question 23.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 4

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Factors of 6: 1,2,3,6
Factors of 12: 1,2,3,4,6
GCF is 6

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Greatest Common Factor – Page No. 27

List the common factors. Circle the greatest common factor. 

Question 1.
25 and 10

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Factors of 25: 1,5,25.
Factors of 10:  1,2,5,10
Common factors are 1,5
GCF is 5

Question 2.
36 and 90

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36
Factors of 90: 1,2,3,5,6,9,10,15,18,30,45,90
Common Factors are 1,2,3,6,9,18
GCF is 18

Question 3.
45 and 60

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Factors of 45: 1,3,5,9,15,45
Factors of 60: 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,12,15,20,30,60
Common Factors are 1,3,5,15
GCF is 15

Find the GCF.

Question 4.
14, 18

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Factors of 14: 1,2,7,14
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
Common Factors are 1,2
GCF is 2

Question 5.
6, 48

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Factors of 6: 1,2,3,6
Factors of 48: 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,24,48
Common Factors are 1,2,3,6
GCF is 6

Question 6.
16, 100

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 16: 1,2,4,8,16
Factors of 100: 1,2,4,5,10,20,25,50,100
Common Factors are 1,2,4
GCF is 4

Use the GCF and the Distributive Property to express the sum as a product.

Question 7.
20 + 35

Answer: 5×(4+7)

Explanation:
20+35= (5×4)+(5×7)
=5×(4+7)

Question 8.
18 + 27

Answer: 9×(2+3)

Explanation:
18+27= (9×2)+(9×3)
=9×(2+3)

Question 9.
64 + 40

Answer: 8×(8+5)

Explanation:
64+40= (8×8)+(8×5)
= 8×(8+5)

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Jerome is making prizes for a game at the school fair. He has two bags of different pins, one with 15 square pins and one with 20 round pins. Every prize will have one kind of pin. Each prize will have the same number of pins. What is the greatest number of pins Jerome can put in each prize?

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Factors of 15: 1,3,5,15
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Common factors are 1,5
So the greatest number of pins Jerome can put in each prize is 5

Question 11.
There are 24 sixth graders and 40 seventh graders. Mr. Chan wants to divide both grades into groups of equal size, with the greatest possible number of students in each group. How many students should be in each group?

Answer: 8.

Explanation:
Factors of 24: 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,24
Factors of 40: 1,2,4,5,8,10,20,40
Common Factors are 1,2,4,8
So the greatest possible number of students are 8
Question 12.
Write a short paragraph to explain how to use prime factorization and the Distributive Property to express the sum of two whole numbers as a product.

Answer:
Prime Factorization is the product of prime numbers

Lesson Check – Page No. 28

Question 1.
There are 15 boys and 10 girls in Miss Li’s class. She wants to group all the students so that each group has the same number of boys and the same number of girls. What is the greatest number of groups she can have?

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Factors of 15: 1,3,5,15
Factors of 10: 1,2,5,10
Common Factors are 1,5
The greatest number of groups she can have is 5.

Question 2.
A pet shop manager wants the same number of birds in each cage. He wants to use as few cages as possible, but can only have one type of bird in each cage. If he has 42 parakeets and 18 canaries, how many birds will he put in each cage?

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Factors of 42: 1,2,3,6,7,14,21,42
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
Common Factors are 1,2,3,6
GCF is 6
So he will put 6 birds in each cage.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 147 people attending a dinner party. If each table can seat 7 people, how many tables are needed for the dinner party?

Answer: 21 tables.

Explanation: Total no.of people attending a dinner party are 147 and 7 people can seat in each table, so 147÷7= 21 tables are needed for a dinner party.

Question 4.
Sammy has 3 pancakes. He cuts each one in half. How many pancake halves are there?

Answer: 6

Explanation: Sammy has 3 pancakes, as he cut each one into half so there are 3×2= 6 pancake halves.

Question 5.
The Cramer Company had a profit of $8,046,890 and the Coyle Company had a profit of $8,700,340 last year. Which company had the greater profit?

Answer: Coyle company

Explanation: Coyle company had a profit of $8,700,340 and Cramer Company had $8,046,890, So $8,700,340-$8,046,890= $653,450 Coyle company have greater profits.

Question 6.
There are 111 guests attending a party. There are 15 servers. Each server has the same number of guests to serve. Jess will serve any extra guests. How many guests will Jess be serving?

Answer: 6.

Explanation:
Total guests attending a party are 111 and no.of servers are 15, as each server has the same number of guests to serve so we will divide total guests by the number of servers 111÷15= 7.4 round off to 6. Therefore, no.of guests, will Jess be serving is 6.

Share and Show – Page No. 31

Question 1.
Toby is packaging 21 baseball cards and 12 football cards to sell at a swap meet. Each packet will have the same number of cards. Each packet will have cards for only one sport. What is the greatest number of cards he can place in each packet? How many packets will there be for each sport?

Answer: 7 packets of baseball cards and 4 packets of football cards and each packet contains 3 cards.

Explanation: The GCF of 21 and 12 are
Factors of 21: 1,3,7,21
Factors of 12: 1,2,3,4,6,12
GCF is 3
By Distributive property 21+12
= (3×7)+(3×4)
= 3×(7+4)
So there will be 7 packets of baseball cards and 4 packets of football cards and each packet contains 3 cards.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 31 Q2

Question 3.
Melissa bought 42 pine seedlings and 30 juniper seedlings to plant in rows on her tree farm. She wants each row to have the same number of seedlings. She wants only one type of seedling in each row. What is the greatest number of seedlings she can plant in each row? How many rows of each type of tree will there be?

Answer: 7 rows of pine seedlings and 5 rows of juniper seedlings with 6 seedlings in each row.

Explanation:
Factors of 42: 1,2,3,6,7,14,21,42
Factors of 30: 1,2,3,6,10,15,30
GCF is 6
By Distributive 42+30
=(6×7)+(6×5)
=6×(7+5)
So there will be 7 rows of pine seedlings and 5 rows of juniper seedlings with 6 seedlings in each row.

On Your Own – Page No. 32

Question 4.
Make Sense of Problems A drum and bugle marching band has 45 members who play bugles and 27 members who play drums. When they march, each row has the same number of players. Each row has only bugle players or only drummers. What is the greatest number of players there can be in each row? How many rows of each type of player can there be?

Answer: 9 people in each row, And there will be 5 rows of bugle players and 3 rows of drummers.

Explanation:
Factors of 45: 1,3,5,9,15,45
Factors of 27: 1,3,9,27
GCF is 9
So there will be 9 people in each row and by the distributive law 45+27
= (9×5)+(9×3)
= 9×(5+3)
And there will be 5 rows of bugle players and 3 rows of drummers.

Question 5.
The “color guard” of a drum and bugle band consists of members who march with flags, hoops, and other props. How would your answers to Exercise 4 change if there were 21 color guard members marching along with the bugle players and drummers?

Answer: 15 rows of bugle players, 9 rows of drummers, and 7 rows color guard members with 3 marchers in each row.

Explanation:
Factors of 21: 1,3,7,21
Factors of 45: 1,3,5,9,15,45
Factors of 27: 1,3,9,27
GCF is 3
So there would be 15 rows of bugle players, 9 rows of drummers, and 7 rows color guard members with 3 marchers in each row.

Question 6.
If you continue the pattern below so that you write all of the numbers in the pattern less than 500, how many even numbers will you write?
4, 9, 14, 19, 24, 29…

Answer: 50

Explanation: You can write 50 numbers.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 31 Q7

Problem Solving Apply the Greatest Common Factor – Page No. 33

Read the problem and solve.

Question 1.
Ashley is bagging 32 pumpkin muffins and 28 banana muffins for some friends. Each bag will hold only one type of muffin. Each bag will hold the same number of muffins. What is the greatest number of muffins she can put in each bag? How many bags of each type of muffin will there be?

Answer: 8 pumpkin muffins and 7 banana muffins with 4 greatest number of muffins in each bag.

Explanation:
Factors of 32: 1,2,4,8,16,32
Factors of 28: 1,2,4,7,14,28
GCF is 4
By distributive property 32+28
= (4×8)+(4×7)
=4×(8+7)
So there will be 8 pumpkin muffins and 7 banana muffins with 4 greatest number of muffins in each bag.

Question 2.
Patricia is separating 16 soccer cards and 22 baseball cards into groups. Each group will have the same number of cards, and each group will have only one kind of sports card. What is the greatest number of cards she can put in each group? How many groups of each type will there be?

Answer: Patricia has 8 soccer cards and 11 baseball cards and 2 groups each.

Explanation:
Factors of 16: 1,2,4,8,16
Factors of 22: 1,2,11,22
GCF is 2
By distributive property 16+22
= (2×8)+(2×11)
=2×(8+11)
Patricia has 8 soccer cards and 11 baseball cards and 2 groups each.

Question 3.
Bryan is setting chairs in rows for a graduation ceremony. He has 50 black chairs and 60 white chairs. Each row will have the same number of chairs, and each row will have the same color chair. What is the greatest number of chairs that he can fit in each row? How many rows of each color chair will there be?

Answer: 10 chairs per row and 5 black chairs and 6 white chairs.

Explanation:
By distributive law 50+60
= (10×5)+(10×60)
= 10×(5+6)
So there will 10 chairs per row and 5 black chairs and 6 white chairs.

Question 4.
A store clerk is bagging spices. He has 18 teaspoons of cinnamon and 30 teaspoons of nutmeg. Each bag needs to contain the same number of teaspoons, and each bag can contain only one spice. What is the maximum number of teaspoons of spice the clerk can put in each bag? How many bags of each spice will there be?

Answer: 6 no. of teaspoons of spices and 3 teaspoons of cinnamon 5 teaspoons of nutmeg.

Explanation:
By distributive property (18+30)
= (6×3)+(6×5)
= 6×(3+5)
So there will be 6 no. of teaspoons of spices and 3 teaspoons of cinnamon 5 teaspoons of nutmeg.

Question 5.
Write a problem in which you need to put as many of two different types of objects as possible into equal groups. Then use the GCF, Distributive Property, and a diagram to solve your problem

Answer: Jack has a bag full of 20 red apples and 32 green apples. Each bag needs to contain same number of apples and each bag can contain only one type of apple. What is the maximum number of apples can Jack put in each bag? How many bags of each apple will be there?

Explanation: By distributive property (20+32)
= (4×5)+(4×8)
= 4×(5+8)
So there will be 4 bags and in that 5 red apples and 8 green apples.

Lesson Check – Page No. 34

Question 1.
Fred has 36 strawberries and 42 blueberries. He wants to use them to garnish desserts so that each dessert has the same number of berries, but only one type of berry. He wants as much fruit as possible on each dessert. How many berries will he put on each dessert? How many desserts with each type of fruit will he have?

Answer: 6 berries on each dessert and 6 strawberries and 7 blueberries in each type of fruit.

Explanation:
By distributive property 36+42
= (6×6)+(6×7)
= 6×(6+7)
So he put 6 berries on each dessert and 6 strawberries and 7 blueberries in each type of fruit.

Question 2.
Dolores is arranging coffee mugs on shelves in her shop. She wants each shelf to have the same number of mugs. She only wants one color of mug on each shelf. If she has 49 blue mugs and 56 red mugs, what is the greatest number she can put on each shelf? How many shelves does she need for each color?
__________ shelves for blue mugs
__________ shelves for red mugs

Answer: 7 blue mugs and 8 red mugs.

Explanation:
By distributive property 49+56
= (7×7)+(7×8)
= 7×(7+8)
So the greatest number she can put on each shelf is 7, 7 blue mugs and 8 red mugs.

Spiral Review

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 34 Q3

Question 4.
Lowell bought 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds of apples and 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) pounds of oranges. How many pounds of fruit did Lowell buy?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 17/20 pounds

Explanation: Lowell bought 4 1/4 pounds of apples and 3 3/5 pounds of oranges, so total pounds of fruits Lowell bought is 4 1/4+ 3 3/5=
= 17/4+ 18/5
= 157/20
= 7 17/20 pounds

Question 5.
How much heavier is a 9 \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound box than a 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) pound box?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 7/4 much heavier.

Explanation: 9 1/8 – 2 5/6
= 73/8 – 17/6
= 151/24
= 6 7/4

Question 6.
The combination of Clay’s locker is the prime factors of 102 in order from least to greatest. What is the combination of Clay’s locker?

Answer: 2317.

Explanation:
Prime Factors of 102 are 2,3,17, so the combination of Clay’s locker is 2317

Vocabulary – Page No. 35

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 5

Question 1.
The _____ of two numbers is greater than or equal to the numbers.

Answer: LCM

Question 2.
The _____ of two numbers is less than or equal to the numbers.

Answer: Greatest Common

Concepts and Skills

Estimate. Then find the quotient. Write the remainder, if any, with an r.

Question 3.
2,800 ÷ 25

Answer: Quotient is 112 and remainder is 0

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 4.
19,129 ÷ 37

Answer: Quotient is 517 and remainder is 0

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 5.
32,111 ÷ 181

Answer: Quotient is 177 and the remainder is 74

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Find the prime factorization.

Question 6.
44

Answer: 2×2×11

Explanation:
44= 4×11
2×2×11

Question 7.
36

Answer: 2×2×3×3

Explanation:
36= 2×18
=2×2×9
=2×2×3×3

Question 8.
90

Answer: 3×3×5×2

Explanation:
90= 9×10
=3×3×10
=3×3×5×2

Find the LCM.

Question 9.
8, 10

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24,32,40
Multiples of 10: 10,20,30,40
LCM is 40

Question 10.
4, 14

Answer: 28

Explanation:
Multiples of 4:  4,8,12,16,20,24,28
Multiples of 14: 14,28
LCM is 28

Question 11.
6, 9

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Multiples of 6: 6,12,18
Multiples of 9: 9,18
LCM is 18

Find the GCF.

Question 12.
16, 20

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 16: 1,2,4,8,16
Factors of 20: 1,2,4,5,10,20
Common Factors are 1,2,4
GCF is 4

Question 13.
8, 52

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Factors of 8: 1,2,4,8
Factors of 52: 1,2,4,13,26,52
Common Factors are 1,2,4
GCF is 4

Question 14.
36, 54

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36
Factors of 54:  1,2,3,6,9,18,27,54
Common Factors are 1,2,3,6,9,18
GCF is 18

Page No. 36

Question 15.
A zookeeper divided 2,440 pounds of food equally among 8 elephants. How many pounds of food did each elephant receive?

Answer: 305 Pounds.

Explanation: Zookeeper divides 2,440 pounds of food equally among 8 elephants, so no. of pounds is
2,440÷8= 305 pounds.

Question 16.
DVD cases are sold in packages of 20. Padded mailing envelopes are sold in packets of 12. What is the least number of cases and envelopes you could buy so that there is one case for each envelope with none left over?

Answer: 60

Explanation:
Multiples of 20: 20,40,60
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36,48,60
LCM is 60
So the Least number of cases and envelopes without any leftover is 60.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 36 Q17

Question 18.
Susan is buying supplies for a party. If spoons only come in bags of 8 and forks only come in bags of 6, what is the least number of spoons and the least number of forks she can buy so that she has the same number of each?

Answer: So least no. of forks and spoons are 24.

Explanation:
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24
Multiples of 6: 6,2,18,24
LCM is 24
So least no. of forks and spoons are 24.

Question 19.
Tina is placing 30 roses and 42 tulips in vases for table decorations in her restaurant. Each vase will hold the same number of flowers. Each vase will have only one type of flower. What is the greatest number of flowers she can place in each vase? If Tina has 24 tables in her restaurant, how many flowers can she place in each vase?

Answer: Maximum flowers in a vase is 3.

Explanation: Tina is placing 30 roses and 42 tulips, so total flowers are 30+42= 72 flowers. The total number of tables are 24, as each vase hold same no. of flowers, Let the no. of flowers in each vase be X, so total no.of flowers to be decorate 24X,
24X = 72
X= 3.
So maximum flowers in a vase is 3.

Share and Show – Page No. 39

Question 1.
Find 3.42 − 1.9.

Answer: 1.52

Explanation: 3.42 − 1.9= 1.52.

Estimate. Then find the sum or difference.

Question 2.
2.3 + 5.68 + 21.047

Answer: 29.027

Explanation: 2.3 + 5.68 + 21.047= 29.027

Question 3.
33.25 − 21.463

Answer: 11.787

Explanation: 33.25 − 21.463= 11.787

Question 4.
Evaluate (8.54 + 3.46) − 6.749.

Answer: 5.251

Explanation:
(8.54 + 3.46) − 6.749= (12)-6.749
= 5.251

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the sum or difference.

Question 5.
57.08 + 34.71

Answer: 91.79

Explanation:
57.08 + 34.71= 91.79

Question 6.
20.11 − 13.27

Answer: 33.38

Explanation:
20.11−13.27= 33.38

Question 7.
62 − 9.817

Answer: 52.183

Explanation:
62 − 9.817= 52.183

Question 8.
35.1 + 4.89

Answer: 39.99

Explanation:
35.1 + 4.89= 39.99

Practice: Copy and Solve Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 9.
8.01 − (2.2 + 4.67)

Answer: 1.14

Explanation:
8.01 − (2.2 + 4.67)
= 8.01-(6.87)
= 1.14

Question 10.
54 + (9.2 − 1.413)

Answer: 61.787

Explanation: 54 + (9.2 − 1.413)
= 54+(7.787)
=61.787

Question 11.
21.3 − (19.1 − 3.22)

Answer: 5.42

Explanation: 21.3 − (19.1 − 3.22)
= 21.3-(15.88)
=5.42

Question 12.
Make Arguments A student evaluated 19.1 + (4.32 + 6.9) and got 69.2. How can you use estimation to convince the student that this answer is not reasonable?

Answer: The answer is not reasonable, because 19.1+4.32+6.9= 30.32

Explanation: 19.1 + (4.32 + 6.9)
= 19.1+(11.22)
= 30.32

Question 13.
Lynn paid $4.75 for cereal, $8.96 for chicken, and $3.25 for soup. Show how she can use properties and compatible numbers to evaluate (4.75 + 8.96) + 3.25 to find the total cost.

Answer: 16.96

Explanation: Total cost is (4.75 + 8.96) + 3.25
= (13.71)+3.25
= 16.96

Page No. 40

Question 14.
For numbers 14a–14d, select True or False for each equation.
14a. 3.76 + 2.7 = 6.46 True False
14b. 4.14 + 1.8 = 4.32 True False
14c. 2.01 – 1.33 = 0.68 True False
14d. 51 – 49.2 = 1.8 True False

14a. 3.76 + 2.7 = 6.46

Answer: True

Explanation: 3.76 + 2.7 = 6.46

14b. 4.14 + 1.8 = 4.32

Answer: False

Explanation: 4.14 + 1.8 = 5.94

14c. 2.01 – 1.33 = 0.68

Answer: True

Explanation: 2.01 – 1.33 = 0.68

14d. 51 – 49.2 = 1.8

Answer: True

Explanation: 51 – 49.2 = 1.8

Comparing Eggs

Different types of birds lay eggs of different sizes. Small birds lay eggs that are smaller than those that are laid by larger birds. The table shows the average lengths and widths of five different birds’ eggs.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 6

Use the table for 15–17.

Question 15.
What is the difference in average length between the longest egg and the shortest egg?

Answer: 0.073

Explanation: The length of the longest egg is 0.086 and the shortest egg is 0.013, so the difference is
0.086-0.013= 0.073

Question 16.
Which egg has a width that is eight thousandths of a meter shorter than its length?

Answer: Turtledove

Explanation: The length of the turtledove egg is 0.031 and the width is 0.023, so 0.031-0.023= 0.08m shorter than length.

Question 17.
How many robin eggs, laid end to end, would be about equal in length to two raven eggs? Justify your answer

Answer: 5 robin eggs should be laid.

Explanation: The length of Two raven eggs is 0.049+0.049=0.098, so 5 robin eggs should be laid.

Add and Subtract Decimals – Page No. 41

Estimate. Then find the sum or difference.

Question 1.
43.53 + 27.67

Answer: 71.2

Explanation: 43.53 + 27.67=71.2

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 41 Q2

Question 3.
3.49 − 2.75

Answer: 0.74

Explanation:
3.49-2.75= 0.74

Question 4.
5.07 − 2.148

Answer: 2.922

Explanation:
5.07-2.148= 2.922

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 41 Q5

Question 6.
41.98 + 13.5 + 27.338

Answer: 82.818

Explanation: 41.98 + 13.5 + 27.338
= 41.98+ 40.838

Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 7.
8.4 + (13.1 − 0.6)

Answer: 20.9

Explanation: 8.4 + (13.1 − 0.6)
= 8.4+(12.5)
= 20.9

Question 8.
34.7 − (12.07 + 4.9)

Answer: 17.73

Explanation: 34.7 − (12.07 + 4.9)
= 34.7-(16.97)
= 17.73

Question 9.
(32.45 − 4.8) − 2.06

Answer: 25.59

Explanation: (32.45 − 4.8) − 2.06
= 27.65- 2.06
= 25.59

Problem Solving

Question 10.
The average annual rainfall in Clearview is 38 inches. This year, 29.777 inches fell. How much less rain fell this year than falls in an average year?

Answer: 8.23

Explanation: Average annual rainfall in last year is 38 inches and this year is 29.777 inches, so 38-29.77= 8.23 inches less rainfall

Question 11.
At the theater, the Worth family spent $18.00 on adult tickets, $16.50 on children’s tickets, and $11.75 on refreshments. How much did they spend in all?

Answer: $46.25

Explanation: As the family spent $18.00 on adult tickets, $16.50 on children’s tickets, and $11.75 on refreshments,
So the total spent by the family is $18.00+$16.50+$11.75= $46.25

Question 12.
Write a word problem that involves adding or subtracting decimals. Include the solution.

Answer: Mark and Jack went to the park and cost of ticket is $6.50. Mark has $20. How much remaining did mark has left?

Explanation: As MArk and jack went to the park where ticket price is $6.50, so for both it will be
$6.50+$6.50= $13.00. As Mark has $20, remaining amount left with Mark is $20-$13= $7

Lesson Check – Page No. 42

Question 1.
Alden fills his backpack with 0.45 kg of apples, 0.18 kg of cheese, and a water bottle that weighs 1.4 kg. How heavy are the contents of his backpack?

Answer: 2.03kg

Explanation: The total weight of a backpack is 0.45+0.18+1.4= 2.03kg

Question 2.
Gabby plans to hike 6.3 kilometers to see a waterfall. She stops to rest after hiking 4.75 kilometers. How far does she have left to hike?

Answer: 1.55kms

Explanation: Gobby hikes 6.3kms and stops at 4.75kms, so she left at 6.3-4.75= 1.55kms
Spiral Review

Question 3.
A 6-car monorail train can carry 78 people. If one train makes 99 trips during the day, what is the greatest number of people the train can carry in one day?

Answer: 7,722.

Explanation: The greatest number of people the train can carry in one day is 78×99= 7,722.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 42 Q4

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 42 Q5

Question 6.
Cups come in packages of 12 and lids come in packages of 15. What is the least number of cups and lids that Corrine can buy if she wants to have the same number of cups and lids?

Answer: 60 cups and 60 lids.

Explanation:
Multiples of 12: 12,24,36,48,60
Multiples of 15: 15,30,45,60
LCM is 60
So the least number of cups and lids she can buy is 60 cups and 60 lids.

Share and Show – Page No. 45

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
12.42 × 28.6

Answer: 355.212

Explanation: 12.42 × 28.6
= 355.212

Question 2.
32.5 × 7.4

Answer: 240.5

Explanation: 32.5 × 7.4
=240.5

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 3.
0.24 × (7.3 + 2.1)

Answer: 2.256

Explanation: 0.24 × (7.3 + 2.1)
= 0.24×9.4
= 2.256

Question 4.
0.075 × (9.2 − 0.8)

Answer: 0.63

Explanation: 0.075 × (9.2 − 0.8)
= 0.075×(8.4)
= 0.63

Question 5.
2.83 + (0.3 × 2.16)

Answer: 3.478

Explanation: 2.83 + (0.3 × 2.16)
= 2.83+0.648
= 3.478

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 6.
29.14 × 5.2

Answer: 151.528

Explanation: 29.14 × 5.2

= 151.528

Question 7.
6.95 × 12

Answer: 83.4

Explanation: 6.95 × 12
= 83.4

Question 8.
0.055 × 1.82

Answer: 0.1001

Explanation: 0.055 × 1.82
= 0.1001

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 9.
(3.62 × 2.1) − 0.749

Answer: 6.853

Explanation: (3.62 × 2.1) − 0.749
= 7.602- 0.749
= 6.853

Question 10.
5.8 − (0.25 × 1.5)

Answer: 5.425

Explanation: 5.8 − (0.25 × 1.5)
= 5.8- (0.375)
= 5.425

Question 11.
(0.83 + 1.27) × 6.4

Answer: 13.44

Explanation: (0.83 + 1.27) × 6.4
= (2.1)×6.4
= 13.44

Question 12.
Jamal is buying ingredients to make a large batch of granola to sell at a school fair. He buys 3.2 pounds of walnuts for $4.40 per pound and 2.4 pounds of cashews for $6.25 per pound. How much change will he receive if he pays with two $20 bills?

Answer: $40-$29.08= $10.92.

Explanation: Jamal bought 3.2 pounds of walnuts for $4.40 per pound, so for 3.2 pounds it will be 3.2×4.40= 14.08,
and 2.4 pounds of cashew for $6.25 per pound, so for 2.4 pounds it will be 2.4×6.25= 15. Total Jamal spend is 14.08+15= 29.08. As he have two $20 so he will receive $40-$29.08= $10.92.

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 46

The table shows some currency exchange rates for 2009.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 7

Question 13.
When Cameron went to Canada in 2007, he exchanged 40 U.S. dollars for 46.52 Canadian dollars. If Cameron exchanged 40 U.S. dollars in 2009, did he receive more or less than he received in 2007? How much more or less?
a. What do you need to find?

Answer: We need how much or less 40 US dollars are worth in Canadian dollars in 2009 compared to 2007.

Question 13.
b. How will you use the table to solve the problem?

Answer: The table provides exchange rates for 2009, will multiply to find the value of 40 US dollars in Canadian dollars in 2009.

Question 13.
c. Complete the sentences.
40 U.S. dollars were worth _____ Canadian dollars in 2009.
So, Cameron would receive _____ Canadian dollars in 2009.

Answer: 42.08 Canadian dollars in 2009
4.44 Canadian dollars in 2009

Explanation: In 2009 1 US dollar is 1.052, so 40 US dollars is 40×1.052= 42.08 and in 2007 Cameron received 46.52, so in 2009 Cameron would receive 46.52-42.08= 4.44 Canadian dollars in 2009.

Question 14.
At a convenience store, the Jensen family puts 12.4 gallons of gasoline in their van at a cost of $3.80 per gallon. They also buy 4 water bottles for $1.99 each, and 2 snacks for $1.55 each. Complete the table to find the cost for each item.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 8
Mrs. Jensen says the total cost for everything before tax is $56.66. Do you agree with her? Explain why or why not.

Answer: No, the answer is not reasonable.

Explanation: As the total cost is 58.18
12.4×3.80= 47.12
4×1.99= 7.96
2×1.55= 3.1
So 47.12+7.96+3.1= $58.18

Multiply Decimals – Page No. 47

Estimate. Then find the product.

Question 1.
5.69 × 7.8

Answer: 44.382

Explanation: 5.69 × 7.8
= 44.382

Question 2.
3.92 × 0.051

Answer: 0.19992

Explanation: 3.92 × 0.051
= 0.19992

Question 3.
2.365 × 12.4

Answer: 29.326

Explanation: 2.365 × 12.4
= 29.326

Question 4.
305.08 × 1.5

Answer: 457.62

Explanation: 305.08 × 1.5
= 457.62

Evaluate the expression using the order of operations.

Question 5.
(61.8 × 1.7) + 9.5

Answer: 114.56

Explanation: (61.8 × 1.7) + 9.5
= 105.06+ 9.5
= 114.56

Question 6.
205 − (35.80 × 5.6)

Answer: 4.52

Explanation: 205 − (35.80 × 5.6)
= 205- 200.48
= 4.52

Question 7.
1.9 × (10.6 − 2.17)

Answer: 16.017

Explanation: 1.9 × (10.6 − 2.17)
= 1.9×( 8.43)
= 16.017

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Blaine exchanges $100 for yen before going to Japan. If each U.S. dollar is worth 88.353 yen, how many yen should Blaine receive?

Answer: 8835.3 yen

Explanation: As 1 US dollar is 88.353 yen, so when Blaine exchanges $100 to yen it will be $100×88.353=8835.3 yen

Question 9.
A camera costs 115 Canadian dollars. If each Canadian dollar is worth 0.952 U.S. dollars, how much will the camera cost in U.S. dollars?

Answer: 109.48.

Explanation: As 1 Canadian dollar is 0.952 US dollars, so camers cost is 115×0.952= 109.48.

Question 10.
Explain how to mentally multiply a decimal number by 100.

Answer: Move the decimal point two places right.

Lesson Check – Page No. 48

Question 1.
A gallon of water at room temperature weighs about 8.35 pounds. Lena puts 4.5 gallons in a bucket. How much does the water weigh?

Answer: 37.575

Explanation: As 1 gallon= 8.35 pounds, Lena put 4.5 gallons in a bucket. So water weight is 4.5×8.35= 37.575

Question 2.
Shawn’s rectangular mobile home is 7.2 meters wide and 19.5 meters long. What is its area?

Answer: 140.4

Explanation: Area= Length×wide, so 7.2×19.5= 140.4

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Last week, a store sold laptops worth a total of $3,885. Each laptop cost $555. How many laptops did the store sell last week?

Answer: 7 Laptops.

Explanation: Total Laptops sold is $3885 and each laptop cost is $555, so 3885÷555= 7 laptops were sold by the store.

Question 4.
Kyle drives his truck 429 miles on 33 gallons of gas. How many miles can Kyle drive on 1 gallon of gas?

Answer: 13 miles.

Explanation: As Kyle drives 429 miles on 33 gallons gas, so 429÷33= 13 miles he can drive on 1 gallon of gas.

Question 5.
Seven busloads each carrying 35 students arrived at the game, joining 23 students who were already there. Evaluate the expression 23 + (7 × 35) to find the total number of students at the game.

Answer: 268 students.

Explanation: 23+(7×35)
=23+(245)
=268.
Total students are 268.

Question 6.
A store is giving away a $10 coupon to every 7th person to enter the store and a $25 coupon to every 18th person to enter the store. Which person will be the first to get both coupons?

Answer: 126th person will get both coupons.

Explanation: LCM of 7 and 18 is 18×7= 126. So 126th person will get both coupons.

Estimate. Then find the quotient – Page No. 51

Question 2.
7)\(\overline { $17.15 } \)

Answer: 2.45

Explanation: $17.15÷7= 2.45

Question 3.
4)\(\overline { 1.068 } \)

Answer: 0.267

Explanation: 1.068÷4= 0.267

Question 4.
12)\(\overline { 60.84 } \)

Answer: 5.07

Explanation: 60.84÷12= 5.07

Question 5.
18.042 ÷ 6

Answer: 3.007

Explanation: 18.042÷6= 3.007

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 6.
$21.24 ÷ 6

Answer: 3.54

Explanation: $21.24 ÷ 6= 3.54

Question 7.
28.63 ÷ 7

Answer: 4.09

Explanation: 28.63 ÷ 7= 4.09

Question 8.
1.505 ÷ 35

Answer: 0.043

Explanation: 1.505 ÷ 35= 0.043

Question 9.
0.108 ÷ 18

Answer: 0.006

Explanation: 0.108 ÷ 18= 0.006

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 10.
(3.11 + 4.0) ÷ 9

Answer: 0.79

Explanation: (3.11 + 4.0) ÷ 9
= (7.11)+9
= 0.79

Question 11.
(6.18 − 1.32) ÷ 3

Answer: 1.62

Explanation: (6.18 − 1.32) ÷ 3
= (4.86)÷3
= 1.62

Question 12.
(18 − 5.76) ÷ 6

Answer: 2.04

Explanation: (18 − 5.76) ÷ 6
= (12.24)÷6
= 2.04

Question 13.
Use Appropriate Tools Find the length of a dollar bill to the nearest tenth of a centimeter. Then show how to use division to find the length of the bill when it is folded in half along the portrait of George Washington

Answer: 3.07 inches or 7.8 centimeter.

Explanation: As the length of a dollar bill to the nearest tenth of a centimeter is 15.6 cm, and length of the bill when it is folded in half along the portrait of George Washington is 3.07 inches or 7.8 centimeter.

Question 14.
Emilio bought 5.65 pounds of green grapes and 3.07 pounds of red grapes. He divided the grapes equally into 16 bags. If each bag of grapes has the same weight, how much does each bag weigh?

Answer: 0.545 pounds.

Explanation: Total weight of grapes is 5.65+3.07= 8.72 pounds, so each bag weight is 8.72÷16= 0.545 pounds.

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 52

Pose a Problem

Question 15.
This table shows the average height in inches for girls and boys at ages 8, 10, 12, and 14 years. To find the average growth per year for girls from age 8 to age 12, Emma knew she had to find the amount of growth between age 8 and age 12, then divide that number by the number of years between age 8 and age 12.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 9
Emma used this expression: (60.50−50.75)÷4
She evaluated the expression using the order of operations.
Write the expression. (60.50−50.75)÷4
Perform operations in parentheses. 9.75÷4
Divide. 2.4375
So, the average annual growth for girls ages 8 to 12 is 2.4375 inches. Write a new problem using the information in the table for the average height for boys. Use division in your problem.

Answer: Find the average growth per year for girls 8 to 14.

Explanation: As (62.50-50.75)÷6
= (11.75)÷6
= 1.96
So the average annual growth for girls age 8 to age 14 is 1.96 inches.

Question 16.
The table shows the number of books each of three friends bought and the cost. On average, which friend spent the most per book? Use numbers and words to explain your answer
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 10

Answer: Nabil spent the most per book.

Explanation:
Joyce purchased 1 book which costs $10.95
Nabil purchased 2 books which costs $40.50, so 1 book cost is 40.50÷2= $20.26
Kenneth purchased 3 books for $51.15 , so 1 book cost is 51.15÷3= $17.05
So, Nabil spent the most per book.

Divide Decimals by Whole Numbers – Page No. 53

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 1.
1.284 ÷ 12

Answer: 0.107

Explanation: 1.284÷12= 0.107

Question 2.
9)\(\overline { 2.43 } \)

Answer: 0.27

Explanation: 2.43÷9 = 0.27

Question 3.
25.65 ÷ 15

Answer: 1.71

Explanation: 25.65÷15= 1.71

Question 4.
12)\(\overline { 2.436 } \)

Answer: 0.203

Explanation: 2.436÷12 = 0.203

Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 5.
(8 − 2.96) ÷ 3

Answer: 1.68

Explanation: (8 − 2.96) ÷ 3
= (5.04)÷3
= 1.68

Question 6.
(7.772 − 2.38) ÷ 8

Answer: 0.674

Explanation: (7.772 − 2.38) ÷ 8
= (5.392)÷8
= 0.674

Question 7.
(53.2 + 35.7) ÷ 7

Answer: 12.7

Explanation: (53.2 + 35.7) ÷ 7
= (88.9)÷7
= 12.7

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Jake earned $10.44 interest on his savings account for an 18-month period. What was the average amount of interest Jake earned on his savings account per month?

Answer: $0.58.

Explanation: Jake earned $10.44 interest on his savings account for an 18 month period, so average amount interest is 10.44÷18= $0.58.

Question 9.
Gloria worked for 6 hours a day for 2 days at the bank and earned $114.24. How much did she earn per hour?

Answer: $9.52.

Explanation: As gloria worked for 6 hours for 2 days, so total hours is 6×2= 12 hours earned $114.24. So per hour she earns $114.24÷12= $9.52.

Question 10.
Explain the importance of correctly placing the decimal point in the quotient of a division problem.

Answer: If you don’t have the decimals in right spot your answer could be differ.

Lesson Check – Page No. 54

Estimate each quotient. Then find the exact quotient for each question.

Question 1.
Ron divided 67.6 fluid ounces of orange juice evenly among 16 glasses. How much did he pour into each glass?

Answer: 4.225 ounces.

Explanation: As there are 16 glasses, he pours into each glass 67.6÷16= 4.225 ounces.

Question 2.
The cost of a $12.95 pizza was shared evenly by 5 friends. How much did each person pay?

Answer: $2.59.

Explanation: The cost of pizza is $12.95 which was shared by 5 friends, so each person pays $12.95÷5= $2.59

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the value of the digit 6 in 968,743,220?

Answer: 60 Lakhs.

Explanation: The place value of 6 is 60,00,000.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 54 Q4

Question 5.
Ray paid $812 to rent music equipment that costs $28 per hour. How many hours did he have the equipment?

Answer: 29 hours.

Explanation: As Ray paid $812 which costs $28 per hour, so no.of hours did he have the equipment is
$812÷$28= 29 hours.

Question 6.
Jan has 35 teaspoons of chocolate cocoa mix and 45 teaspoons of french vanilla cocoa mix. She wants to put the same amount of mix into each jar, and she only wants one flavor of mix in each jar. She wants to fill as many jars as possible. How many jars of french vanilla cocoa mix will Jan fill?

Answer: 9 jars.

Explanation: By distributive property (35+45)
= (5×7)+(5×9)
= 5(7+9)
So she will fill 9 jars.

Share and Show – Page No. 57

Question 1.
Find the quotient.
14.8)\(\overline { 99.456 } \)

Answer: 6.72

Explanation: 99.456÷14.8= 6.72

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 2.
$10.80 ÷ $1.35

Answer: 8

Explanation:
$10.80 ÷ $1.35
= 8

Question 3.
26.4 ÷ 1.76

Answer: 15.113

Explanation:
26.4 ÷ 1.76
= 15.113

Question 4.
8.7)\(\overline { 53.07 } \)

Answer: 6.1

Explanation: 53.07÷8.7= 6.1

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 5.
75 ÷ 12.5

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Question 6.
544.6 ÷ 1.75

Answer: 311.2

Explanation:

Question 7.
0.78)\(\overline { 0.234 } \)

Answer: 0.3.

Explanation: 0.234÷0.78= 0.3.

Attend to Precision Algebra Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 8.
36.4 + (9.2 − 4.9 ÷ 7)

Answer: 44.9

Explanation: By BODMAS rule
36.4+(9.2−4.9÷ 7)
= 36.4+(9.2−(4.9÷7))
= 36.4+(9.2-(0.7))
= 36.4+(8.5)
= 44.9

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 57 Q9

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 57 Q10

Question 11.
Marcus can buy 0.3 pound of sliced meat from a deli for $3.15. How much will 0.7 pound of sliced meat cost?

Answer: $7.35

Explanation: As 0.3 pound of sliced meat is $3.15, so cost of 1 pound of sliced meat is 3.15÷0.3= $10.5. And for 0.7 pound of sliced meat cost is 10.5×0.7= $7.35

Page No. 58

Question 12.
The table shows the earnings and the number of hours worked for three employees. Complete the table by finding the missing values. Which employee earned the least per hour? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 11

Answer: Employee 2 has earned least per hour.

Explanation:
1. No. of hours worked is 34.02÷ 9.72= 3.5 hours.
2. Earnings per hour is 42.75÷4.5= $9.5
3. No.of hours worked is 52.65÷9.75= 5.4 hours
Employee 2 has earned least per hour.

Amoebas

Amoebas are tiny one-celled organisms. Amoebas can range in size from 0.01 mm to 5 mm in length. You can study amoebas by using a microscope or by studying photographic enlargements of them.

Jacob has a photograph of an amoeba that has been enlarged 1,000 times. The length of the amoeba in the photo is 60 mm. What is the actual length of the amoeba?
Divide 60 ÷ 1,000 by looking for a pattern.
60 ÷ 1 = 60
60 ÷ 10 = 6.0 The decimal point moves _____ place to the left.
60 ÷ 100 = ____ The decimal point moves _____ place to the left.
60 ÷ 1000 =____ The decimal point moves _____ place to the left.
So, the actual length of the amoeba is _____ mm.

Answer: 0.06mm

Explanation:
60 ÷ 10 = 6.0 The decimal point moves one place to the left.
60 ÷ 100 =0.6  The decimal point moves two place to the left.
60 ÷ 1000 =0.06 The decimal point moves three place to the left.
Actual length of amoeba is 0.06mm

Question 13.
Explain the pattern.

Answer: 0.06mm

Explanation: 60÷1000= 0.06mm.

Question 14.
Pelomyxa palustris is an amoeba with a length of 4.9 mm. Amoeba proteus has a length of 0.7 mm. How many Amoeba proteus would you have to line up to equal the length of three Pelomyxa palustris? Explain.

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Let N be the number, then
N×(proteus length)= 3× (palustris length)
N× 0.7= 3× 4.9
N×0.7= 14.7
N= 14.7÷0.7
N= 21

Divide with Decimals – Page No. 59

Estimate. Then find the quotient.

Question 1.
43.18 ÷ 3.4

Answer: 12.7

Explanation: 43.18 ÷ 3.4= 12.7

Question 2.
4.185 ÷ 0.93

Answer: 4.5

Explanation: 4.185 ÷ 0.93= 4.5

Question 3.
6.3)\(\overline { 25.83 } \)

Answer: 0.244

Explanation: 6.3÷25.83= 0.244

Question 4.
0.143 ÷ 0.55

Answer: 0.26

Explanation: 0.143 ÷ 0.55= 0.26

Evaluate using the order of operations.

Question 5.
4.92 ÷ (0.8 – 0.12 ÷ 0.3)

Answer: 12.3

Explanation: 4.92 ÷ (0.8 – 0.12 ÷ 0.3)
= 4.92÷(0.8-(0.12÷0.3))
= 4.92÷(0.8-(0.4))
= 4.92÷(0.4)
= 12.3

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 59 Q6

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 59 Q7

Problem Solving

Question 8.
If Amanda walks at an average speed of 2.72 miles per hour, how long will it take her to walk 6.8 miles?

Answer: 2.5 hours.

Explanation: Amanda walks at an average speed of 2.72 miles per hour, so for 6.8 miles it will be
6.8÷2.72= 2.5 hours.

Question 9.
Chad cycled 62.3 miles in 3.5 hours. If he cycled at a constant speed, how far did he cycle in 1 hour?

Answer: 17.8 miles.

Explanation: Chad cycled 62.3 miles in 3.5 hours, so in 1 hour 62.3÷3.5= 17.8 miles.

Question 10.
Explain how dividing by a decimal is different from dividing by a whole number and how it is similar.

Answer: By moving the decimals first the dividing will be different, and after that it will be same.

Lesson Check – Page No. 60

Question 1.
Elliot drove 202.8 miles and used 6.5 gallons of gasoline. How many miles did he travel per gallon of gasoline?

Answer: 31.2 miles.

Explanation: Elliot drove 202.8 miles and used 6.5 gallons of gasoline, so per gallon of gasoline he will travel 202.8÷6.5= 31.2 miles.

Question 2.
A package of crackers weighing 8.2 ounces costs $2.87. What is the cost per ounce of crackers?

Answer: 0.35 per ounce.

Explanation: As 8.2 ounces costs $2.87, so per ounce of crackers it will be 2.87÷8.2= 0.35 per ounce.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Four bags of pretzels were divided equally among 5 people. How much of a bag did each person get?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 0.8

Explanation: As 4 bags were divided equally among 5 people, so each person gets 4÷5= 0.8 of a bag

Question 4.
A zebra ran at a speed of 20 feet per second. What operation should you use to find the distance the zebra ran in 10 seconds?

Answer: Multiplication.

Explanation: Per second zebra ran at a speed of 20 feet, so for 10 seconds 20×10= 200 feet.

Question 5.
Nira has $13.50. She receives a paycheck for $55. She spends $29.40. How much money does she have now?

Answer: $39.10.

Explanation: As Nira has $13.50 and she receives a paycheck of $55, so total she had is $13.50+$55= $68.5. As she spent $29.40, so she has now $68.5-$29.40= $39.10.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 60 Q6

Chapter 1 Review/Test – Page No. 61

Question 1.
Use the numbers to complete the factor tree. You may use a number more than once.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 12
Write the prime factorization of 54

Answer: 54=2×3×3×3

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 2.
For numbers, 2a–2d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the LCM of the two numbers is 15.
2a. 5, 3 Yes No
2b. 5, 10 Yes No
2c. 5, 15 Yes No
2d. 5, 20 Yes No

2a. 5, 3

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15
Multiples of 3: 53,6,9,12,15
LCM of 5,3 is 15

2b. 5, 10

Answer: No

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10
Multiples of 10: 10
LCM of 5,10 is 10

2c. 5, 15

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15
Multiples of 15: 15
LCM is 15

2d. 5, 20

Answer:  No

Explanation:
Multiples of 5: 5,10,15,20
Multiples of 20: 20
LCM is 20

Question 3.
Select two numbers that have 9 as their greatest common factor. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3, 9
b. 3, 18
c. 9, 18
d. 9, 36
e. 18, 27

Answer: c,d,e

Explanation:
a. 3,9
Factors of 3: 1,3.
Factors of 9: 1,3,9.
GCF is 3

b. 3,18
Factors of 3: 1,3
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
GCF is 3

c. 9,18
Factors of 9: 1,3,9
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18.
GCF is 9

d. 9,36
Factors of 9: 1,3,9
Factors of 36: 1,2,3,4,6,9,18,36
GCF is 9

e. 18,27
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
Factors of 27: 1,3,9,27
GCF is 9

Page No. 62

Question 4.
The prime factorization of each number is shown.
15 = 3 × 5
18 = 2 × 3 × 3
Part A
Using the prime factorization, complete the Venn diagram
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 13

Answer:
Prime factors of 15: 3×5
Prime factors of 18: 2×3×3
Common factors are: 3

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers

Question 4.
Part B
Find the GCF of 15 and 18.

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Factors of 15: 1,3,5
Factors of 18: 1,2,3,6,9,18
GCF is 3

Question 5.
For numbers 5a–5d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether each equation is correct.
5a. 222.2 ÷ 11 = 22.2 Yes No
5b. 400 ÷ 50 = 8 Yes No
5c. 1,440 ÷ 36 = 40 Yes No
5d. 7,236 ÷ 9 = 804 Yes No

5a. 222.2 ÷ 11 = 22.2

Answer: No

Explanation:
222.2 ÷ 11 = 20.2

5b. 400 ÷ 50 = 8

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
400 ÷ 50 = 8

5c. 1,440 ÷ 36 = 40

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
1,440 ÷ 36 = 40

5d. 7,236 ÷ 9 = 804

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
7,236 ÷ 9 = 804

Page No. 63

Question 6.
For numbers 6a–6d, select True or False for each equation.
6a. 1.7 + 4.03 = 6 True False
6b. 2.58 + 3.5 = 6.08 True False
6c. 3.21 − 0.98 = 2.23 True False
6d. 14 − 1.3 = 0.01 True False

6a. 1.7 + 4.03 = 6

Answer: False

Explanation:
1.7 + 4.03 = 5.73

6b. 2.58 + 3.5 = 6.08

Answer: True

Explanation:
2.58 + 3.5 = 6.08

6c. 3.21 − 0.98 = 2.23

Answer: True

Explanation:
3.21 − 0.98 = 2.23

6d. 14 − 1.3 = 0.01

Answer: False

Explanation:
6d. 14 − 1.3 = 12.7

Question 7.
Four friends went shopping at a music store. The table shows the number of CDs each friend bought and the total cost. Complete the table to show the average cost of the CDs each friend bought.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 14
What is the average cost of all the CDs that the four friends bought? Show your work.

Answer: $8.94.

Explanation:
Lana purchased 4 CDs and total cost is $36.68, so cost of 1 CD is $36.68÷4= $9.17
Troy purchased 5 CDs and total cost is $40.55, so cost of 1 CD is $40.55÷5= $8.11
Juanita purchased 5 CDs and total cost is $47.15, so cost of 1 CD is $47.15÷5= $9.43
Alex purchased 6 CDs and total cost is $54.42, so cost of 1 CD is $54.42÷6= $9.07
Average cost of all CD’s i= (cost of all CD’s)÷(No.of CD’S)
=($36.68+$40.55+$47.15+$54.42)÷20
= (178.8) ÷20
= $8.94

Question 8.
The table shows the earnings and the number of hours worked for five employees. Complete the table by finding the missing values.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 15

Answer:
1. No. of hours worked is 2.5 hours.
2. Earnings per hour is $93.654.
3. No. of hours worked is 4.4 hours.
4. Earnings per hour is $302.5.
5. Earnings per hour is $150.

Explanation:
1. No. of hours worked is $23.75÷$9.50= 2.5 hours.
2. Earnings per hour is $28.38×3.3= $93.654.
3. No. of hours worked is $38.50÷8.75= 4.4 hours.
4. Earnings per hour is $55×5.5= $302.5.
5. Earnings per hour is $60×2.5= $150.

Page No. 64

Question 9.
The distance around the outside of Cedar Park is 0.8 mile. Joanie ran 0.25 of the distance during her lunch break. How far did she run? Show your work.

Answer: 0.2 miles.

Explanation: Joanie ran 0.25 miles and the distance around the outside of cedar park is 0.8 mile, so she ran
0.25×0.8= 0.2 miles.

Question 10.
A one-celled organism measures 32 millimeters in length in a photograph. If the photo has been enlarged by a factor of 100, what is the actual length of the organism? Show your work.

Answer: 3200 millimeters.

Explanation: Length of one celled organism is 32 millimeters, as the photo was enlarged by a factor of 100, it’s actual length is 32×100= 3200 millimeters.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers Page 64 Q11

Page No. 65

Question 12.
Crackers come in packages of 24. Cheese slices come in packages of 18. Andy wants one cheese slice for each cracker. Patrick made the statement shown.
If Andy doesn’t want any crackers or cheese slices left over, he needs to buy at least 432 of each.
Is Patrick’s statement correct? Use numbers and words to explain why or why not. If Patrick’s statement is incorrect, what should he do to correct it?

Answer: Patrick’s statement is wrong.

Explanation:
Multiples of 18: 18,36,54,72
Multiples of 24: 24,48,72
LCM is 72
So the least packages he need to buy is 72.

Question 13.
There are 16 sixth graders and 20 seventh graders in the Robotics Club. For the first project, the club sponsor wants to organize the club members into equal-size groups. Each group will have only sixth graders or only seventh graders.
Part A
How many students will be in each group if each group has the greatest possible number of club members? Show your work.

Answer: Each group will have 4 members, and 4 groups of sixth grade and 5 groups of seventh grade.

Explanation: By distributive property 16+20
=(4×4)+(4×5)
=4×(4+5)
So each group will have 4 members, and 4 groups of sixth grade and 5 groups of seventh grade.

Question 13.
Part B
If each group has the greatest possible number of club members, how many groups of sixth graders and how many groups of seventh graders will there be? Use numbers and words to explain your answer
__________ groups of sixth graders
__________ groups of seventh graders

Answer: Each group will have 4 members, and 4 groups of sixth grade and 5 groups of seventh grade.

Explanation: By distributive property 16+20
=(4×4)+(4×5)
=4×(4+5)
So each group will have 4 members, and 4 groups of sixth grade and 5 groups of seventh grade.

Page No. 66

Question 14.
The Hernandez family is going to the beach. They buy sun block for $9.99, 5 snacks for $1.89 each, and 3 beach toys for $1.49 each. Before they leave, they fill up the car with 13.1 gallons of gasoline at a cost of $3.70 per gallon.
Part A
Complete the table by calculating the total cost for each item.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers img 16

Answer: Total cost is $48.47+$9.45++$4.47+$9.99= $72.38

Explanation:
Gasoline 13.1×$3.70= $48.47
Snacks 5×$1.89= $9.45
Beach toys 3×$1.49= $4.47
Sun block 1×$9.99= $9.99
Total cost is $48.47+$9.45++$4.47+$9.99= $72.38

Question 14.
Part B
What is the total cost for everything before tax? Show your work.

Answer: $72.38.

Explanation: Total cost is $48.47+$9.45++$4.47+$9.99= $72.38.

Question 14.
Part C
Mr. Hernandez calculates the total cost for everything before tax using this equation.
Total cost = 13.1 + 3.70 × 5 + 1.89 × 3 + 1.49 × 9.99
Do you agree with his equation? Use numbers and words to explain why or why not. If the equation is not correct, write a correct equation.

Answer: No

Explanation: Mr. Hernandez calculated in a wrong way.
Total cost is (13.1×$3.70)+(5×$1.89)+(3×$1.49)+(1×$9.99)= $72.38.

Conclusion:

I hope the information provided in the Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 1 Chapter 1 Divide Multi-Digit Numbers. For any queries you can post your comments in the below comment section.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations

go-math-grade-7-chapter-13-theoretical-probability-and-simulations-answer-key

Theoretical Probability is the most interesting topic in grade 7 math. Students can get the best solutions for each and every question in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations. The Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability & Simulations consists of questions on experimental and theoretical probability. So, Download Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations pdf and schedule your practice.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations

Theoretical Probability tells us how likely something is to happen in the long run. We can calculate the problems on probability by looking at the outcomes of the experiment or by reasoning about the possible outcomes. It is very easy if you understand the concept of theoretical probability. Enhance your math skills by following HMH Go Math Grade 7 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Answer Key pdf.

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 1

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulati+ons – Lesson: 2

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 3

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 4

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 5

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 6

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 7

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 8

Guided Practice – Page No. 402

At a school fair, you have a choice of randomly picking a ball from Basket A or Basket B. Basket A has 5 green balls, 3 red balls, and 8 yellow balls. Basket B has 7 green balls, 4 red balls, and 9 yellow balls. You can win a digital book reader if you pick a red ball.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 1

Question 1.
Complete the chart. Write each answer in simplest form.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We complete the table:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-10

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 402 Q2

A spinner has 11 equal-sized sections marked 1 through 11. Find each probability.

Question 3.
You spin once and land on an odd number.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Explanation:
We are given 11 equal-sized sections marked 1-11:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
We compute the probability that spinning once we would land on an odd number (1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11):
P(odd) = number of odd sections/total number of sections = \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Question 4.
You spin once and land on an even number.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{11}\)

Explanation:
We are given 11 equal-sized sections marked 1-11:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
P(even) = number of even sections/total number of sections = \(\frac{5}{11}\)
We compute the probability that spinning once we would land on an even number (2, 4, 6, 8, 10)

You roll a number cube once.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 402 Q5

Question 6.
Suppose you rolled the number cube 199 more times. Would you expect the experimental probability of rolling a 3 or 4 to be the same as your answer to Exercise 5?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
When rolling a number cube a large number of times, we expect the experimental probability not to be the same, but to get closer and closer to the theoretical probability.
Since 199 is not such a big number, we should not expect the experimental probability to be extremely close \(\frac{1}{3}\), but close enough.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 7.
How can you find the probability of a simple event if the total number of equally likely outcomes is 20?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
P(Simple event) = 1/total number of equally likely events
= \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Independent Practice – Page No. 403

Find the probability of each event. Write each answer as a fraction in simplest form, as a decimal to the nearest hundredth, and as a percent to the nearest whole number.

Question 8.
You spin the spinner shown. The spinner lands on yellow.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 2
Type below:
______________

Answer: \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
There are 2 yellow and 4 blue and we landed on yellow what is the probability of landing on yellow.
The probability is \(\frac{2}{6}\) because there are 2 yellow and the rest is blue.

Question 9.
You spin the spinner shown. The spinner lands on blue or green.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 3
Type below:
______________

Answer: 67%

Explanation:
The yellow area, the blue area, and the green area have 3 sections each from the whole area.
We determine the probability that the spinner lands on a blue or green section:
P(spinner lands on blue or green) = (the number of blue sections + the number of green sections)/the total number f sections
= (4 + 4)/12 = \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ≈ 0.67 = 67%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 403 Q10

Question 11.
You pick one card at random from a standard deck of 52 playing cards. You pick a black card.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 50%

Explanation:
We are given the data
You pick one card at random from a standard deck of 52 playing cards.
26 red cards
26 black cards
P(to pick a black card) = the number of black cards/the total number of cards

Question 12.
There are 12 pieces of fruit in a bowl. Five are lemons and the rest are limes. You choose a piece of fruit without looking. The piece of fruit is a lime.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 58%

Explanation:
There are 12 pieces of fruit in a bowl. Five are lemons and the rest are limes.
12 fruits:
5 lemons
7 limes
P(to pick a lime) =the number of lines/the total number of fruits
W determine the probability that we pick a lime:
\(\frac{7}{12}\) ≈ 0.58 = 58%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 403 Q13

Question 14.
You roll a number cube. You roll a number that is greater than 2 and less than 5.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 33%

Explanation:
Rolling a number greater than 2 and less than 5 means rolling one of the numbers:
3, 4
P(to roll 3 or 4) = the number of 3 or 4 numbers/the total number of numbers
= (1 + 1)/6 = \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 0.33 = 33%

Question 15.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
The theoretical probability of a given event is \(\frac{9}{13}\). Explain what each number represents.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The theoretical probability is the ratio between the number of favorable outcomes and the number of possible outcomes. The numerator 9 describes the number of desired events, while the denominator 13 describes the total number of events.
\(\frac{9}{13}\)

Question 16.
Leona has 4 nickels, 6 pennies, 4 dimes, and 2 quarters in a change purse. Leona lets her little sister Daisy pick a coin at random. If Daisy is equally likely to pick each type of coin, what is the probability that her coin is worth more than five cents? Explain.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Leona has 4 nickels, 6 pennies, 4 dimes, and 2 quarters in a change purse. Leona lets her little sister Daisy pick a coin at random.
1 penny = 1 cent
1 nickel = 5 cents
1 dime = 10 cents
1 quarter = 25 cents
We determine the probability that she picks a coin that is worth more than 5 cents is:
P(to pick a coin worth more than 5 cents) = the number of dimes+the number of quarters/the total number of coins
= (4 + 2)/(4 + 6 + 4 + 2) = \(\frac{6}{16}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 0.375 = 37.5%

H.O.T. – Page No. 404

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 17.
Critique Reasoning
A bowl of flower seeds contains 5 petunia seeds and 15 begonia seeds. Riley calculated the probability that a randomly selected seed is a petunia seed as \(\frac{1}{3}\). Describe and correct Riley’s error.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the data
5 petunia seeds
15 begonia seeds
P(to pick a petunia seed) = the number of petunia seeds/the total number of seeds
We determine the probability that a randomly selected seed is the petunia seed
5/(5 + 15) = 5/20 = 1/4
Wrong:
Riley made the mistake in dividing the number of petunia seeds by the number of begonia seeds instead of dividing the number of petunia seeds to the total number of seeds:
P(to pick a petunia seed) = the number of petunia seeds/the total number of begonia seeds
= 5/15 = 1/3

Question 18.
There are 20 seventh graders and 15 eighth graders in a club. A club president will be chosen at random.
a. Analyze Relationships
Compare the probabilities of choosing a seventh grader or an eighth grader.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the data:
20 seventh graders
15 eighth graders
P(to pick a seventh-grader) = the number of seventh-graders/the total number of members
= 20/(20 + 15) = 20/35 = 4/7
We determine the probability of choosing a seventh-grader:
P(to pick an eighth-grader) = the number of eighth-graders/the total number of members
= 15/(20 + 15) = 15/35 = 3/7
Since 4/7 > 3/7, the probability of choosing a seventh-grader is higher than the probability of choosing an eighth-grader.

Question 18.
b. Critical Thinking
If a student from one grade is more likely to be chosen than a student from the other, is the method unfair? Explain.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The method is not unfair because the number of seventh graders is greater than the number of eighth members (20 > 15), thus the seventh graders should be represented at a higher degree than the eighth graders.

A jar contains 8 red marbles, 10 blue ones, and 2 yellow ones. One marble is chosen at random. The color is recorded in the table, and then it is returned to the jar. This is repeated 40 times.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 4

Question 19.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Use proportional reasoning to explain how you know that for each color, the theoretical and experimental probabilities are not the same.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the data
8 red marbles
10 blue marbles
2 yellow marbles
We determine the theoretical probability Pt of choosing each type of marble:
Pt(to pick a red marble) = the number of red marbles/the total number of marbles
= 8/(8 + 10 + 2) = 8/20 = 4/10
Pt(to pick a blue marble) = the number of blue marbles/the total number of marbles
= 10/(8 + 10 + 2) = 10/20 = 5/10
Pt(to pick a yellow marble) = the number of yellow marbles/the total number of marbles
= 2/(8 + 10 + 2) = 2/20 = 1/10
We determine the theoretical probability Pe of choosing each type of marble
Pe(to pick a red marble) = the number of red marbles/the total number of marbles
14/14+16+10 = 14/40 = 7/20
Pe(to pick a blue marble) = the number of blue marbles/the total number of marbles
16/14+16+10 = 16/40 = 8/20
Pe(to pick a yellow marble) = the number of yellow marbles/the total number of marbles
10/14+16+10 = 10/40 = 5/20
We notice that the number of red marbles is 4 times the number of yellow marbles, thus the theoretical probability to choose a red marble is 4 times greater than the one of choosing a yellow marble, while the experimental case shows that the probability of choosing a red marble is less than 1.5 times greater than the one of choosing a yellow one.
In the same way, we notice that the number of blue marbles is 5 times the number of yellow marbles, thus the theoretical probability to choose a blue marble is 5 times greater than the one of choosing a yellow marble, while the experimental case shows that the probability of choosing a blue marble is less than 2 times greater than the one of choosing a yellow one.
The exact probabilities are computed above.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 404 Q20

Guided Practice – Page No. 408

Drake rolls two fair numbers of cubes.

Question 1.
Complete the table to find the sample space for rolling a particular product on two number cubes.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 5
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We complete the table to find the sample space for rolling a particular product on two number cubes:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-5

Question 2.
What is the probability that the product of the two numbers Drake rolls is a multiple of 4?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-5
We find the products which are multiples of 4:
4, 4, 8, 12, 12, 4, 8, 12, 14, 20, 24, 20, 12, 24, 36.
The number of multiples of 4 is 15.
The total number of products is
6 × 6 = 36
We determine the probability that the product is multiple of 4:
\(\frac{15}{36}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 3.
What is the probability that the product of the two numbers Drake rolls is less than 13?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{23}{36}\)

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-5
We find products that are less than 13:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 3, 6, 9, 12, 4, 8, 12, 5, 10, 6, 12
The number of products of less than 13 is 6 × 6 = 36.
The total number of products is
23/36

You flip three coins and want to explore the probabilities of certain events.

Question 4.
Complete the tree diagram and make a list to find the sample space.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 6
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We complete the given tree diagram placing one H and one T under each H and each T:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-6

Question 5.
How many outcomes are in the sample space?
_______

Answer: 8 outcomes

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-6
Since each coin can land in two possible ways, the total possible number of outcomes is
2³ = 8
Thus there are 8 outcomes in the sample space.

Question 6.
List all the ways to get three tails.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the tree diagram we determined in Exercise 4:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-6
The list of the 8 possible outcomes is
HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH, TTT
We list the outcomes containing 3 tails is TTT.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 408 Q7

Question 8.
What is the probability of getting exactly two heads?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
The list of the 8 possible outcomes is:
HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH, TTT
We list the outcomes of 2H
HHT, HTH, THH
There are 3 ways to obtain exactly two heads is HHT, HTH, THH
P = number of outcomes with 3H/ total number of possible outcomes
P = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Essential Question Check-In

Question 9.
There are 6 ways a given compound event can occur. What else do you need to know to find the theoretical probability of the event?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We know that there are 6 ways in which a given compound event can occur and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(event) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes
Since we know the number of favorable outcomes, we also require the number of possible outcomes in order to determine the probability.

Independent Practice – Page No. 409

In Exercises 10–12, use the following information. Mattias gets dressed in the dark one morning and chooses his clothes at random. He chooses a shirt (green, red, or yellow), a pair of pants (black or blue), and a pair of shoes (checkered or red).

Question 10.
Use the space below to make a tree diagram to find the sample space.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The sample space is:
Green Blue Red
Green Blue Checkered
Green Black Red
Green Black Checkered
Red Blue Red
Red Blue Checkered
Red Black Red
Red Black Checkered
Yellow Blue Red
Yellow Blue Checkered
yellow Black Red
Yellow Black Checkered

Question 11.
What is the probability that Mattias picks an outfit at random that includes red shoes?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Shirt Pants Shoes:
Green Blue Red
Green Blue Checkered
Green Black Red
Green Black Checkered
Red Blue Red
Red Blue Checkered
Red Black Red
Red Black Checkered
Yellow Blue Red
Yellow Blue Checkered
Yellow Black Red
Yellow Black Checkered
P = the number of outfits with red shoes/the total number of outfits
P = \(\frac{6}{12}\)
P = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 12.
What is the probability that no part of Mattias’s outfit is red?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Shirt Pants Shoes:
Green Blue Red
Green Blue Checkered
Green Black Red
Green Black Checkered
Red Blue Red
Red Blue Checkered
Red Black Red
Red Black Checkered
Yellow Blue Red
Yellow Blue Checkered
Yellow Black Red
Yellow Black Checkered
P = the number of outfits with no red shoes/the total number of outfits
P = \(\frac{4}{12}\)
P = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 13.
Rhee and Pamela are two of the five members of the band. Every week, the band picks two members at random to play on their own for five minutes. What is the probability that Rhee and Pamela are chosen this week?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
Let’s note the 5 members of the band:
R = Rhee
P = Pamela
A, B, C = the other 3 members
The list of the possible outcomes is:
RP, RA, RB, RC, PR, PA, PB, AP, AR, AB, AC, BP, BR, BA, BC, CP, CR, CA, CB.
P = the number of outcomes containing P and R/the total number of outcomes
P = \(\frac{2}{20}\)
P = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 14.
Ben rolls two number cubes. What is the probability that the sum of the numbers he rolls is less than 6?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-1
The sums less than 6 are:
2, 3, 4, 5, 3, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5
P = the number of sums less than 6/the total number of sums
P = \(\frac{10}{36}\)
P = \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Question 15.
Nhan is getting dressed. He considers two different shirts, three pairs of pants, and three pairs of shoes. He chooses one of each of the articles at random. What is the probability that he will wear his jeans but not his sneakers?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 7
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Explanation:
We are given the data
Shirt: collared/T-shirt
Pants: Khakis/jeans/shorts
Shoes: sneakers/flip-flops/sandals
We determine the outcomes including jeans and not sneakers
P = the outcome including jeans and not sneakers/all possible outcomes
P = \(\frac{4}{18}\) = \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Question 16.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
A ski resort has 3 chair lifts, each with access to 6 ski trails. Explain how you can find the number of possible outcomes when choosing a chair lift and a ski trail without making a list, a tree diagram, or a table.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 18

Explanation:
We are given the data:
Chair lifts: Chair lift 1/chair lift 2/chair lift 3
Ski trails: ski trail 1/ski trail 2/ski trail 3/ski trail 4/ski trail 5/ski trail 6
The sample space for choosing one of each is the product between the number of chair lifts and the number of ski lifts:
3 × 6 = 18

Question 17.
Explain the Error
For breakfast, Sarah can choose eggs, granola or oatmeal as a main course, and orange juice or milk for a drink. Sarah says that the sample space for choosing one of each contains 32 = 9 outcomes. What is her error? Explain.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the data:
Main course: eggs/granola/oatmeal
Drink: orange juice/milk
The sample space for choosing one of each is:
3 × 2 = 6
eggs-orange juice
eggs-milk
granola-orange juice
granola-milk
oatmeal-orange juice
oatmeal-milk
The error made by Sarah is that she considered only the number of main courses and forgot the number of drinks.

Page No. 410

Question 18.
Represent Real-World Problems
A new shoe comes in two colors, black or red, and in sizes from 5 to 12, including half sizes. If a pair of shoes is chosen at random for a store display, what is the probability it will be red and size 9 or larger?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{30}\)

Explanation:
We are given the data
Colors: black/red
Sizes: 5/5.5/6/6.5/7/7.5/8/8.5/9/9.5/10/10.5/11/11.5/12
The possible outcomes of red shoes with a size greater or equal to 9 are
red 9
red 9.5
red 10
red 10.5
red 11
red 11.5
red 12
P = the number of red shoes with size greater or equal to 9/the total number of outcomes
P = 7/(2 × 15) = \(\frac{7}{30}\)

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 19.
Analyze Relationships
At a diner, Sondra tells the server, “Give me one item from each column.” Gretchen says, “Give me one main dish and a vegetable.” Who has a greater probability of getting a meal that includes salmon? Explain.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 8
______________

Answer:
We are given the data:
Main Dish: Pasta/salmon/beef/pork
Vegetable: carrots/peas/asparagus/sweet potato
Side: tomato soup/tossed salad
Psondra = (1 . 4 . 2)/(4 . 4 . 2) = \(\frac{8}{32}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Pgretchen = 4/16 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 20.
The digits 1 through 5 are used for a set of locker codes.
a. Look for a Pattern
Suppose the digits cannot repeat. Find the number of possible two-digit codes and three-digit codes. Describe any pattern and use it to predict the number of possible five-digit codes.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 20, 60, 120

Explanation:
We are given the data
Digits: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
We find the two digits codes when digits do not repeat
12, 13, 14, 15
21, 23, 24, 25
31, 32, 34, 35
41, 42, 43, 45
51, 52, 53, 54
There are 5 × 4 = 20 possible codes.
We find the three digits codes when digits do not repeat:
123, 124, 125
132, 134, 135
142, 143, 145
152, 153, 154
213, 214, 215
231, 124, 135

….
512, 513, 514
521, 523, 524
531, 532, 534
541, 542, 543
There are 5 × 4 × 3 = 60 possible outcomes
If we use 5 digits and none can repeat, the first digit can be one of the numbers 1 2 3 4 5, the second digit can be one of the 4 remaining numbers, the third digit is one of the 3 remaining numbers, the fourth digit is one of the two remaining numbers, thus the number of possible outcomes is:
5 × 4 × 3 × 2 = 120

Question 20.
b. Look for a Pattern
Repeat part a, but allow digits to repeat.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We find the two digits codes when digits can repeat:
11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
21, 22, 23, 24, 25
31, 32, 33, 34, 35
41, 42, 43, 44, 45
51, 52, 53, 54, 55
There are 5 . 5 = 25 possible codes.
There are 5 × 5 × 5 = 125 possible codes.
If we use 5 digits and they can repeat, the first digit can be one of the numbers 1 2 3 4 5, the second digit can be one of the same numbers 1 2 3 4 5, the third digit is one of the 5 numbers, the fourth digit is one of the 5 numbers, the fifth digit is one of the 5 numbers, thus the number of possible outcomes is
5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 3125

Question 20.
c. Justify Reasoning
Suppose that a gym plans to issue numbered locker codes by choosing the digits at random. Should the gym use codes in which the digits can repeat or not? Justify your reasoning.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The probability P1 to get a 2 digits code when digits do not repeat and the probability P2 to get a 2 digits code when digits can repeat:
P1 = 1/20
P2 = 1/25
The probability P1 to get a 3 digits code when digits do not repeat and the probability P2 to get a 3 digits code when digits can repeat:
P1 = 1/60
P2 = 1/125
The probability P1 to get a 5 digits code when digits do not repeat and the probability P2 to get a 5 digits code when digits can repeat:
P1 = 1/120
P2 = 1/3125
Thus the gym should use codes in which digits can repeat because the probability to be guessed is much smaller.

Guided Practice – Page No. 414

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 414 Q1

Question 2.
During a raffle drawing, half of the ticket holders will receive a prize. The winners are equally likely to win one of three prizes: a book, a gift certificate to a restaurant, or a movie ticket. If there are 300 ticket holders, predict the number of people who will win a movie ticket.
_______ people

Answer: 50 people

Explanation:
If 300 people buy tickets and half of them will receive a prize then 300 × 1/2 = 150 ticket holders will receive a prize. If they are equally likely to win one of the three prizes, then the probability of winning a movie ticket is 1/3. The number of people who will win a movie ticket is then 1/3 × 150 = 50 people.

Question 3.
In Mr. Jawarani’s first-period math class, there are 9 students with hazel eyes, 10 students with brown eyes, 7 students with blue eyes, and 2 students with green eyes. Mr. Jawarani picks a student at random. Which color eyes is the student most likely to have? Explain.
______________

Answer: Brown

Explanation:
There are more students with brown eyes than any other colored eyes so if he picks a student at random, they will most likely have brown eyes.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
How do you make predictions using theoretical probability?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
To make a prediction using theoretical probability, you can multiply the theoretical probability by the number of events to get a prediction. You can find the prediction by setting the theoretical probability equal to the ratio of x/number of events and then solving for x, where x is the prediction.

Independent Practice – Page No. 415

Question 5.
A bag contains 6 red marbles, 2 white marbles, and 1 gray marble. You randomly pick out a marble, record its color, and put it back in the bag. You repeat this process 45 times. How many white or gray marbles do you expect to get?
_______ marbles

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Given that there are 6 red marbles, 2 white marbles, and 1 gray marble, which are thus 6 + 2 + 1 = 9 marbles in total.
possible outcomes = 9
2 + 1 = 3 of the marbles are either white or gray and thus there are 3 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(white or gray) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{9}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\)
The predicted number of white or gray marbles is then obtained by multiplying the number of repetitions by the probability.
Prediction = Number of repetitions × P (white or gray)
= 45 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 15
Thus we predict that we obtain a white or gray marble about 15 times.

Question 6.
Using the blank circle below, draw a spinner with 8 equal sections and 3 colors—red, green, and yellow. The spinner should be such that you are equally likely to land on green or yellow, but more likely to land on red than either on green or yellow.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 9
Type below:
______________

Answer:
A possible spinner would be to have 4 red sections, 2 green sections, and 2 yellow sections. That way there is an equal chance of landing on yellow and green and there is a more likely chance of landing on yellow and green and there is a more likely chance of landing on red than landing on green or landing on yellow.
A second possible spinner could be to have 6 red sections, 1 yellow section, and 1 green section. This would still give an equal chance to land on green or yellow and a higher chance to land on red than to land on green or land on yellow.

Use the following for Exercises 7–9. In a standard 52-card deck, half of the cards are red and half are black. The 52 cards are divided evenly into 4 suits: spades, hearts, diamonds, and clubs. Each suit has three face cards (jack, queen, king), and an ace. Each suit also has 9 cards numbered from 2 to 10.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 415 Q7

Question 8.
Luis draws 1 card from a deck, 39 times. Predict how many times he draws an ace.
_______ times

Answer: About 3 times

Explanation:
A standard deck of cards contains 52 cards, of which 26 are red and 26 are black, 13 are of each suit (hearts, diamonds, spades, clubs), and of which 4 are of each denomination (A, 2 to 10, J, Q, K). The face cards are Jack’s J, queens Q, and kings K.
There are 52 cards in the deck of cards and thus there are 52 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 52
4 of the 52 cards in a standard deck of cards are aces and thus there are 4 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 4
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(white or gray) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{4}{52}\)
= \(\frac{1}{13}\)
The predicted number of aces is then obtained by multiplying the number of draws by the probability.
Prediction = Number of draws × P(Ace)
= 39 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus we predict that 3 of the drawn cards will be aces.

Question 9.
Suppose a solitaire player has played 1,000 games. Predict how many times the player turned over a red card as the first card.
_______ times

Answer: 500 times

Explanation:
A standard deck of cards contains 52 cards, of which 26 are red and 26 are black, 13 are of each suit (hearts, diamonds, spades, clubs), and of which 4 are of each denomination (A, 2 to 10, J, Q, K). The face cards are jacks J queens Q and kings K.
There are 52 cards in the deck of cards and thus there are 52 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 52
26 of the 52 cards in a standard deck of cards are red. This then implies that there are 26 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 26
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(red) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{26}{52}\) = 1/2
The predicted number of aces is then obtained by multiplying the number of draws by the probability.
Prediction = Number of draws × P(Red)
= 1000 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 500
Thus we predict that 500 of the drawn cards will be red.

Question 10.
John and O’Neal are playing a board game in which they roll two number cubes. John needs to get a sum of 8 on the number of cubes to win. O’Neal needs a sum of 11. If they take turns rolling the number cube, who is more likely to win? Explain.
______________

Answer: John

Explanation:
To get a sum of 8, John can roll the following numbers:
2, 6
3, 5
4, 4
5, 3
6, 2
To get a sum of 11, O’Neal can roll the following numbers:
5, 6
6, 5
Since there are more ways to roll a sum of 8 than there are to roll a sum of 11, John is more likely to win.

Question 11.
Every day, Navya’s teacher randomly picks a number from 1 to 20 to be the number of the day. The number of the day can be repeated. There are 180 days in the school year. Predict how many days the number of the day will be greater than 15.
_______ days

Answer: 45 days

Explanation:
There are 20 numbers from 1 to 20 and thus there are 20 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 20
5 of the 20 numbers from 1 to 20 are greater than 15 (16, 17, 18, 19, 20) and thus there are 5 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 5
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(greater than 15) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{5}{20}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
The predicted is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes/
Prediction = Number of days × P(Greater than 15)
180 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 45
Thus we predict that 45 of the days have a number greater than 15.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 415 Q12

Question 13.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Can you always show that a prediction based on theoretical probability is true by performing the event often enough? If so, explain why. If not, describe a situation that justifies your response.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
You cannot show that a prediction based on theoretical probability is true by performing the event often enough. The prediction value will get closer to the actual value as more events are performed but will not always equal the actual value.

Page No. 416

Question 14.
Represent Real-World Problems
Give a real-world example of an experiment in which all of the outcomes are not equally likely. Can you make a prediction for this experiment, using theoretical probability?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
A real work example of an experiment in which all of the outcomes are not equally likely could be spinning a spinner that has 1 red section, 2 orange sections, and 3 blue sections, and the sections are of the same size. Since there are not the same number of sections for each other, the outcomes of red, orange, and blue do not have the same probabilities. A prediction can still be made because the theoretical probabilities of landing on each color can be found. If you wanted to predict the number of times you would land on blue in 100 spins, you would first need to find the theoretical probability of landing on blue. Since there are 3 blue sections and a total of 6 sections, the theoretical probability is \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\). The prediction would then be \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 100 = 50 times.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 15.
Critical Thinking
Pierre asks Sherry a question involving the theoretical probability of a compound event in which you flip a coin and draw a marble from a bag of marbles. The bag of marbles contains 3 white marbles, 8 green marbles, and 9 black marbles. Sherry’s answer, which is correct, is \(\frac{12}{40}\). What was Pierre’s question?
Type below:
______________

Answer: What is the probability of drawing a white or black marble and flipping heads?

Question 16.
Make a Prediction
Horace is going to roll a standard number cube and flip a coin. He wonders if it is more likely that he rolls a 5 and the coin lands on heads, or that he rolls a 5 or the coin lands on heads. Which event do you think is more likely to happen? Find the probability of both events to justify or reject your initial prediction.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
It is more likely that he rolls a 5 or flips heads than it is to roll a 5 and flip heads. This is because the probability of two events occurring at the same time is always less than the probability of one or another event occurring. The probability of rolling a 5 is 1/6 and the probability of flipping heads is 1/2 so the probability of both occurring is 1/6 × 1/2 = 1/12.
There are 12 possible outcomes to rolling a number cube and flipping a coin since there are 6 outcomes for the cube and 2 outcomes for the coin and 6 × 2 = 12.
Of those 12 outcomes, 7 of them are rolling a 5 or flipping heads (1H, 2H, 3H, 4H, 5H, 6H, 5T). The probability of rolling a 5 or flipping heads is then 7/12 which is greater than 1/12.

Question 17.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Cecil solved a theoretical prediction problem and got this answer: “The spinner will land on the red section 4.5 times.” Is it possible to have a prediction that is not a whole number? If so, give an example.
Type below:
______________

Answer: Yes
It is possible if what is being predicted does not have to be a whole number, like time. A possible example could be, the theoretical probability that there will be 50 people in a line at a store during a one-hour interval is 1/12. What is the predicted number of hours that there will be 50 people in line if the store is open for 9 hours? The prediction would then be 1/12 × 9 = 0.75 hours.

Guided Practice – Page No. 420

There is a 30% chance that T’Shana’s county will have a drought during any given year. She performs a simulation to find the experimental probability of a drought in at least 1 of the next 4 years.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 420 Q1

Question 2.
Suppose T’Shana used the model described in Exercise 1 and got the results shown in the table. Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 10
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The number of drought years is the number of times 1 to 3 were generated in each trial so count the number of times in each trial that the number 1 to 3 occurred:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-10 (1)

Question 3.
According to the simulation, what is the experimental probability that there will be a drought in the county in at least 1 of the next 4 years?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
There are 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
In the previous exercise, we obtained at least 1 drought year in 8 of the 10 trials and thus there are 8 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 8
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(At least 1 drought year) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{8}{10}\)
= \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 0.8 = 80%

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
You want to generate random numbers to simulate an event with a 75% chance of occurring. Describe a model you could use.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
75% in fraction form is \(\frac{3}{4}\) so you can randomly generate numbers from 1 to 4. The numbers 1 to 3 would mean success and 4 would mean unsuccessful.

Independent Practice – Page No. 421

Every contestant on a game show has a 40% chance of winning. In the simulation below, the numbers 1–4 represent a winner, and the numbers 5–10 represent a nonwinner. Numbers were generated until one that represented a winner was produced.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 11

Question 5.
In how many of the trials did it take exactly 4 contestants to get a winner?
_____ trial(s)

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Only trial 6 took 4 contestants to get a winner so 1 trial.

Question 6.
Based on the simulation, what is the experimental probability that it will take exactly 4 contestants to get a winner?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
We have data about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
1 of the 10 trials required exactly 4 numbers to get a winner and thus there is 1 favorable outcome.
favorable outcomes = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(exactly 4 contestants) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 0.1 = 10%

Over a 100-year period, the probability that a hurricane struck Rob’s city in any given year was 20%. Rob performed a simulation to find an experimental probability that a hurricane would strike the city in at least 4 of the next 10 years. In Rob’s simulation, 1 represents a year with a hurricane.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 12

Question 7.
According to Rob’s simulation, what was the experimental probability that a hurricane would strike the city in at least 4 of the next 10 years?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have been given data about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
A 1 represents a hurricane. We then note that trial 2 and trial 7 both have at least 4 ones and thus there are 4 trials that result in at least 4 hurricanes.
Thus there are 2 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 2
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(At least 4) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= 0.2 = 20%

Question 8.
Analyze Relationships
Suppose that over the 10 years following Rob’s simulation, there was actually 1 year in which a hurricane struck. How did this compare to the results of Rob’s simulation?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
If a hurricane struck in 1 year the next 10 years following the simulation, it would match the results of his simulation. In 3 of his trials, exactly 1 year had a hurricane which means the experimental probability that there will be 1 hurricane in 10 years is \(\frac{3}{10}\).
In all of the trials, there was at least 1 year with a hurricane which means the experimental probability is 100% that a hurricane will occur in the next 10 years.

Page No. 422

Question 9.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
You generate three random whole numbers from 1 to 10. Do you think that it is unlikely or even impossible that all of the numbers could be 10? Explain?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
It is unlikely that all three numbers would be 10. The theoretical probability that a random whole number from 1 to 10 is 10 is 1/10.
The theoretical probability that three random whole numbers from 1 to 10 are all 10s is then \(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{1000}\).
This is a very small probability so it is unlikely.

Question 10.
Erika collects baseball cards, and 60% of the packs contain a player from her favorite team. Use a simulation to find an experimental probability that she has to buy exactly 2 packs before she gets a player from her favorite team
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Generate random numbers from 1 to 10 using 10 trials. Since 60% of the packs contain a player from her favorite team, let the numbers 1 to 6 represent a pack with a player from her favorite team and the numbers 7 to 10 represent packs without a player from her favorite team.
Out of 10 trials she had to buy exactly 10 packs before getting a player from her favorite team only in 2 trials so the experimental probability is \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\).

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 11.
Represent Real-World Problems
When Kate plays basketball, she usually makes 37.5% of her shots. Design and conduct a simulation to find the experimental probability that she makes at least 3 of her next 10 shots. Justify the model for your simulation.
Type below:
______________

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
Since 37.5% = 3/8 perform simulation by randomly generating 10 members from 1 to 8 where the numbers 1 to 3 are when she makes the shot and 4 to 8 are when she doesn’t make the shot. Perform 10 trials.
She made at least 3  shots in 7 of the 10 trials so the experimental probability is \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 12.
Justify Reasoning
George and Susannah used a simulation to simulate the flipping of 8 coins 50 times. In all of the trials, at least 5 heads came up. What can you say about their simulation? Explain.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
If at least 5 heads came up in every trial, then the simulation they used does not accurately model flipping a coin 8 times. Since each coin has a theoretical probability of 1/2 and \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 8 = 4, there should be around 4 heads in each trial. Getting at least 5 heads in every trial means that the coin is more likely to land on heads than to land on tails.

13.1, 13.2 Theoretical Probability of Simple and Compound Events – Page No. 423

Find the probability of each event. Write your answer as a fraction, as a decimal, and as a percent.

Question 1.
You choose a marble at random from a bag containing 12 red, 12 blue, 15 green, 9 yellow, and 12 black marbles. The marble is red.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The bag contains 12 red, 12 blue, 15 green, 9 yellow, and 12 black marbles, which are thus 12 + 12 + 15 + 9 + 12 = 60 marbles in total and thus there are 60 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 60
12 of the 60 marbles are red and thus there are 12 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 12
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(red) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{12}{60}\) = 1/5 = 0.2 = 20%

Question 2.
You draw a card at random from a shuffled deck of 52 cards. The deck has four 13-card suits (diamonds, hearts, clubs, spades). The card is a diamond or a spade.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
A standard deck of cards contains 52 cards, of which 26 are red and 26 are black, 13 are of each suit (hearts, diamonds, spades, clubs) and of which 4 are of each denomination (A, 2 to 10, J, Q, K). The face cards are jacks J, queens Q and kings K.
There are 52 cards in the deck of cards and thus there 52 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 52
13 of the cards are diamonds and 13 of the cards are spades, thus there are 13 + 13 = 26 cards that are diamonds or spades. This then implies that there are 26 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 26
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(red) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{26}{52}\) = 1/2 = 50%

13.3 Making Predictions with Theoretical Probability

Question 3.
A bag contains 23 red marbles, 25 green marbles, and 18 blue marbles. You choose a marble at random from the bag. What color marble will you most likely choose?
______________

Answer: Green

Explanation:
There are more green marbles than any other color so you are more likely to choose a green marble.

13.4 Using Technology to Conduct a Simulation

Question 4.
Bay City has a 25% chance of having a flood in any given decade. The table shows the results of a simulation using random numbers to find the experimental probability that there will be a flood in Bay City in at least 1 of the next 5 decades. In the table, the number 1 represents a decade with a flood. The numbers 2 through 5 represent a decade without a flood.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 13
According to the simulation, what is the experimental probability of a flood in Bay City in at least 1 of the next 5 decades?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have been given information about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
The number 1 represents a decade with a flood. We then note that 4 of the 10 trials contained at least one 1 and thus there are 4 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 4
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(Flood) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 4/10 = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Essential Question

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 423 Q5

Selected Response – Page No. 424

Question 1.
What is the probability of flipping two fair coins and having both show tails?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Each coin has 2 possible outcomes: Heads H and tails T
We then note that there are 4 possible outcomes for the 2 coins: HH, HT, TH, TT
Possible outcomes = 4
1 of the 4 possible outcomes results in two tails TT and thus there is 1 favorable outcome.
favorable outcomes = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(two tails) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
A bag contains 8 white marbles and 2 black marbles. You pick out a marble, record its color, and put the marble back in the bag. If you repeat this process 45 times, how many times would you expect to remove a white marble from the bag?
Options:
a. 9
b. 32
c. 36
d. 40

Answer: 36

Explanation:
The bag contains 8 white marbles and 2 black marbles, which are thus 8 + 2 = 10 marbles in total and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
We note that 8 of the marbles in the bag are white and thus there are 8 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 8
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(white) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
The predicted number of times we select a white marble is then obtained by multiplying the number of repetitions by the probability.
Prediction = Number of repetitions × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
= 45 × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
= 9 × 4 = 36
Thus we predict that we will get a white marble about 36 times.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 3.
Philip rolls a standard number cube 24 times. Which is the best prediction for the number of times he will roll a number that is even and less than 4?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
possible outcomes = 6
1 of the 6 possible outcomes results in an even number of less than 4, that is outcome 2.
favorable outcome = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(even and less than 4) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 1/6
The predicted number of times we select an even number less than 4 is then obtained by multiplying the number of rolls by the probability.
Prediction = Number of rolls × P(even and less than 4)
= 24 × 1/6
= 4
Thus we predict that we roll an even number less than 4 about 4 times.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
A set of cards includes 24 yellow cards, 18 green cards, and 18 blue cards. What is the probability that a card chosen at random is not green?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
The set of cards includes 24 yellow, 18 green, and 18 blue cards, which are thus 24 + 18 + 18 = 60 cards in total and thus there are 60 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 60
18 of the 60 cards are green and thus 60 – 18 = 42 of the 60 cards are not green. This then implies that there are 42 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 42
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(not green) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 42/60 = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
A rectangle made of square tiles measures 10 tiles long and 8 tiles wide. What is the width of a similar rectangle whose length is 15 tiles?
Options:
a. 3 tiles
b. 12 tiles
c. 13 tiles
d. 18.75 tiles

Answer: 12 tiles

Explanation:
Write the proportion relating to the lengths and widths of each rectangle.
length/width = 10/8 = 15/w
10w = 120
w = 12
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
The Fernandez family drove 273 miles in 5.25 hours. How far would they have driven at that rate in 4 hours?
Options:
a. 208 miles
b. 220 miles
c. 280 miles
d. 358 miles

Answer: 208 miles

Explanation:
Write the proportion relating the number of miles and hours.
miles/hours = 273/5.25 = m/4
5.25m = 1092
m = 208 miles
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 7.
There are 20 tennis balls in a bag. Five are orange, 7 are white, 2 are yellow, and 6 are green. You choose one at random. Which color ball are you least likely to choose?
Options:
a. green
b. orange
c. white
d. yellow

Answer: Yellow

Explanation:
The color with the fewest number of balls is yellow so you are least likely to choose yellow.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 8.
Center County has had a 1 in 6 (or about 16.7%) chance of a tornado in any given decade. In a simulation to consider the probability of tornadoes in the next 5 decades, Ava rolled a number cube. She let a 1 represent a decade with a tornado, and 2–6 represent decades without tornadoes. What experimental probability did Ava find for each event?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 14
a. That Center County has a tornado in at least one of the next five decades.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have been given the data from about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
The number 1 represents a tornado. We then note that 6 of the 10 trials contain at least one 1 and thus 6 of the 10 trials result in at least one tornado. This then implies that there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(at least one tornado) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 6/10 = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 8.
b. That Center County has a tornado in exactly one of the next five decades
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
We have been given data about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
The number 1 represents a tornado. We then note that 3 of the 10 trials contain at least one 1 and thus 3 of the 10 trials result in exactly one tornado. This then implies that there are 3 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(exactly one tornado) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 3/10 = 0.3

EXERCISES – Page No. 425

Find the probability of each event.

Question 1.
Rolling a 5 on a fair number cube.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
possible outcomes = 6
We note that 1 of the 6 possible outcomes results in a 5 and thus there is a favorable outcome.
favorable outcomes = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(5) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ≈ 0.1667 = 16.67%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 425 Q2

Question 3.
Picking a blue marble from a bag of 4 red marbles, 6 blue marbles, and 1 white marble.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Explanation:
The bag contains 4 red, 6 blue, and 1 white marble, thus the bag contains 4 + 6 + 1 = 11 marbles in total and thus there are 11 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 11
We note that 6 of the 11 marbles in the bag are blue and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(blue) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{6}{11}\) ≈ 0.5455 = 54.55%

Question 4.
Rolling a number greater than 7 on a 12-sided number cube.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
A 12-side number cube has 12 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.
possible outcomes = 12
We note that 5 of the 12 possible outcomes result in a number greater than 7 (that is 8, 9, 10, 11, 12) and thus there are 5 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 5
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(Greater than 7) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{5}{12}\) ≈ 0.4167 = 41.67%

Page No. 426

Question 5.
Christopher picked coins randomly from his piggy bank and got the numbers of coins shown in the table. Find each experimental probability.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 15
a. The next coin that Christopher picks is a quarter.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{23}\)

Explanation:
The table contains 7 pennies, 2 nickels, 8 dimes, and 6 quarters, which are 7 + 2 + 8 + 6 = 23 coins in total and thus there are 23 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 23
We note that 6 of the 23 coins are quarters and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(Quarter) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{6}{23}\) ≈ 0.2609 = 26.09%

Question 5.
b. The next coin that Christopher picks is not a quarter.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{17}{23}\)

Explanation:
The sum of the probabilities of an event and its complement is always equal to 1.
P(not a Quarter) + P(Quarter) = 1
Let us then determine the probability of picking the marble that is not marked with the number 5.
P(not a Quarter) + P(Quarter) = 1
P(not a Quarter) = 1 – P(Quarter)
1 – \(\frac{6}{23}\)
= \(\frac{17}{23}\) ≈ 0.7391 = 73..91%

Question 5.
c. The next coin that Christopher picks is a penny or a nickel.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{23}\)

Explanation:
The table contains 7 pennies, 2 nickels, 8 dimes, and 6 quarters, which are 7 + 2 + 8 + 6 = 23 coins in total and thus there are 23 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 23
There are 7 pennies and 2 nickels, thus 7 + 2 = 9 of the coins are pennies or nickels and thus there are 9 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 9
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(Penny or nickel) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{9}{23}\) ≈ 0.3913 = 39.13%

Question 6.
A grocery store manager found that 54% of customers usually bring their own bags. In one afternoon, 82 out of 124 customers brought their own grocery bags. Did a greater or lesser number of people than usual bring their own bags?
_____________

Answer: Greater

Explanation:
54% of 124 is 0.54 × 124 ≈ 67 so more customers than usual brought their own bag.

EXERCISES – Page No. 427

Find the probability of each event.

Question 1.
Graciela picks a white mouse at random from a bin of 8 white mice, 2 gray mice, and 2 brown mice.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
There are 8 white, 2 gray, and 2 brown mice, thus there are 8 + 2 + 2 = 12 mice in total and thus there are 12 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 12
8 of the mice are white and thus there are 8 favorable outcomes
favorable outcomes = 8
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(white) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{8}{12}\) ≈ 0.6667 = 66.67%

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 427 Q2

Question 3.
Tania flips a coin three times. The coin lands on heads twice and on tails once, not necessarily in that order.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
A fair coin has 2 possible outcomes: Heads and Tails T.
There are then 8 possible outcomes when tossing 3 coins: HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH, TTT.
possible outcomes = 8
We note that 3 of the possible outcomes result in two heads and one tail HHT, HTH, TTH and thus there are 3 favorable outcomes
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(two heads and one tail) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 4.
Students are randomly assigned two-digit codes. Each digit is either 1, 2, 3, or 4. Guy is given the number 11.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Explanation:
Each digit has 4 possible outcomes so there are 4 × 4 = 16 possible two-digit numbers with digits of 1, 2, 3 or 4. There is only one way to 11 as the two-digit number so the probability is \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Question 5.
Patty tosses a coin and rolls a number cube.
a. Find the probability that the coin lands on heads and the cube lands on an even number.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
A coin has 2 possible outcomes: heads H and tails T.
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
We then note that there are 2 . 6 = 12 possible outcomes for the coin and the number cube: H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6
possible outcomes = 12
We then note that 3 of the 12 possible outcomes result in heads and an even number: H2, H4, H6.
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(heads and even) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 5.
b. Patty tosses the coin and rolls the number cube 60 times. Predict how many times the coin will land on heads and the cube will land on an even number.
______ times

Answer:
The predicted number of repetitions resulting in heads and an even number is then obtained by multiplying the number of repetitions by the probability.
Prediction = Number of repetitions × P
= 60 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 15
Thus we predict that we obtain heads with an even number about 15 times.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 427 Q6

Page No. 428

Question 7.
Suppose you know that over the last 10 years, the probability that your town would have at least one major storm was 40%. Describe a simulation that you could use to find the experimental probability that your town will have at least one major storm in at least 3 of the next 5 years.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Since the probability is 40% = 4/10 = 2/5, randomly generate numbers from 1 to 5 where 1 and 2 is a year with a major storm and 3 to 5 is a year without a major storm.

Unit 6 Performance Tasks

Question 8.
Meteorologist
A meteorologist predicts a 20% chance of rain for the next two nights and a 75% chance of rain on the third night.
a. On which night is it most likely to rain? On that night, is it likely to rain or unlikely to rain?
Type below:
____________

Answer: 3rd night

Explanation:
On the third night it is most likely to rain since the probability of rain is higher that night. Since the probability of 75% is greater than 50%, it is likely that it will rain.

Question 8.
b. Tara would like to go camping for the next 3 nights, but will not go if it is likely to rain on all 3 nights. Should she go? Use probability to justify your answer.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The probability that it will rain all three nights is 0.2 × 0.2 × 0.75 = 0.03 = 3%. It is unlikely that it will rain all 3 nights since the probability is 3% so she should go.

Question 9.
Sinead tossed 4 coins at the same time. She did this 50 times, and 6 of those times, all 4 coins showed the same result (heads or tails).
a. Find the experimental probability that all 4 coins show the same result when tossed.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{25}\)

Explanation:
The 4 coins were tossed 50 times and thus there are 50 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 50
The result showed that all 4 coins have the same result on 6 of the 50 tosses.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(Same result) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{6}{50}\) = \(\frac{3}{25}\)

Question 9.
b. Can you determine the experimental probability that no coin shows heads? Explain.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The 4 coins were tossed 50 times and thus there are 50 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 50
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(No heads) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes
Since we know the number of possible outcomes, we require the knowledge of the number of favorable outcomes to determine the probability.
That is, we require the knowledge of how many of the tosses resulted in no heads. Since this has not been given, we cannot determine the experimental probability that no coin show heads.

Question 9.
c. Suppose Sinead tosses the coins 125 more times. Use experimental probability to predict the number of times that all 4 coins will show heads or tails. Show your work.
_______ times

Answer:
The predicted number of times that all 4 coins will show heads or tails is then obtained by multiplying the number of times by the probability.
Since the coins were tossed 50 times initially and now were tossed 125 more times, the coins were tossed 50 + 125 = 175 times in total.
Prediction = Number of times × P
= 175 × \(\frac{3}{25}\)
= 7 × 3 = 21
Thus we predict that we obtain that all 4 coins will show heads or tails about 21 times.

Selected Response – Page No. 429

Question 1.
A pizza parlor offers thin, thick, and traditional-style pizza crusts. You can get pepperoni, beef, mushrooms, olives, or peppers for toppings. You order a one-topping pizza. How many outcomes are in the sample space?
Options:
a. 3
b. 5
c. 8
d. 15

Answer: 15

Explanation:
The Fundamental Counting Principle (also called the counting rule) is a way to figure out the number of outcomes in a probability problem. Basically, you multiply the events together to get the total number of outcomes.
Crust: 3 ways (thin, thick, traditional)
Topping: 5 ways (pepperoni, beef, mushrooms, olives, peppers)
Use the Fundamental Counting Principle:
3 × 5 = 15
Thus there are 15 possible outcomes in the sample space.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Page 429 Q2

Question 3.
During the month of April, Dora kept track of the bugs she saw in her garden. She saw a ladybug on 23 days of the month. What is the experimental probability that she will see a ladybug on May 1?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{23}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{30}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{23}{30}\)

Answer: \(\frac{23}{30}\)

Explanation:
There are 30 days in the month of April and thus there are 30 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 30
A ladybug was seen on 23 of the 30 days and thus there are 23 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 23
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(see ladybug) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{23}{30}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Ryan flips a coin 8 times and gets tails all 8 times. What is the experimental probability that Ryan will get heads the next time he flips the coin?
Options:
a. 1
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
d. 0

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The coin was flipped 8 times and thus there are 8 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 5
All 8 flips resulted in tails and thus heads occurred on 0 of the flips, which implies that there are 0 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 0
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(heads) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{0}{8}\) = 0
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
A used guitar is on sale for $280. Derek offers the seller \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the advertised price. How much does Derek offer for the guitar?
Options:
a. $180
b. $210
c. $240
d. $270

Answer: $210

Explanation:
Since 280(3/4) = 210, he offered $210 for the guitar.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Jay tossed two coins several times and then recorded the results in the table below
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 16
What is the experimental probability that the coins will land on different sides on his next toss?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have the coin toss results of 5 tosses and thus there are 5 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 5
We note that 3 of the 5 tosses resulted in two different sides (H, T or T, H) and thus there are 3 favorable outcomes.
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(different sides) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 7.
What is the probability of tossing two fair coins and having exactly one land tails side up?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Each coin has 2 possible outcomes: Heads H and Tails T.
When tossing 2 fair coins, then there are 4 possible outcomes: HH, HT, TH, TT.
possible outcomes = 4
We note that 2 of the 4 possible outcomes result in exactly one tail (TH or HT) and thus there are 2 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 2
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(exactly one tail) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 8.
Find the percent change from 60 to 96.
Options:
a. 37.5% decrease
b. 37.5% increase
c. 60% decrease
d. 60% increase

Answer: 60% increase

Explanation:
Percent change = (amount of change)/(original amount).
The amount of change is 96 – 60 = 36 and the original amount is 60.
The percent change is then 36/60 = 0.6 = 60%.
Since the amounts got larger, it is increasing.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 9.
A bag contains 6 white beads and 4 black beads. You pick out a bead, record its color, and put the bead back in the bag. You repeat this process 35 times. Which is the best prediction of how many times you would expect to remove a white bead from the bag?
Options:
a. 6
b. 10
c. 18
d. 21

Answer: 21

Explanation:
The bag contains 6 white and 4 black beads, which are thus 6 + 4 = 10 beads in total and thus there are 10 favorable outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
6 of the 10 beads are white and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(white) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 6/10 = 3/5 = 0.6 = 60%
The predicted number of selected white beads is then obtained by multiplying the number of repetitions by the probability.
Prediction = Number of repetitions × P(white)
35 × 6/10
= 210/10
= 21
Thus we predict that we removed 21 white beads from the bag.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 10.
A set of cards includes 20 yellow cards, 16 green cards, and 24 blue cards. What is the probability that a blue card is chosen at random?
Options:
a. 0.04
b. 0.24
c. 0.4
d. 0.66

Answer: 0.4

Explanation:
There are 20 yellow, 16 green, and 24 blue cards, which are thus 20 + 16 + 21 = 60 cards and thus there are 60 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 60
24 of the 60 cards are blue and thus there are 24 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 24
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(blue) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{24}{60}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Page No. 430

Question 11.
Jason, Erik, and Jamie are friends in art class. The teacher randomly chooses 2 of the 21 students in the class to work together on a project. What is the probability that two of these three friends will be chosen?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{105}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{70}\)
c. \(\frac{34}{140}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{50}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{70}\)

Explanation:
The probability that one of the friends is chosen as the first student is 3/21 = 1/7 since there are 3 friends and 21 total students.
The probability that a second friend is chosen is then 2/20 = 1/10 since there are 2 remaining friends and a total of 20 remaining students.
The probability that two friends is chosen is then (1/7)(1/10) = \(\frac{1}{70}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 12.
Philip rolls a number cube 12 times. Which is the best prediction for the number of times that he will roll a number that is odd and less than 5?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
possible outcomes = 6
2 of the 6 possible outcomes are odd and less than 5
favorable outcomes = 2
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(odd and less than 5) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
The predicted number of odd numbers less than 5 that is rolled is then obtained by multiplying the number of rolls by the probability.
Prediction = Number of rolls × P(odd and less than 5)
= 12 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 4
Thus 4 of the trolls are expected to result in an odd number of less than 5.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 13.
A survey reveals that one airline’s flights have a 92% probability of being on time. Based on this, out of 4000 flights in a year, how many flights would you predict will arrive on time?
Options:
a. 368
b. 386
c. 3680
d. 3860

Answer: 3680

Explanation:
Given,
P(on time) = 92% = 0.92
The predicted number of flights that arrive on time is then obtained by multiplying the number of flights by the probability.
Prediction = Number of flights × P(on time)
= 4000 × 0.92
= 3680
Thus we predict that about 3680 of the flights are on time.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 14.
Matt’s house number is a two-digit number. Neither of the digits is 0 and the house number is even. What is the probability that Matt’s house number is 18?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{45}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{36}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{18}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{36}\)

Explanation:
The Fundamental Counting Principle (also called the counting rule) is a way to figure out the number of outcomes in a probability problem. Basically, you multiply the events together to get the total number of outcomes.
There are 9 digits excluding 0 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9) and there are 4 even digits excluding 0 (2, 4, 6, 8). By the fundamental counting principle, there are then 9 . 4 =36 two-digit numbers that do not contain a 0 and that is even. Thus there are 36 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 36
18 is 1 of the 36 possible outcomes and thus there is 1 favorable outcome.
favorable outcomes = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(blue) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{1}{36}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Mini-Tasks

Question 15.
Laura picked a crayon randomly from a box, recorded the color, and then placed it back in the box. She repeated the process and recorded the results in the table.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 17
Find each experimental probability. Write your answers in the simplest form.
a. The next crayon Laura picks is red.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
There are 5 red, 6 blue, 7 yellow and 2 green crayons, which are thus 5 + 6 + 7 + 2 = 20 crayons in total and thus there are 20 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 20
5 of the 20 crayons are red and thus there are 5 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 5
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(red) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{5}{20}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 15.
b. The next crayon Laura picks is not red.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
The sum of the probabilities of an event and its complement is always equal to 1.
P(not red) + P(red) = 1
Let us then determine the probability of picking the marble that is not marked with the number 5.
P(not red) = 1 – P(red)
= 1 – 1/4
= 3/4

Question 16.
For breakfast, Trevor has a choice of 3 types of bagels (plain, sesame, or multigrain), 2 types of eggs (scrambled or poached), and 2 juices (orange or apple).
a. Use the space below to make a tree diagram to find the sample space.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
There are 3 types of bagels and thus we draw a root with 3 possible children labeled plain, sesame, and multigrain.
There are 2 types of eggs, thus we draw 2 children for each of the 3 previous children and label these two children as scrambled and poached.
There are 2 juices, thus we draw 2 children for each of the 2 previous children and label these two children as orange or apple.

Question 16.
b. If he chooses at random, what is the probability that Trevor eats a breakfast that has orange juice?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
The bottom row of the tree diagram of the part (a) contains 12 elements and thus there are 12 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 12
6 of the labels in the bottom row are “orange” and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(orange juice) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Conclusion:

I hope this Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations helped you to understand the logic in theoretical probability. Bookmark our site to get the latest info on Go Math Answer Key for all the chapters of grade 7. For any doubts, the 7th-grade students can post their comments in the below-mentioned comment box.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data

go-math-grade-7-chapter-11-analyzing-and-comparing-data-answer-key

Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data pdf for free of cost. Go through the solutions for all the topics in HMH Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data. This Go Math Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data helps the students to score top in the exams. Check out the solutions in  Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data and start preparing now.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data

Students can find the step by step explanation for each and every problem in Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data. The 7th grade Go math answer key not only helps the students it also helps the teachers to find an easy method to teach the students. Know the different methods to solve the problems in Grade 7 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data.

Chapter 11 – Lesson: 1

Chapter 11 – Lesson: 2

Chapter 11 – Lesson: 3

Chapter 11 – Comparing Data Displayed in Dot Plots

Guided Practice – Page No. 338

The dot plots show the number of miles run per week for two different classes. For 1–5, use the dot plots shown.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 1

Question 1.
Compare the shapes of the dot plots.

Answer: In Class A the dot plot is clustered around two areas and in Class B the dot plot is clustered in the middle.

Question 2.
Compare the centers of the dot plots.

Answer: In Class A the data is centered around 4 miles and 13 miles and in Class B the data is centered around 7 miles.

Question 3.
Compare the spreads of the dot plots.

Answer: In class A the spread of the dot plot is 4 miles to 14 miles and in Class B the spread is 3 miles to 9 miles.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 338 Q4

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 338 Q5

Essential Question Check-In

Question 6.
What do the medians and ranges of two dot plots tell you about the data?

Answer: The median of dot plots tells that the values of each dot plot are centered and we can get to know which dot plot has greater values. The range of the dot plot tells about the spread of each value in each plot. The smaller the range, the closer will be the values.

Independent Practice – Page No. 339

The dot plot shows the number of letters in the spellings of the 12 months. Use the dot plot for 7–10.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 2

Question 7.
Describe the shape of the dot plot.

Answer: There is a slight increase in the number 8.

Question 8.
Describe the center of the dot plot.

Answer: The center of the dot plot is 6.

Question 9.
Describe the spread of the dot plot.

Answer: The spread of the dot plot is from 3 to 9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 339 Q10

The dot plots show the mean number of days with rain per month for two cities.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 3

Question 11.
Compare the shapes of the dot plots.

Answer: The number of days with rain for Montgomery is greater than 8 days and in Lynchburg, the number of days of rain is 12 days or less.

Question 12.
Compare the centers of the dot plots.

Answer: In Montgomery, the center of the dot plot is around 9 days. And in Lynchburg, the center of the dot plot is around 10 days.

Question 13.
Compare the spreads of the dot plots.

Answer: In Montgomery, the spread of the dot plot is from 1 to 12 days and the outlier is 1. And in Lynchburg, the spread of the data plot is from 8 to 12 days.

Question 14.
What do the dot plots tell you about the two cities with respect to their average monthly rainfall?

Answer: As the center of Lynchburg is greater than the center of Montgomery, so average monthly rainfall for Lynchburg is greater than the average monthly rainfall of Montgomery.

Page No. 340

The dot plots show the shoe sizes of two different groups of people.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 4

Question 15.
Compare the shapes of the dot plots.

Answer: In Group A the shoe sizes are mostly less than 9. And in group B all the shoe sizes are 11.5 or less.

Question 16.
Compare the medians of the dot plots.

Answer:
The median of Group A is 8.
The median of Group A is 9.5.

Explanation: 6.5,7,7,7.5,7.5,7.5,8,8,8,8,8,8.5,8.5,9,13
The median of Group A is 8.
8.5,9,9,9,9,9.5,9.5,9.5,9.5,10,10,10.5,10.5,10.5,11.5
The median of Group B is 9.5.

Question 17.
Compare the ranges of the dot plots (with and without the outliers).

Answer:
The range with the outlier is 13-6.5= 6.5.
The range without the outlier is 9-6.5= 2.5.
The range is 11.5-8.5= 3.

Explanation: The outlier in Group A is 13
The range with the outlier is 13-6.5= 6.5.
The range without the outlier is 9-6.5= 2.5.
There is no outlier in Group B, so the range is 11.5-8.5= 3.

Question 18.
Make A Conjecture
Provide a possible explanation for the results of the dot plots.

Answer: Group A is Girls and Group B is boys. Because boys have large feet than girls.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 19.
Analyze Relationships
Can two dot plots have the same median and range but have completely different shapes? Justify your answer using examples.

Answer: Yes, it is possible to have the same median and range with different shapes.

Explanation: Yes, it is possible to have the same median and range with different shapes.
The median and the range of the below image is
image 1 data – 1,2,2,3,3,3,4,4,5.
The median of image 1 is 3.
image 2 data is – 2,2,2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6.
The median of image 2 is 3.
The range of image 1 is 5-1= 4.
The range of image 2 is 6-2= 4.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data

Question 20.
Draw Conclusions
What value is most affected by an outlier, the median or the range? Explain. Can you see these effects in a dot plot?

Answer: The most affected by an outlier is range. The outlier increases the range as median values are in the middle, so the outlier will not mostly affect the median. Yes, in a dot plot, we can see both the range and median.

Guided Practice – Page No. 344

For 1–3, use the box plot Terrence created for his math test scores. Find each value.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 5

Question 1.
Minimum = _____ ; Maximum = _____

Answer:
Minimum = 72.
Maximum = 88.

Explanation: The minimum value is the smallest value in the box plot, so the minimum value is 72, and the maximum value is the largest value in the box plot which is 88

Question 2.
Median = _____

Answer:
The Median is 79.

Explanation:
The data is 72,75,79,85,88
The Median is 79.

Question 3.
Range = _____ ; IQR = _____

Answer:
The range is 16.
The IQR is 10.

Explanation:
The range is 88-72= 16
IQR is the difference between upper quartiles and lower quartiles, so 85-75= 10.

For 4–7, use the box plots showing the distribution of the heights of hockey and volleyball players.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 6

Question 4.
Which group has a greater median height?
_____

Answer:
The greater median height is Volleyball players with 74 in.

Explanation:
Hockey players’ data is 64,66,70,76,78.
The median height of hockey players is 70 in.
Volleyball player’s data is 67,68,74,78,85
The median height of the Volleyball player is 74 in.

Question 5.
Which group has the shortest player?
_____

Answer:
Hockey players have the shortest player with 64 in.

Explanation:
The minimum height of hockey players is 64 in.
The minimum height of the Volleyball players is 67 in.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 344 Q6

Essential Question Check-In

Question 7.
What information can you use to compare two box plots?

Answer: To compare two box plots we can use minimum, and maximum values, ////////the median, the range, and the IQR.

Independent Practice – Page No. 345

For 8–11, use the box plots of the distances traveled by two toy cars that were jumped from a ramp.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 7

Question 8.
Compare the minimum, maximum, and median of the box plots.

Answer:
The data for Car A is 165,170,180,195,210.
The data for Car B is 160,175,185,200,205.
The minimum value of Car A is 165.
The minimum value of Car B is 165.
The maximum value of Car A is 210.
The maximum value of Car B is 205.
The median of Car A is 180.
The median of Car B is 185.

Explanation:
The data for Car A is 165,170,180,195,210.
The data for Car B is 160,175,185,200,205.
The minimum value of Car A is 165.
The minimum value of Car B is 165.
The maximum value of Car A is 210.
The maximum value of Car B is 205.
The median of Car A is 180.
The median of Car B is 185.

Question 9.
Compare the ranges and interquartile ranges of the data in box plots.

Answer:
The range of Car A is 45.
The range of Car B is 45.
The IQR of Car A is  25.
The IQR of Car B is  25.

Explanation:
The range of Car A is 210-165= 45.
The range of Car B is 205-160= 45.
The IQR of Car A is 195-170= 25.
The IQR of Car B is 200-175= 25.

Question 10.
What do the box plots tell you about the jump distances of two cars?

Answer: The box plot tells about the minimum and maximum jump distance, the median jump distance, and the spread of the jump distance.

Question 11.
Critical Thinking
What do the whiskers tell you about the two data sets?

Answer: The whiskers tell about the spread of maximum and minimum values of the bottom and top 25% of data.

For 12–14, use the box plots to compare the costs of leasing cars in two different cities.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 8

Question 12.
In which city could you spend the least amount of money to lease a car? The greatest?
______

Answer: The least and the greatest amount is spent by City B.

Explanation:
The data set of City A is $425,$450,$475,$550, and $600.
The data set of City B is $400,$425,$450,$475, and $625.
The minimum cost of City A is $425 and the maximum is $600.
The minimum cost of City B is $400 and the maximum is $625.
The least and the greatest amount is spent by City B.

Question 13.
Which city has a higher median price? How much higher is it?
______

Answer: The higher median price is City A with $475 and $50 higher.

Explanation:
The median of City A is $475 and the median of City B is $450.
So the difference is $475-$425= $50.

Question 14.
Make a Conjecture
In which city is it more likely to choose a car at random that leases for less than $450? Why?
______

Answer: 450 corresponds to the first quartile of City A, which means 25% of the cars cost less than $450. 450 corresponds to the median for City B  which means 50% of the cars cost less than $450. So City B is more likely to have a car chosen randomly that costs less than $450.

Page No. 346

Question 15.
Summarize
Look back at the box plots for 12–14 on the previous page. What do the box plots tell you about the costs of leasing cars in those two cities?

Answer: City A has a smaller range than City B, but it has a greater IQR. And City B has 4 key values of City A which means leasing a car is cheaper in City B.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 16.
Draw Conclusions
Two box plots have the same median and equally long whiskers. If one box plot has a longer box than the other box plot, what does this tell you about the difference between the data sets?

Answer: If two box plots have the same median and equally long whiskers and one box is longer than the other, that means the box plot with the larger box has a greater range and IQR.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 346 Q17

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 346 Q18

Guided Practice – Page No. 350

The tables show the numbers of miles run by the students in two classes. Use the tables in 1–2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 9

Question 1.
For each class, what is the mean? What is the mean absolute deviation?
Class 1 mean: __________
Class 2 mean: __________
Class 1 MAD: __________
Class 2 MAD: __________

Answer:
Class 1 mean: 6
Class 2 mean: 11
Class 1 MAD: 3.067
Class 2 MAD: 3.067

Explanation:
The mean of Class 1 is \(\frac{12+6+1+10+1+2+3+10+3+8+3+9+8+6+8}{6}
= \frac{90}{15}\)
= 6
The mean of Class 2 is \(\frac{11+14+11+13+6+7+8+6+8+13+8+15+13+17+15}{15}
= \frac{165}{15}\)
= 11
The mean absolute deviation of Class 1 is
|12-6| = 6
|6-6| = 0
|1-6| = 5
|10-6| = 4
|1-6| = 5
|2-6| = 4
|3-6| = 3
|10-6| = 4
|3-6| = 3
|8-6| = 2
|3-6| = 3
|9-6| = 3
|8-6| = 2
|6-6| = 0
|8-6| = 2
The mean absolute deviation of Class 1 is \(\frac{6+0+5+4+5+4+3+4+3+2+3+3+2+0+2}{15}
= \frac{46}{15}\)
= 3.067

The mean absolute deviation of Class 2 is
|11-11| = 0
|14-11| = 3
|11-11| = 0
|13-11| = 2
|6-11| = 5
|7-11| = 4
|8-11| = 3
|6-11| = 5
|8-11| = 3
|13-11| = 2
|8-11| = 3
|15-11| = 4
|13-11| = 2
|17-11| = 6
|15-11| = 4
The mean absolute deviation of Class 2 is \(\frac{0+3+0+2+5+4+3+5+3+2+3+4+2+6+4}{15}
= \frac{46}{15}\)
= 3.067

Question 2.
The difference of the means is about _____ times the mean absolute deviations.
_____

Answer: 3, 1.67.

Explanation: The difference between the mean is 11-6=5, and the difference between the means is about 3 times the mean absolute deviations, so
5/3= 1.67.

Question 3.
Mark took 10 random samples of 10 students from two schools. He asked how many minutes they spend per day going to and from school. The tables show the medians and the means of the samples. Compare the travel times using distributions of the medians and means.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 10

Answer:

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
Why is it a good idea to use multiple random samples when making comparative inferences about two populations?

Answer: It’s important to use multiple random samples, so you can draw more interferences about the populations. The more samples we use the more convincing arguments you can make about the distributions.

Independent Practice – Page No. 351

Josie recorded the average monthly temperatures for two cities in the state where she lives. Use the data for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 11

Question 5.
For City 1, what is the mean of the average monthly temperatures? What is the mean absolute deviation of the average monthly temperatures?
Mean: __________
MAD: __________

Answer:
Mean 50 °F.
MAD: 13 °F.

Explanation:
The mean of city 1 is \(\frac{23+38+39+48+55+56+71+86+57+53+43+31}{12}
= \frac{600}{12}\)
= 50 °F.
|23-50|= 27
|38-50|= 12
|39-50|= 11
|48-50|= 2
|55-50|= 5
|56-50|= 6
|71-50|= 21
|86-50|= 36
|57-50|= 7
|53-50|= 3
|43-50|= 7
|31-50|= 19
The mean absolute deviation is \(\frac{27+12+11+2+5+6+21+36+7+3+7+19}{12}
= \frac{156}{12}\)
= 13 °F.

Question 6.
What is the difference between each average monthly temperature for City 1 and the corresponding temperature for City 2?
_______ °F

Answer: The difference between each average monthly temperature for City 1 and the corresponding temperature for City 2 is 15 °F

Explanation:
|23-8|= 15
|38-23|= 15
|39-24|= 15
|48-33|= 15
|55-40|= 15
|56-41|= 15
|71-56|= 15
|86-71|= 15
|57-42|= 15
|53-38|= 15
|43-28|= 15
|31-16|=  15
The difference between each average monthly temperature for City 1 and the corresponding temperature for City 2 is 15 °F

Question 7.
Draw Conclusions
Based on your answers to Exercises 5 and 6, what do you think the mean of the average monthly temperatures for City 2 is? What do you think the mean absolute deviation of the average monthly temperatures for City 2 is? Give your answers without actually calculating the mean and the mean absolute deviation. Explain your reasoning.
Mean = __________ °F
MAD __________ °F

Answer:
Mean =35 °F
MAD = 13°F

Explanation: As all the values of City 2 are 15 below the values of City 1, so the mean of the City 2 will be 50 less than the mean of City 1. Which means 50-15= 35. All of City 2’s values deviate from the mean the same way City 1’s values do which means that the mean absolute deviation is 13

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 351 Q8

Question 9.
Make a Conjecture
The box plots show the distributions of mean weights of 10 samples of 10 football players from each of the two leagues, A and B. What can you say about any comparison of the weights of the two populations? Explain.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 12

Answer: Both leagues have a lot of variabilities since the ranges and IQRs are both very large. The middle halves overlap entirely. The variation and overlap in the distributions make it hard to make any convincing comparison.

Page No. 352

Question 10.
Justify Reasoning
Statistical measures are shown for the ages of middle school and high school teachers in two states.
State A: Mean age of middle school teachers = 38, mean age of high school teachers = 48, mean absolute deviation for both = 6
State B: Mean age of middle school teachers = 42, mean age of high school teachers = 50, mean absolute deviation for both = 4
In which state is the difference in ages between members of the two groups more significant? Support your answer.
_____________

Answer: State B has a difference in ages between members of the two groups more significant.

Explanation:
For State A the difference in the mean as a multiple of the mean absolute deviation is (48-38)/6
= 10/6
= 1.67.
So for State B, (50-42)/4
= 8/4
= 2.
As State B has a larger multiple, the differences in ages between members of the two groups are more significant.

Question 11.
Analyze Relationships
The tables show the heights in inches of all the adult grandchildren of two sets of grandparents, the Smiths and the Thompsons. What is the difference in the medians as a multiple of the ranges?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 13
______ x range

Answer: The difference in the median is 1.75.

Explanation:
Smith: 64,65,65,66,66,67,68,68,69,70.
The Median is (66+67)/2
= 133/2
= 66.5.
The range is 70-64= 6.
Thompsons: 74,75,75,76,77,77,78,79,79,80.
The Median is (77+77)/2
= (154)/2
= 77.
The range is 80-74= 6.
The difference in the median is (77-66.5)/6
= 10.5/6
= 1.75.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 352 Q12

Question 13.
Analyze Relationships
Elly and Ramon are both conducting surveys to compare the average number of hours per month that men and women spend shopping. Elly plans to take many samples of size 10 from both populations and compare the distributions of both the medians and the means. Ramon will do the same but will use a sample size of 100. Whose results will probably produce more reliable inferences? Explain.
_____________

Answer: The larger the sample size, the less variability there should be in the distributions of the medians and means. And Ramon will most likely produce more reliable inferences since he will be using a much larger sample size.

Question 14.
Counterexamples
Seth believes that it is always possible to compare two populations of numerical values by finding the difference in the means of the populations as a multiple of the mean absolute deviations. Describe a situation that explains why Seth is incorrect.

Answer: In order to compare two populations by finding the difference in the means of the populations as a multiple of the mean absolute deviations, so the mean absolute deviations of both populations need to be about the same. So if the mean absolute deviations are significantly different, like 5 and 10 and we cannot compare the populations this way.

11.1 Comparing Data Displayed in Dot Plots – Page No. 353

The two dot plots show the number of miles run by 14 students at the start and at the end of the school year. Compare each measure for the two dot plots. Use the data for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 14

Question 1.
Means
Start: _________
End: _________

Answer:
Mean
Start: 7.5 miles.
End: 8.2 miles.

Explanation:
The data for the start of the school year is 5,6,6,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,9,9,10.
The mean is \(\frac{5+6+6+7+7+7+7+8+8+8+8+9+9+10}{14}
= \frac{105}{14}\)
= 7.5 miles.
The data for the end of the school year is 6,6,7,7,8,8,8,8,9,9,9,10,10,10.
The mean is \(\frac{6+6+7+7+8+8+8+8+9+9+9+10+10+10}{14}
= \frac{115}{14}\)
= 8.2 miles.

Question 2.
Medians
Start: _________
End: _________

Answer:
Median
Start: 7.5 miles.
End: 8 miles.

Explanation:
The median for the start of the school year is
= (7+8)/2
= 15/2
= 7.5 miles.
The median for the end of the school year is
= (8+8)/2
= 16/2
= 8 miles.

Question 3.
Ranges
Start: _________
End: _________

Answer:
Ranges
Start: 5 miles.
End: 4 miles.

Explanation:
The range for the Start of the school year is 10-5= 5 miles.
The range for the end of the school year is 10-6= 4 miles.

11.2 Comparing Data Displayed in Box Plots

The box plots show lengths of flights in inches flown by two model airplanes. Use the data for 4–5.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 15

Question 4.
Which has a greater median flight length?
_____________

Answer:
The greater median flight length is Airplane A which is 210 in.

Explanation:
The median of Airplane A is 210 in and the median of Airplane B is 204 in. So greater median flight length is Airplane A which is 210 in.

Question 5.
Which has a greater interquartile range?
_____________

Answer: The greater IQR is Airplane B with 35 in.

Explanation:
The IQR for Airplane A is 225-208= 17 in and The IQR for Airplane B is 230-195= 35 in. So the greater IQR is Airplane B.

11.3 Using Statistical Measures to Compare Populations

Question 6.
Roberta grows pea plants, some in shade and some in sun. She picks 8 plants of each type at random and records the heights.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 16
Express the difference in the means as a multiple of their ranges.
______

Answer: The difference in the means as a multiple of their ranges is 2.4 in.

Explanation:
The mean of Shade plant heights is \(\frac{7+11+11+12+9+12+8+10}{8}
= \frac{80}{8}\)
= 10 in.
The range of Shade plant heights is 12-7= 5 in.
The mean of Sun plant heights is \(\frac{21+24+19+19+22+23+24+24}{8}
= \frac{176}{8}\)
= 22 in.
The range of Sun plant heights is 24-19= 5 in.
The difference in the means as a multiple of their ranges is  (22-10)/5
= 12/5
= 2.4 in.

Essential Question

Question 7.
How can you use and compare data to solve real-world problems?

Answer: We can use and compare data to solve real-world problems by determining if one set is larger than the other set in terms of values, means, and medians.

Selected Response – Page No. 354

Question 1.
Which statement about the data is true?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 17
Options:
a. The difference between the medians is about 4 times the range.
b. The difference between the medians is about 4 times the IQR.
c. The difference between the medians is about 2 times the range.
d. The difference between the medians is about 2 times the IQR.

Answer: b is true.

Explanation:
Set 1 median is 60 and Set 2 median is 76
The range of Set 1 is 68-55= 13
The range of Set 2 is 80-65= 15
The IQR of Set 1 is 63-59= 4
The IQR of Set 2 is 77-73= 4
The difference in medians is 76-60= 16, So the difference between the medians is about 4 times the IQR.

Question 2.
Which is a true statement based on the box plots below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 18
Options:
a. The data for City A has a greater range.
b. The data for City B is more symmetric.
c. The data for City A has a greater interquartile range.
d. The data for City B has a greater median.

Answer: C is true.

Explanation: The length of the box for City A is much larger than for City B, so IQR for City A is greater.

Question 3.
What is −3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. -3.5
b. -3.05
c. -0.35
d. -0.035

Answer: a.

Explanation: −3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
=  \(\frac{-7}{2}\)
= -3.5.

Question 4.
Which is a true statement based on the dot plots below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 19
Options:
a. Set A has the lesser range
b. Set B has a greater median.
c. Set A has the greater mean.
d. Set B is less symmetric than Set A.

Answer: c is a true statement.

Explanation:
The median of Set A is 30 and the median of Set B is 40, so Set A has the greater mean.

Mini-Task

Question 5.
The dot plots show the lengths of a random sample of words in a fourth-grade book and a seventh-grade book.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 20
a. Compare the shapes of the plots.

Answer:
For Fourth grade, most of the words have a length of 6 or less and with two outliers 9 and 10.
For Seventh grade, most of the words have a length of 8 or less with 5 exceptions.

Question 5.
b. Compare the ranges of the plots. Explain what your answer means in terms of the situation.

Answer:
The Seventh grade has a larger range, so it has more variability.

Explanation:
The range for the fourth grade is 10-1=9.
The range for the seventh grade is 14-2= 12.
As the Seventh grade has a larger range it has more variability.

EXERCISES – Page No. 356

Question 1.
Molly uses the school directory to select, at random, 25 students from her school for a survey on which sports people like to watch on television. She calls the students and asks them, “Do you think basketball is the best sport to watch on television?”
a. Did Molly survey a random sample or a biased sample of the students at her school?
_____________

Answer: Yes, Molly surveyed a random sample. As she selected 25 students from a school directory of the entire student population in her school.

Question 1.
b. Was the question she asked an unbiased question? Explain your answer.
_____________

Answer: No, the question is not unbiased. The question is biased because it assumes the person watches basketball on television.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 356 Q2

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 356 Q2.1

Question 3.
A store gets a shipment of 500 MP3 players. Twenty-five of the players are defective, and the rest are working. A graphing calculator is used to generate 20 random numbers to simulate a random sample of the players.
A list of 20 randomly generated numbers representing MP3 players is :
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 21
a. Let numbers 1 to 25 represent players that are _____
_____________

Answer: As there are twenty-five defective players, let the numbers 1 to 25 represent players that are defective.

Question 3.
b. Let numbers 26 to 500 represent players that are _____
_____________

Answer: Let the numbers 26 to 500 represent players that are working.

Question 3.
c. How many players in this sample are expected to be defective?
______ players

Answer: As there are 2 numbers in from 1 and 25 which are 5 and 9 are the players in the sample are expected to be defective.

Question 3.
d. If 300 players are chosen at random from the shipment, how many are expected to be defective based on the sample? Does the sample provide a reasonable inference? Explain.
______ players

Answer: 30 players.

Explanation:
X/300 = 2/20
X = (2×300)/20
X = 600/20
X = 30.
We may expect 25 out of 500 or 5% of the 300 players to be defective, which is only 15 players because the sample doesn’t provide a reasonable inference.

EXERCISES – Page No. 357

The dot plots show the number of hours a group of students spends online each week, and how many hours they spend reading. Compare the dot plots visually.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data

Question 1.
Compare the shapes, centers, and spreads of the dot plots.

Answer:
Shape:
Time spent online- Most of the students spend 4 hours are more.
Time spent reading- The students spent a maximum of 6 hours.
Centers:,6
The no.of hours spent online is centered around 6 hours.
The no.of hours spent reading is centered around 5 hours.
Spread:
The range for time spent online is 7-0=7.
The range for time spent reading is 6-0=6.

Question 2.
Calculate the medians of the dot plots.
Time Online: __________
Time reading: __________

Answer:
Time online: 6 hours.
Time reading: 5 hours.

Explanation:
The data of time online is 0,4,4,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7
The Median is 6 hours.
The data of time reading is 0,0,0,0,1,1,2,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6
The Median is 5 hours.

Question 3.
Calculate the ranges of the dot plots.
Time Online: __________
Time reading: __________

Answer:
Time online: 7 hours.
Time reading: 6 hours.

Explanation:
The range of time online is 7-0= 7.
The range of time reading is 6-0= 6.

Page No. 358

Question 4.
The average times (in minutes) a group of students spend studying and watching TV per school day are given.
Studying: 25, 30, 35, 45, 60, 60, 70, 75
Watching TV: 0, 35, 35, 45, 50, 50, 70, 75
a. Find the mean times for studying and for watching TV.
Studying: __________
Watching TV: __________

Answer:
Studying: 50.
Watching TV: 40.

Explanation:
The mean for studying is \(\frac{25+30+35+45+60+60+0+75}{8}
= \frac{400}{8}\)
= 50.
The mean for watching TV is \(\frac{0+35+35+45+50+50+70+75}{8}
= \frac{360}{8}\)
= 45.

Question 4.
b. Find the mean absolute deviations (MADs) for each data set.
Studying: __________
Watching TV: __________

Answer:
Studying: 16.25
Watching TV: 16.25

Explanation:
|25-50|= 25
|30-50|= 20
|35-50|= 15
|45-50|= 5
|60-50|= 10
|60-50|= 10
|70-50|= 20
|75-50|= 25
The mean absolute deviation is \(\frac{25+20+15+5+10+10+20+25}{8}
= \frac{130}{8}\)
= 16.25.
|0-45|= 45
|35-45|= 10
|35-45|= 10
|45-45|= 0
|50-45|= 5
|50-45|= 5
|70-45|= 25
|75-45|= 30
The mean absolute deviation is \(\frac{45+10+10+0+5+5+25+30}{8}
= \frac{130}{8}\)
= 16.25.

Question 4.
c. Find the difference of the means as a multiple of the MAD, to two decimal places.
_____

Answer: 0.31.

Explanation: (50-45)/16.25 = 5/16.25
= 0.31.

Unit 5 Performance Tasks

Question 5.
Entomologist
An entomologist is studying how two different types of flowers appeal to butterflies. The box-and-whisker plots show the number of butterflies that visited one of two different types of flowers in a field. The data were collected over a two-week period, for one hour each day.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 23
a. Find the median, range, and interquartile range for each data set.

Answer:
Type A:
The median is 11.5
The range is 4
The IQR is 3
Type B:
The median is 11
The range is 10
The IQR is 2

Explanation:
Type A:
The median is (11+12)/2
= 23/2
= 11.5
The range is 13-9= 4
The IQR is 12-9= 3
Type B:
The median is 11
The range is 17-7= 10
The IQR is 12-10= 2

Question 5.
b. Which measure makes it appear that flower type A had a more consistent number of butterfly visits? Which measure makes it appear that flower type B did? If you had to choose one flower as having the more consistent visits, which would you choose? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: As type A has a smaller range, the range makes it appear as if type A has a more consistent number of butterfly visits. And type B had a smaller IQR, the IQR makes it appear as if type A has a more consistent number of butterflies visits. We would choose type A has to have a more consistent number of butterfly visits and it has a much smaller range. The range of the fourth quartile for type Bis is larger than the range for the entire data set of type A.

Selected Response – Page No. 359

Question 1.
Which is a true statement based on the dot plots below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 24
Options:
a. Set B has a greater range.
b. Set B has a greater median.
c. Set B has the greater mean.
d. Set A is less symmetric than Set B.

Answer: a

Explanation:
Set A has a range of 60-20 = 40
Set B has a range of 60-10 = 50.
So Set B has a greater range.

Question 2.
Which is a solution to the equation 7g − 2 = 47?
Options:
a. g = 5
b. g = 6
c. g = 7
d. g = 8

Answer: c

Explanation:
7g-2= 47
7g= 47+2
7g= 49
g= 49/7
g= 7.

Question 3.
Which is a true statement based on the box plots below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 25
Options:
a. The data for Team B has a greater range.
b. The data for Team A is more symmetric.
c. The data for Team B has a greater interquartile range.
d. The data for Team A has a greater median.

Answer: c

Explanation: The box of Team B is much larger than the box of Team A, so the data for Team B have the greater interquartile range.

Question 4.
Which is the best way to choose a random sample of people from a sold-out movie audience for a survey?
Options:
a. Survey all audience members who visit the restroom during the movie.
b. Assign each seat a number, write each number on a slip of paper, and then draw several slips from a hat. Survey the people in those seats.
c. Survey all of the audience members who sit in the first or last row of seats in the movie theater.
d. Before the movie begins, ask for volunteers to participate in a survey. Survey the first twenty people who volunteer.

Answer: b

Explanation:
A is not random because the people being chosen are being surveyed in one place.
B is random as all members of the population can be chosen and each member has an equal chance of being selected.
C is may not assign every member of the population an equal chance of being chosen since the number of seats in the first or last rows may have more or fewer seats than the other rows.
D is not random because participants are self-selecting to do the survey.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data Page 359 Q5

Question 6.
A survey asked 100 students in a school to name the temperature at which they feel most comfortable. The box plot below shows the results for temperatures in degrees Fahrenheit. Which could you infer based on the box plot below?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 26
Options:
a. Most students prefer a temperature less than 65 degrees.
b. Most students prefer a temperature of at least 70 degrees.
c. Almost no students prefer a temperature of fewer than 75 degrees.
d. Almost no students prefer a temperature of more than 65 degrees.

Answer: b.

Explanation: The last half of the data is about 73-85 which means 50% prefer a temperature above 73. This means that most prefer a temperature of at least 70 degrees since more than 50% of the box plot is 70 degrees are more.

Page No. 360

Question 7.
The box plots below show data from a survey of students under 14 years old. They were asked how many days in a month they read and draw. Based on the box plots, which is a true statement about students?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 27
Options:
a. Most students draw at least 12 days a month.
b. Most students read less than 12 days a month.
c. Most students read more often than they draw.
d. Most students draw more often than they read.

Answer: c

Explanation: 4 out of 5 key values for reading are greater than the corresponding values for drawing which means most of the students read more often than they draw.

Question 8.
Which describes the relationship between ∠NOM and ∠JOK in the diagram?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 28
Options:
a. adjacent angles
b. complementary angles
c. supplementary angles
d. vertical angles

Answer: d

Explanation: ∠NOM and ∠JOK are vertical angles.

Question 9.
The tables show the typical number of minutes spent exercising each week for a group of fourth-grade students and a group of seventh-grade students.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 Analyzing and Comparing Data img 29
a. What is the mean number of minutes spent exercising for fourth graders? For seventh graders?
4th grade: __________
7th grade: __________

Answer:
4th grade: 129
7th grade: 221

Explanation:
The mean for fourth grade is \(\frac{120+75+30+30+240+90+100+180+125+300}{10}
= \frac{1290}{10}\)
= 129
The mean for fourth grade is \(\frac{410+145+240+250+125+95+210+190+245+300}{10}
= \frac{2210}{10}\)
= 221

Question 9.
b. What is the mean absolute deviation of each data set?
4th grade: __________
7th grade: __________

Answer:
4th grade: 66.6
7th grade: 68

Explanation:
|120-129|= 9
|75-129|= 54
|30-129|= 99
|30-129|= 99
|240-129|=111
|90-129|= 39
|100-129|= 29
|180-129|= 51
|125-129|= 4
|300-129|= 171
The mean absolute deviation for fourth grade is \(\frac{9+54+99+99+111+39+29+51+4+171}{10}
= \frac{666}{10}\)
= 66.6
|410-221|= 189
|145-221|= 76
|240-221|= 19
|250-221|= 29
|125-221|= 96
|95-221|= 126
|210-221|= 11
|190-221|= 31
|245-221|= 24
|300-221|= 79
The mean absolute deviation for fourth grade is \(\frac{189+76+19+29+96+126+11+31+24+79}{10}
= \frac{680}{10}\)
= 68

Question 9.
c. Compare the two data sets with respect to their measures of center and their measures of variability.

Answer: The center of the fourth grade is much smaller than the center for 7th grade. The range is much smaller for a fourth grade than 7th grade which means that fourth graders spend less time exercising and have less variability in the number of minutes that they exercise.

Explanation:
The data for fourth grade is 30,30,75,90,100,120,125,180,240,300
The Median is (100+120)/2
= 220/2
= 110
The range is 300-30= 270
The data for seventh grade is 95,125,145,190,210,240,245,250,300,410
The Median is (210+240)/2
= 450/2
= 225
The range is 410-95= 315.
The center of the fourth grade is much smaller than the center for 7th grade.
The range is much smaller for a fourth grade than 7th grade which means that fourth graders spend less time exercising and have less variability in the number of minutes that they exercise.

Question 9.
d. How many times does the MADs the difference between the means, to the nearest tenth?
_______

Answer: As the MADs are not the same we will find the average of them and then find the difference of the mean and divide it by the average of the MADs.

Explanation:
(66.6+68)/2
= 134.6/2
= 67.3
(221-129)/67.3
= 92/67.3
= 1.37

Guided Practice – Page No. 371

Question 1.
In a hat, you have index cards with the numbers 1 through 10 written on them. Order the events from least likely to happen (1) to most likely to happen (8) when you pick one card at random. In the boxes, write a number from 1 to 8 to order the eight different events.
You pick a number greater than 0. __________
You pick an even number. __________
You pick a number that is at least 2. __________
You pick a number that is at most 0. __________
You pick a number divisible by 3. __________
You pick a number divisible by 5. __________
You pick a prime number. __________
You pick a number less than the greatest prime number. __________

Answer: 8,5,7,1,3,24,6.

Explanation:
As there are 10 numbers from 1 to 10 and thus there will be 10 possible outcomes. So,
The number greater than 0 is 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10.
Even numbers are 2,4,6,8,10.
The number at least 2 is 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10.
The number that is at most 0: as none of the integers are from 1 to 10 are at most 0.
The number divisible by 3 is 3,6,9.
The number divisible by 5 is 5,10.
The prime numbers are 2,3,5,7.
The number less than the greatest prime numbers are 1,2,3,4,5,6 as 7 is the greatest prime number from the numbers 1 to 10.
The more favorable outcomes correspond with an event, the more likely the events happen. Thus the number is at most 0 is the least likely and greater than 0 is the most likely.
The number of events from the least likely to the most likely is
A number greater than 0 is 8
Even numbers are 5
The number at least 2 is 7
The number that is at most 0: 1
The number divisible by 3 is 3
The number divisible by 5 is 2
The prime numbers are 4
The number less than the greatest prime number is 6.

Final Words:

In addition to the exercise problems, students can also find solutions for homework exercises. Thus the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 11 helps to complete the homework in time. We wish the pdf helped you a lot in scoring marks in the exams. Keep in touch with us to get the latest information regarding all chapters in grade 7.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

go-math-grade-7-chapter-10-random-samples-and-populations-answer-key

Get free step by step explanations for all the questions in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations. Make use of the links and start preparing for the exams through Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations. It is very essential for the students to understand the concepts in Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Go Math Grade 7 Solution Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations is the best study material to score the highest marks in the examinations. The HMH Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples & Populations helps the students to understand the concepts without any difficulty. Click on the below links for the Go Math Grade 7 solutions which are given with a brief explanation.

Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations – Lesson 1

Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations – Lesson: 2

Chapter 10 – Random Samples and Populations 

Guided Practice – Page No. 314

Question 1.
Follow each method described below to collect data to estimate the average shoe size of seventh grade boys.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 1

Answer:
Method 1:
Select randomly 5 seventh grade boys and record their shoe size in a table.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

The mean is \(\frac{10+8+7.5+9+10}{5}
= \frac{44.5}{5}\)
= 8.9

Method 2:
Find the 5 boys in the class who has largest shoe size and record in a table.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Question 2.
Method 1 produces results that are more/less representative of the entire student population because it is a random/biased sample.

Answer: Method 1 produces results that are more representative of the entire student population because it is a random sample.

Question 3.
Method 2 produces results that are more/less representative of the entire student population because it is a random/biased sample.

Answer: Method 2 produces results that are less representative of the entire student population because it is a biased sample.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 314 Q4

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
How can you select a sample so that the information gained represents the entire population?

Answer: We should select a sample that is randomly chosen and is sufficiently large enough so that the result so that results are representative of the entire population.

Independent Practice – Page No. 315

Question 6.
Paul and his friends average their test grades and find that the average is 95. The teacher announces that the average grade of all of her classes is 83. Why are the averages so different?

Answer: As Paul and his friends are not a randomly chosen sample of the class population, so the averages are different.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 315 Q7

For 8–10, determine whether each sample is a random sample or a biased sample. Explain.

Question 8.
Carol wants to find out the favorite foods of students at her middle school. She asks the boys’ basketball team about their favorite foods.

Answer: As Carol asks only boys and girls are not represented in the sample, so the sample is biased.

Question 9.
Dallas wants to know what elective subjects the students at his school like best. He surveys students who are leaving band class.

Answer: Dallas asked only students who are in band class and elective subject students are not represented, so the sample is biased.

Question 10.
To choose a sample for a survey of seventh graders, the student council puts pieces of paper with the names of all the seventh graders in a bag and selects 20 names.

Answer: As all students had an equal chance of being represented in the survey, the sample is random.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 315 Q11

For 12–13, determine whether each question may be biased. Explain.

Question 12.
Joey wants to find out what sport seventh-grade girls like most. He asks girls, “Is basketball your favorite sport?”

Answer: As it mentions basketball and suggests that girls should give a certain answer. So the question is biased.

Question 13.
Jae wants to find out what type of art her fellow students enjoy most. She asks her classmates, “What is your favorite type of art?”

Answer: As it does not suggest students should give a certain answer, it is not biased.

H.O.T. – Page No. 316

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 14.
Draw Conclusions
Determine which sampling method will better represent the entire population. Justify your answer.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 2

Answer: Collin’s survey is a better sampling method. Collin is randomly choosing names from the school directory, so each student has a chance of being chosen because they all appear in the school directory.
Karl’s survey is biased, as he is only choosing the students that were sitting near him during lunch which means the people he is asking are not representative of the entire population.

Question 15.
Multistep
Barbara surveyed students in her school by looking at an alphabetical list of 600 student names, dividing them into groups of 10, and randomly choosing one from each group.
a. How many students did she survey? What type of sample is this?
__________ people
This is a __________ sample

Answer: Barbara made 600÷10= 60 groups, so she chose one person in each group and surveyed 60 people. So this is a random sample because all the students are being represented and have an equal chance of being chosen.

Question 15.
b. Barbara found that 35 of the survey participants had pets. About what percent of the students she surveyed had pets? Is it safe to believe that about the same percentage of students in the school have pets? Explain your thinking.
__________ %

Answer: As there are 60 survey participants and in that 35/60= 0.58% ≈58%. Yes, it is safe to believe that about the same percentage of students in the school have pets because the sample is large enough large and all students have represented.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 316 Q16

Guided Practice – Page No. 320

Patrons in the children’s section of a local branch library were randomly selected and asked for their ages. The librarian wants to use the data to infer the ages of all patrons of the children’s section so he can select age-appropriate activities. In 3–6, complete each inference.
7, 4, 7, 5, 4, 10, 11, 6, 7, 4

Question 1.
Make a dot plot of the sample population data.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Question 2.
Make a box plot of the sample population data.

Answer: First we need to find the median, so we need to order the numbers from least to greatest: 4,4,4,5,6,7,7,7,10,11.
So the median is (6+7)/2= 13/2= 6.5.
And the median for half of the data is 4,4,4,5,6= 4.
And the other half of the data is 7,7,7,10,11= 7.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Question 3.
The most common ages of children that use the library are _____ and _____.
_____ and _____

Answer: 4 and 7 are the numbers repeated the most in the data set, so the most common ages of the children that use the library are 4 and 7.

Question 4.
The range of ages of children that use the library is from _____ to _____.
_____ to _____

Answer: The lower that appears in the data set is 4 and the higher that appears in the data set is 11, so the range of ages of children that use the library is from 4 to 7.

Question 5.
The median age of children that use the library is _____.
_____

Answer: The median age of children that use the library is 6.5.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 320 Q6

Question 7.
Part of the population of 4,500 elk at a wildlife preserve is infected with a parasite. A random sample of 50 elk shows that 8 of them are infected. How many elk are likely to be infected?
_____ elk

Answer: If we break down the whole elk population into samples of 50 elk, we get 4500÷50= 90 samples. So if we find 8 infected elk in every sample and we can expect about 8×90= 720 elk to be infected.

Essential Question Check-In

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 320 Q8

Independent Practice – Page No. 321

Question 9.
A manager samples the receipts of every fifth person who goes through the line. Out of 50 people, 4 had a mispriced item. If 600 people go to this store each day, how many people would you expect to have a mispriced item?
_____ people

Answer: 48 people.

Explanation:
Let X be the number of people with a mispriced item, so
4/50= X/600
50X= 2400
X= 48.
So there will be 48 people with a mispriced item.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 321 Q10

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 321 Q11

Question 12.
Part of the population of 10,800 hawks at a national park is building a nest. A random sample of 72 hawks shows that 12 of them are building a nest. Estimate the number of hawks building a nest in the population.
_____ hawks

Answer: 1800 hawks.

Explanation:
Let X be the number of boxes with at least one broken crayon
12/72= X/10,800
72X= 10,800
X= 1800.
So there will be 1800 hawks building a nest in the population.

Question 13.
In a wildlife preserve, a random sample of the population of 150 raccoons was caught and weighed. The results, given in pounds, were 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 27, 28, 28, 28, and 32. Jean made the qualitative statement, “The average weight of the raccoon population is 25 pounds.” Is her statement reasonable? Explain.
_____

Answer: Yes, Jean’s statement is reasonable.

Explanation: As the weights are not given for all 150 raccoons, so we don’t know how many raccoons are at each of the weights given, and we cannot calculate the average. So the best way to estimate the average is to find the median of the data set. So the median is
(23+27)/2= 25. As the median is 25 Jean’s statement is reasonable.

Question 14.
Greta collects the number of miles run each week from a random sample of female marathon runners. Her data are shown below. She made the qualitative statement, “25% of female marathoners run 13 or more miles a week.” Is her statement reasonable? Explain. Data: 13, 14, 18, 13, 12, 17, 15, 12, 13, 19, 11, 14, 14, 18, 22, 12.
_____

Answer: Greta’s statement is not reasonable.

Explanation: If we set the data from least to highest then 11,12,12,12,13,13,13,14,14,14,15,17,18,18,19,22. So there are 16 marathon runners, and 12 of them run 13 miles or more each week. So
12/16= 0.75= 75%. So Greta’s statement is not reasonable.

Question 15.
A random sample of 20 of the 200 students at Garland Elementary is asked how many siblings each has. The data are ordered as shown. Make a dot plot of the data. Then make a qualitative statement about the population. Data: 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 6.

Answer: The mean is 2.

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{0+1+1+1+1+1+1+2+2+2+2+2+3+3+3+3+4+4+4+6}{20}
= \frac{46}{20}\)
= 2.3
So the mean is 2 as for the siblings the number must be a whole number.
Most of the students have at least 1 sibling and most of the students have fewer than 6 siblings, and the students have an average of two siblings.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Question 16.
Linda collects a random sample of 12 of the 98 Wilderness Club members’ ages. She makes an inference that most wilderness club members are between 20 and 40 years old. Describe what a box plot that would confirm Linda’s inference should look like.

Answer: Linda will conclude that most of the club members are between the ages of 20 and 40, so more than half of the 12 surveyed members must be between those ages. The box plot would have the lower quartile at 20 and upper quartile at 40.

Page No. 322

Question 17.
What’s the Error?
Kudrey was making a box plot. He first plotted the least and greatest data values. He then divided the distance into half, and then did this again for each half. What did Kudrey do wrong and what did his box plot look like?

Answer: By creating a box plot, the 3 middle values are not found by dividing the distance between the maximum and minimum values and then dividing the distances in half again. The 3 middle values are found by finding the median of the set values, the median of the first half of the values, and the median of the last half of the values.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 18.
Communicating Mathematical Ideas
A dot plot includes all of the actual data values. Does a box plot include any of the actual data values?
______

Answer: Yes, a dot plot will include all of the actual data values. The only actual data values that a box plot must have the minimum and maximum values. The 3 median values may are may not be actual data values.

Question 19.
Make a Conjecture
Sammy counted the peanuts in several packages of roasted peanuts. He found that the bags had 102, 114, 97, 85, 106, 120, 107, and 111 peanuts. Should he make a box plot or dot plot to represent the data? Explain your reasoning.
______

Answer: Sammy should make a box plot to represent the data. As dot plots are helpful in finding the number of times each value occurs in a data set. As the values occur only once, so the box plot will better represent the data.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 322 Q20

Page No. 326

A manufacturer gets a shipment of 600 batteries of which 50 are defective. The store manager wants to be able to test random samples in future shipments. She tests a random sample of 20 batteries in this shipment to see whether a sample of that size produces a reasonable inference about the entire shipment.

Question 1.
The manager selects a random sample using the formula randInt( , ) to generate _____ random numbers.

Answer: Since 50 out of 600 batteries are defective and she is testing 20 batteries she can use randInt(1,600) to generate 20 random numbers.

Question 2.
She lets numbers from 1 to _____ represent defective batteries, and _____ to _____ represent working batteries. She generates this list: 120, 413, 472, 564, 38, 266, 344, 476, 486, 177, 26, 331, 358, 131, 352, 227, 31, 253, 31, 277.

Answer: She lets numbers from 1 to 50 represent defective batteries and 51 to 600 represent working batteries. She generates this list:
120, 413, 472, 564, 38, 266, 344, 476, 486, 177, 26, 331, 358, 131, 352, 227, 31, 253, 31, 277.

Question 3.
Does the sample produce a reasonable inference?
______

Answer: No, the sample does not produce a reasonable inference. In samples 26, and 31,31,38 numbers represent defective batteries, and in shipment 50 out of 600 of the batteries are defective.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
What can happen if a sample is too small or is not random?

Answer: If the sample is too small or not random, it is likely to produce unrepresentative data values.

Page No. 327

Maureen owns three bagel shops. Each shop sells 500 bagels per day. Maureen asks her store managers to use a random sample to see how many whole-wheat bagels are sold at each store each day. The results are shown in the table. Use the table for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 3

Question 5.
If you assume the samples are representative, how many whole-wheat bagels might you infer are sold at each store?
Shop A: ___________
Shop B: ___________
Shop C: ___________

Answer:
Shop A: 100.
Shop B: 115.
Shop C: 140.

Explanation:
Shop A:
10/50×500
= 10×10
= 100.

Shop B:
23/100×500
= 23×5
= 115.

Shop C:
7/25×500
= 7×20
= 140.

Question 6.
Rank the samples for the shops in terms of how representative they are likely to be. Explain your rankings.

Answer: The samples can be ranked as C, A, B from least to most. Shop B’s is the most representative because it contained the most bagel. Shop C’s is the least representative because it contained the fewest bagels.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 327 Q7

Question 8.
In a shipment of 1,000 T-shirts, 75 do not meet quality standards. The table below simulates a manager’s random sample of 20 T-shirts to inspect. For the simulation, the integers 1 to 75 represent the below-standard shirts.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 4

Answer: In the sample, two values are from 1 to 75. So, 2 shirts are below the quality standards. So
= 2/20×1000
= 2×50
= 100.
The prediction would be that 100 shirts are below quality standards, which would be 25 more than the actual number.

Page No. 328

Question 9.
Multistep
A 64-acre coconut farm is arranged in an 8-by-8 array. Mika wants to know the average number of coconut palms on each acre. Each cell in the table represents an acre of land. The number in each cell tells how many coconut palms grow on that particular acre.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 5
a. The numbers in green represent Mika’s random sample of 10 acres. What is the average number of coconut palms on the randomly selected acres?
______

Answer: The average is 49.8 coconut palms.

Explanation: The average is \(\frac{56+43+62+63+33+34+38+51+59+59}{10}
= \frac{498}{10}\)
= 49.8

Question 9.
b. Project the number of palms on the entire farm.
______

Answer: 3187 palms.

Explanation: As the average is 49.8 for each acre, so for 64 acres it is 64×49.8= 3187.2. So the number of palms on the entire farm is 3187.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 10.
Draw Conclusions
A random sample of 15 of the 78 competitors at a middle school gymnastics competition is asked about their height. The data set lists the heights in inches: 55, 57, 57, 58, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 61, 62, 62, 63, 64, 66. What is the mean height of the sample? Do you think this is a reasonable prediction of the mean height of all competitors? Explain.

Answer: Yes, this is a reasonable prediction.

Explanation: The mean height is \(\frac{55+57+57+58+59+59+59+59+59+61+62+62+63+64+66}{15}
= \frac{900}{15}\)
= 60 inches.
Yes, this is a reasonable prediction of the mean height of all competitors because it is a good sample generated randomly and contains sufficient values. So it should provide a good estimate of the mean height of all competitors.

Question 11.
Critical Thinking
The six-by-six grid contains the ages of actors in a youth Shakespeare festival. Describe a method for randomly selecting 8 cells by using number cubes. Then calculate the average of the 8 values you found.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 6

Answer: The average is 15.

Explanation: We can roll a number cube twice and record each value. The first value will be the row number and the second will be the column number we repeat the process 8 times in order to get 8 ages from the grid. 12,10,21,9,18,16,14,20.
The mean is \(\frac{12+10+21+9+18+16+14+20}{6}
= \frac{120}{8}\)
= 15

Question 12.
Communicating Mathematical Ideas
Describe how the size of a random sample affects how well it represents a population as a whole.

Answer: The bigger the size of the random sample, the more likely it so accurately represents the population.

10.1 Populations and Samples – Page No. 329

Question 1.
A company uses a computer to identify their 600 most loyal customers from its database and then surveys those customers to find out how they like their service. Identify the population and determine whether the sample is random or biased.
The sample is _______

Answer: The population is the customers in the company’s database. The sample is biased because instead of surveying all of their customers, the company only surveyed their most loyal customers.

10.2 Making Inferences from a Random Sample

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 329 Q2

10.3 Generating Random Samples

A store receives a shipment of 5,000 MP3 players. In a previous shipment of 5,000 MP3 players, 300 were defective. A store clerk generates random numbers to simulate a random sample of this shipment. The clerk lets the numbers 1 through 300 represent defective MP3 players, and the numbers 301 through 5,000 represent working MP3 players. The results are given.
13 2,195 3,873 525 900 167 1,094 1,472 709 5,000

Question 3.
Based on the sample, how many of the MP3 players might the clerk predict would be defective?
_______ MP3’s

Answer: 1000 MP3’s.

Explanation: As the two random numbers are 13 and 167 as they are less than 300 and thus represent defective MP3 players. And the other 8 numbers are greater than 300 and represent working MP3 players. So the total number of randomly generated numbers is 10.
2/10 = X/5000
1/5 = X/5000
X = 1000.
So, about 1000 MP3 players are defective.

Question 4.
Can the manufacturer assume the prediction is valid? Explain.
_______

Answer: No.

Explanation: As the manufacturer cannot assume the prediction is valid. As the sample size of 10 is too small compared to the size of the shipment.

Essential Question

Question 5.
How can you use random samples to solve real-world problems?

Answer: We can use random samples to make a prediction about the population that is too large to survey.

Selected Response – Page No. 330

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 330 Q1
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 330 Q1.1

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations Page 330 Q2

Question 3.
A pair of shoes that normally costs $75 is on sale for $55. What is the percent decrease in the price, to the nearest whole percent?
Options:
a. 20%
b. 27%
c. 36%
d. 73%

Answer: 27%

Explanation: The percent decrease in the price is \(\frac{75-55}{75}
= \frac{20}{75}\)
= 0.266= 27%

Question 4.
Which of the following is a random sample?
Options:
a. A radio DJ asks the first 10 listeners who call in if they liked the last song.
b. 20 customers at a chicken restaurant are surveyed on their favorite food.
c. A polling organization numbers all registered voters, then generates 800 random integers. The polling organization interviews the 800 voters assigned those numbers.
d. Rebecca used an email poll to survey 100 students about how often they use the internet.

Answer:
A is biased because it is a voluntary survey.
B is biased because only 20 customers surveyed on their favorite food.
C is a sample because that is random.
D is biased students using email more likely to use the internet that students who don’t use email.

Question 5.
Each cell in the table represents the number of people who work in one 25-square-block section of the town of Middleton. The mayor uses a random sample to estimate the average number of workers per block.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 7
a. The circled numbers represent the mayor’s random sample. What is the mean number of workers in this sample?
______

Answer: The mean is 54.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{56+60+50+43+62+53}{6}
= \frac{324}{6}\)
= 54

Question 5.
b. Predict the number of workers in the entire 25-block section of Middleton.
______

Answer: 1,350.

Explanation: As we know that the mean is 54 per block, so for the entire 25 block section, the number is 54×25= 1,350.

Summary:

We wish the information given in the Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Random Samples & Populations is helpful for you. The main aim of our team is to make you understand the concepts and improve your math skills. Learn the techniques and apply them in real-time this helps you to perform well in the exams. For any queries, you can comment in the below comment box. All the Best!!!

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities

go-math-grade-7-chapter-7-writing-and-solving-one-step-inequalities-answer-key

Quick and easy learning is possible with Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities. The answers in Go Math Grade 7 are prepared by the concerned subject experts. Go Math Answer Key helps the students of 7th grade to prove their best in the exams. So, Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities and kickstart your preparation.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities

It is important to gain knowledge along with the marks. Go Math Answer Key team’s main aim is to provide quality education for students of all grades. You can learn the basics of Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities in Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 7 Answer key. Check out the topics before you start practicing. Only practice will help you to score the best marks in the exams. Refer to our Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities while doing your homework and also during exam preparation. You can know how to draw the number line with the help of Go Math 7th Grade Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities.

Chapter 7 – Lesson 1:

Chapter 7 – Lesson: 2

Chapter 7 – Lesson: 3

Chapter 7 – Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Lesson: 4

Chapter 7 – Lesson: 5

Chapter 7 – Performance Tasks

Guided Practice – Page No. 208

Write the resulting inequality.

Question 1.
−5 ≤ −2; Add 7 to both sides
Type below:
___________

Answer: 2 ≤ 5

Explanation:
Add 7 to both sides of the inequality.
-5 + 7 ≤ -2 + 7
2 ≤ 5

Question 2.
−6 < −3; Divide both sides by -3
Type below:
___________

Answer: 2 > 1

Explanation:
Divide both sides by -3. switch the inequality sign since you are dividing by a negative number.
-6/-3 > -3/-3
2 > 1

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 208 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 208 Q4

Solve each inequality. Graph and check the solution.

Question 5.
n−5 ≥ −2
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
Solve the inequality first:
n – 5 ≥ -2
n – 5 + 5 ≥ -2 + 5
n ≥ 3
The number opposite the variable is 3, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≥, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would look like the one below:

Question 6.
3 + x < 7
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
Solve the inequality first:
3 + x < 7
3 – 3 + x < 7 – 3
x < 4
The number opposite the variable is 4, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is <, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would look like the one below:

Question 7.
−7y ≤ 14
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
Solve the inequality first:
−7y ≤ 14
-7y/-7 ≤ 14/-7
y ≥ -2
The number opposite the variable is -2, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≥, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would look like the one below:

Question 8.
\(\frac{b}{5}\) > −1
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
Solve the inequality first:
\(\frac{b}{5}\) > −1
Multiply 5 on both sides.
(5)\(\frac{b}{5}\) > −1(5)
b > -5
The number opposite the variable is -5, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is >, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would look like the one below:

Question 9.
For a scientific experiment, a physicist must make sure that the temperature of a metal at 0 °C gets no colder than -80 °C. The physicist changes the metal’s temperature at a steady rate of -4 °C per hour. For how long can the physicist change the temperature?
a. Let t represent the temperature in degrees Celsius. Write an inequality. Use the fact that the rate of change in temperature times the number of hours equals the final temperature.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
We need to use the fact that the final temperature is equal to the rate of change in temperature times the number of hours.
We are given that the rate of change is -4°C per hour so the final temperature is -4 times the number of hours.
Let t represent the number of hours. The final temperature is then -4t degrees Celsius after t hours.
If the temperature must be no colder than -80°C, then the final temperature must be greater than or equal to -80.
The inequality is then -4t ≥ -80.

Question 9.
b. Solve the inequality in part a. How long can the physicist change the temperature of the metal?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To solve the inequality for t, we need to divide both sides by -4. Remember to switch the inequality symbol since you are dividing by a negative number.
Dividing both sides by -4 then gives:
-4t/-4 ≤ -80/-4
t ≤ 20
The number of hours that the physicist can change the temperature of the metal is then at most 20 hours.

Question 9.
c. The physicist has to repeat the experiment if the metal gets cooler than -80 °C. How many hours would the physicist have to cool the metal for this to happen?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
From part (b), we know that the physicist can change the temperature for at most 20 hours to keep the temperature no colder than -80°C. This means the temperature will reach a temperature cooler than -80°C if he cools the metal for more than 20 hours.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 10.
Suppose you are solving an inequality. Under what circumstances do you reverse the inequality symbol?
Type below:
___________

Answer: You must reverse the inequality sign any time you multiply or divide both sides of the inequality by a negative number.

Page No. 209

In 11–16, solve each inequality. Graph and check the solution.

Question 11.
x − 35 > 15
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
x − 35 > 15
Add 35 on both sides
x – 35 + 35 > 15 + 35
x > 50
The number opposite the variable is 50, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is >, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would like the one below:

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 209 Q12

Question 13.
−\(\frac{q}{7}\) ≥ −1
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
−\(\frac{q}{7}\) ≥ −1
Multiply both sides by -7
(-7)−\(\frac{q}{7}\) ≥ −1(-7)
q ≤ 7
The number opposite the variable is 7, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≤, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 14.
−12x < 60
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
−12x < 60
Divide both sides by -12
-12x/12 < 60/-12
x > -5
The number opposite the variable is -5, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is >, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 15.
5 > z − 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
5 > z − 3
Add both sides by 3
5 + 3 > z – 3 + 3
8 > z
z < 8
The number opposite the variable is 8, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is <, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 16.
0.5 ≤ \(\frac{y}{8}\)
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
0.5 ≤ \(\frac{y}{8}\)
Multiply both sides by 8
(8)0.5 ≤ \(\frac{y}{8}\)(8)
4 ≤ y
y ≥ 4
The number opposite the variable is 4, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≥, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 17.
The vet says that Lena’s puppy will grow to be at most 28 inches tall. Lena’s puppy is currently 1 foot tall. How many more inches will the puppy grow?
Type below:
___________

Answer: not more than 16 inches

Explanation:
Let x be the additional inches the puppy can grow remember 1 foot is 12 inches so the height of the puppy is 12 + x
12 + x ≤ 28
x ≤ 16

Question 18.
In a litter of 7 kittens, each kitten weighs less than 3.5 ounces. Find all the possible values of the combined weights of the kittens.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
All of the kittens must weigh more than 0 ounces so the smallest combined weight is more than 0 ounces. Since there are 7 kittens, each kitten weights less than 3.5 ounces, and 7 × 3.5 = 24.5, then the combined weights of the kittens must be less than 24.5 ounces.
This gives the inequality 0 < w < 24.5
where w is the combined weight of the kittens in ounces.

Question 19.
Geometry
The sides of the hexagon shown are equal in length. The perimeter of the hexagon is at most 42 inches. Find the possible side lengths of the hexagon.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 1
Type below:
___________

Answer: 0 < s ≤ 7

Explanation:
Let s be the side lengths of the hexagon since its sides are all equal in length.
The side lengths of the hexagon must be greater than 0 since lengths can’t be negative or 0 so s > 0.
The perimeter of the figure is the sum of its side lengths so the perimeter of the hexagon must be 6s since it has 6 sides that are all s inches long.
The perimeter is at most 42 inches so 6s ≤ 42.
Dividing both sides by 6 then gives s ≤ 7.
Combining the inequalities s > 0 and s ≤ 7 then gives possible side lengths of 0 < s ≤ 7.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 209 Q20

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 209 Q21

Question 22.
Draw Conclusions
A submarine descends from sea level to the entrance of an underwater cave. The elevation of the entrance is -120 feet. The rate of change in the submarine’s elevation is no greater than -12 feet per second. Can the submarine reach the entrance to the cave in less than 10 seconds? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
No. Since the rate of descent is less than -12 feet per second and the submarine is descending for less than 10 seconds, the submarine elevation will still be greater than -120. The submarine would have to descend at a rate greater than -12 feet per second to reach the entrance in less than 10 seconds or descend for more than 10 seconds at a rate less than -12 feet per second to reach the entrance.

Page No. 210

The sign shows some prices at a produce stand.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 2

Question 23.
Selena has $10. What is the greatest amount of spinach she can buy?
Type below:
___________

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds

Explanation:
Let x be the number of pounds of spinach. divide both sides by 3 to solve for x.
3x ≤ 10
x ≤ \(\frac{10}{3}\)
x ≤ 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 210 Q24

Question 25.
Florence wants to spend no more than $3 on onions. Will she be able to buy 2.5 pounds of onions? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Since each pound of onions costs $1.25, then 2.5 pounds of onions cost $1.25 × 2.5 ≈ 3.13.
Since $3.13 is greater than $3, she will not have enough money if she wants to spend no more than $3.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 26.
Counterexamples
John says that if one side of an inequality is 0, you don’t have to reverse the inequality symbol when you multiply or divide both sides by a negative number. Find an inequality that you can use to disprove John’s statement. Explain your thinking.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
A possible counterexample is -2x ≤ 0. Solving this correctly gives x ≥ 0 which means the inequality is true for all non-negative values. If you don’t switch the inequality sign you would get x ≤ 0 which means the inequality would be true for all non-positive numbers
x = -3 is a possible value for x ≤ 0 but -2x = -2(-3) = 6 which is not less than or equal to 0.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 210 Q27

Question 28.
Persevere in Problem-Solving
The base of a rectangular prism has a length of 13 inches and a width of \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch. The volume of the prism is less than 65 cubic inches. Find all possible heights of the prism. Show your work.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 0 < h < 10

Explanation:
Let h be the height of the prism. It is given that the prism has a length of 13 inches and a width of 1/2 inch.
Using the formula v = lbh
13(1/2) h< 65
Multiply 2/13 on both sides
2/13 (13/2)h< 2/13 × 65
h < 2 × 5
h < 10
Since the height must be a positive number, then h > 0. Combining h > 0 and h < 10 then gives the final answer of 0 < h < 10.

Guided Practice – Page No. 214

Draw algebra tiles to model each two-step inequality.

Question 1.
4x − 5 < 7
Type below:
___________

Answer:
On the left side, draw 4 positive rectangles to model 4x and 5 negative squares to represent -5. On the right side, draw 7 positive squares to represent 7. then draw < in the middle.
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 6 answer key solution img-3

Question 2.
−3x + 6 > 9
Type below:
___________

Answer:
On the left side, draw 3 negative rectangles to model -3x and 6 positive squares to represent 6. On the right side, draw 9 positive squares to represent 9. then draw > in the middle.
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 6 answer key solution img-4

Question 3.
The booster club needs to raise at least $7,000 for new football uniforms. So far, they have raised $1,250. Write an inequality to find the average amounts each of the 92 members can raise to meet the club’s objective.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 1250 + 92a ≥ 7000

Explanation:
The amount to be raised is $7000. The amount already raised is $1250. The number of members is 92.
The inequality is then of the form: amount already raised + number of members × amount each member raises ≥ target amount.
The inequality is then:
1250 + 92a ≥ 7000

Question 4.
Analyze what each part of 7x − 18 ≤ 32 means mathematically.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
x is the variable so it is the solution. 7x is the solution multiplied by 7. -18 means 7x is subtracted by 18. ≤ 32 means the result is no more than 32.

Question 5.
Write a real-world problem to represent 7x − 18 ≤ 32.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
A real-world problem could be: The temperature of a metal is currently at -18°C. A scientist will warm the metal at a rate of 7°C per hour until the temperature is 32°C. How many hours will it take to warm up the metal?

Essential Question Check-In

Question 6.
Describe the steps you would follow to write a two-step inequality you can use to solve a real-world problem.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The first step is to translate the words into an algebraic expression.
The next step is to determine the target amount.
The third step is to determine what inequality sign to use by determining if you need to be greater than, greater than or equal to, less than, less than, or equal to the target amount to write the inequality. Then solve the inequality sign, and target amount to write the inequality.
Then solve the inequality for the unknown value. Finally, interpret the solution in the context of the problem.

Independent Practice – Page No. 215

Question 7.
Three friends earned more than $200 washing cars. They paid their parents $28 for supplies and divided the rest of the money equally. Write an inequality to find possible amounts each friend earned. Identify what your variable represents.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 3x + 28 > 200

Explanation:
Let x be the amount each friend received. Since there are 3 friends, then 3x is the amount of money they split evenly.
The amount of money they split evenly was the amount left over after paying their parents $28.
Therefore 3x + 28 is the total amount they earned.
3x + 28 > 200

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 215 Q8

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 215 Q9

Question 10.
Due to fire laws, no more than 720 people may attend a performance at Metro Auditorium. The balcony holds 120 people. There are 32 rows on the ground floor, each with the same number of seats. Write an inequality to find the number of people that can sit in a ground-floor row if the balcony is full. Identify what your variable represents.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 32x + 120 ≤ 720

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of people that can sit in each ground floor row. then 32x is the total number of people sitting on the ground floor.
Since 120 people are sitting on the balcony, the total number of people is 32x + 120.

Question 11.
Liz earns a salary of $2,100 per month, plus a commission of 5% of her sales. She wants to earn at least $2,400 this month. Write an inequality to find amounts of sales that will meet her goal. Identify what your variable represents.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 2100 + 0.05x ≥ 2400

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of sales then 0.05x is the amount she earns in commission and 2100 + 0.05x is her total earnings.
2100 + 0.05x ≥ 2400

Question 12.
Lincoln Middle School plans to collect more than 2,000 cans of food in a food drive. So far, 668 cans have been collected. Write an inequality to find numbers of cans the school can collect on each of the final 7 days of the drive to meet this goal. Identify what your variable represents.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 7x + 668 > 2000

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of cans collected each day. Then 7x is the total number of cans collected on the final 7 days of the drive.
Since they have collected 668 cans already, the total number of cans collected is 7x + 668.
They want to collect more than 2000 cans, so the inequality is:
7x + 668 > 2000

Question 13.
Joanna joins a CD club. She pays $7 per month plus $10 for each CD that she orders. Write an inequality to find how many CDs she can purchase in a month if she spends no more than $100. Identify what your variable represents.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 7 + 10x ≤ 100

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of CDs then 10x is the total amount spent on CDs and 7 + 10x is the total purchase amount for the month.
7 + 10x ≤ 100

Question 14.
Lionel wants to buy a belt that costs $22. He also wants to buy some shirts that are on sale for $17 each. He has $80. What inequality can you write to find the number of shirts he can buy? Identify what your variable represents.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 22 + 17x ≤ 80

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of shirts he can buy then 17x is the total cost of the shirts and 22 + 17x is the total cost
22 + 17x ≤ 80

Page No. 216

Question 15.
Write a situation for 15x − 20 ≤ 130 and solve.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
You are given in the inequality 15x − 20 ≤ 130 and need to write a situation that is represented by this inequality. A possible situation could be:
You are going shopping to buy some shirts. The shirts cost $15 each. You have a $20 gift card and $130 in cash. How many shirts can you buy?
This solution is modeled by the inequality 15x − 20 ≤ 130 because if we let x be the number of shirts you buy, then 15x is the cost of the shirts before you use the gift card since each shirt is $15. The total cost after using the $20 gift card would then be 15x – 20 dollars. Since you have $130 in cash, you can spend at most $130 so the total cost of 15x – 20 must then be less than or equal to 130.
Therefore, 15x − 20 ≤ 130.
Solving this gives:
15x − 20 ≤ 130
Add 20 on both sides
15x ≤ 130
Divide both sides by 15.
x ≤ 10

Analyze Relationships

Write >, <, ≥, or ≤ in the blank to express the given relationship.

Question 16.
m is at least 25
______

Answer: m ≥ 25

Explanation:
m is at least 25 means m ≥ 25 since at least means it can equal or needs to be bigger.

Question 17.
k is no greater than 9
______

Answer: k ≤ 9

Explanation:
k is no greater than 9 means k ≤ 9 since no greater means it can equal or must be smaller.

Question 18.
p is less than 48
______

Answer: p < 48

Explanation:
p is less than 48 means p < 48 since the < symbol in words is “less than”.

Question 19.
b is no more than -5
______

Answer: b ≤ -5

Explanation:
b is no more than -5 means b ≤ -5 since no more means it can equal or must be smaller.

Question 20.
h is at most 56
______

Answer: h ≤ 56

Explanation:
h is at most 56 means h ≤ 56 since at most means it can equal or must be smaller.

Question 21.
w is no less than 0
______

Answer: w ≥ 0

Explanation:
w is no less than 0 means w ≥ 0 since no less than means it can equal or is bigger.

Question 22.
Critical Thinking
Marie scored 95, 86, and 89 on three science tests. She wants her average score for 6 tests to be at least 90. What inequality can you write to find the average scores that she can get on her next three tests to meet this goal? Use s to represent the lowest average score.
Type below:
______

Answer: (95 + 86 + 89 + 3s)/6 ≥ 90

Explanation:
Let s be the average score on the remaining 3 tests. Then 3s is the sum of these 3 remaining tests. Since averages are found by adding up all the members, which gives 95 + 86 + 89 + 3s, and dividing by the total amount of numbers, which is 6, the inequality to the left can be used to find the lowest average she can get to have minimum total average of 90.
(95 + 86 + 89 + 3s)/6 ≥ 90

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 23.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Write an inequality that expresses the reason the lengths 5 feet, 10 feet, and 20 feet could not be used to make a triangle. Explain how inequality demonstrates that fact.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
A side of a triangle must be greater than the difference of the other two sides and smaller than the sum of the other two sides.
Since 20 > 5 +10, the side with length 20 is not less than the sum of the other two sides.

Question 24.
Analyze Relationships
The number m satisfies the relationship m < 0. Write an inequality expressing the relationship between -m and 0. Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
__________

Answer: Multiplying both sides of m < 0 by -1 gives -m > 0 since you must switch the inequality sign when you multiply by a negative number.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 216 Q25

Page No. 220

Question 1.
Describe how to solve the inequality 3x + 4 < 13 using algebra tiles.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 3
Type below:
__________

Answer:
First, remove 4 positive squares from each side. This leaves 9 positive squares on the right side.
Then divide each side into 3 equal groups.
Each group would then have 3 positive squares on the left side. since the rectangles on the left are positive, the answer would be x < 3.

Solve each inequality. Graph and check the solution.

Question 2.
5d − 13 < 32
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
5d − 13 < 32
Add 13 on both sides
5d – 13 + 13 < 32 + 13
5d < 45
Divide 5 into both sides
5d/5 < 45/5
d < 9
The number opposite to the variable is 9, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is <, we use a hollow dot and shade the line to the left. Its graph would be like the one below:

Question 3.
−4b + 9 ≤ −7
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
−4b + 9 ≤ −7
Subtract 9 on both sides
-4b + 9 – 9 ≤ −7 – 9
-4b ≤ −16
Divide -4 by both sides
-4b/-4 ≤ −16/-4
b ≥ 4
The number opposite to the variable is 4, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≥, we use a closed dot and shade the line to the right. Its graph would be like the one below:

Circle any given values that make the inequality true.

Question 4.
2m + 18 > −4
m = −12; m = −11; m = −10
Type below:
__________

Answer: m = -10

Explanation:
m = -12
2m + 18 > −4
2(-12)  + 18 = -24 + 18 = -6 > -4 not true
m = -11
2m + 18 > −4
2(-11) + 18 > -4
-22 + 18 > -4
-4 > -4 not true
m = -10
2m + 18 > −4
2(-10) + 18 > -4
-20 + 18 > -4
-2 > -4 true

Question 5.
−6y + 3 ≥ 0
y = 1; y = \(\frac{1}{2}\); y = 0
Type below:
__________

Answer: y = \(\frac{1}{2}\); y = 0

Explanation:
y = 1
−6y + 3 ≥ 0
-6(1) + 3 ≥ 0
-6 + 3 ≥ 0 not true
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
−6y + 3 ≥ 0
−6(\(\frac{1}{2}\)) + 3 ≥ 0
-3 + 3 ≥ 0
0 ≥ 0 true
y = 0
−6y + 3 ≥ 0
-6(0) + 3 ≥ 0
3 ≥ 0 true

Question 6.
Lizzy has 6.5 hours to tutor 4 students and spend 1.5 hours in a lab. She plans to tutor each student the same amount of time. The inequality 6.5 − 4t ≥ 1.5 can be used to find t, the amount of time in hours Lizzy could spend with each student. Solve the inequality. Graph and interpret the solution. Can Lizzy tutor each student for 1.5 hours? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
6.5 − 4t ≥ 1.5
Subtract both sides by 6.5
6.5 − 4t – 6.5 ≥ 1.5 – 6.5
− 4t ≥ 1.5
Divide both sides by -4 remember to switch the inequality sign since you are dividing by a negative number.
t ≤ 1.25
Since the inequality sign has an equal sign, draw a closed circle at 1.25. Since the inequality is less than, draw an arrow to the left the interpretation of this problem is that she can tutor each student no more than 1.25 hours.
Since 1.5 hours is more than 1.25 hours, she cannot tutor each student for 1.5 hours.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 7.
How do you solve a two-step inequality?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To solve a two-step inequality you must use inverse operations.
Use subtraction to get rid of addition, and addition to get rid of subtraction for any terms that are being added or subtracted to the term that contains the variable. Use multiplication to get rid of any coefficient on the variable if it is a fraction and use division to get rid of any coefficient on the variable if its an integer. If the coefficient is negative, make sure to switch the inequality sign if you multiply or divide by a negative number.

Independent Practice – Page No. 221

Solve each inequality. Graph and check the solution.

Question 8.
2s + 5 ≥ 49
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
2s + 5 ≥ 49
Subtract 5 on both sides
2s + 5 – 5 ≥ 49 – 5
2s ≥ 44
Divide both sides by 2.
s ≥ 22
The number opposite to the variable is 22, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≥, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 9.
−3t + 9 ≥ −21
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
−3t + 9 ≥ −21
Subtract 9 on both sides
-3t + 9 – 9 ≥ −21 – 9
-3t ≥ −30
Divide by -3 on both sides
t ≤ 10
The number opposite to the variable is 10, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≤, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 10.
55 > −7v + 6
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
55 > −7v + 6
Subtract 6 on both sides
55 – 6 > −7v + 6 – 6
49 > -7v
Divide -7 on both sides
-7 < v
v > -7
The number opposite to the variable is -7, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is >, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 11.
41 > 6m − 7
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
41 > 6m − 7
Add 7 on both sides
41 + 7 > 6m – 7 + 7
48 > 6m
Divide by 6 on both sides
8 > m
m < 8
The number opposite to the variable is 8, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is <, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would be like the one below:

Question 12.
\(\frac{a}{-8}\) + 15 > 23
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
\(\frac{a}{-8}\) + 15 > 23
Subtract 15 on both sides
\(\frac{a}{-8}\) + 15 – 15 > 23 – 15
(-8)\(\frac{a}{-8}\) > (8)(-8)
a < -64
The number opposite to the variable is -64, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is <, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 13.
\(\frac{f}{2}\) − 22 < 48
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
\(\frac{f}{2}\) − 22 < 48
Add 22 on both sides
\(\frac{f}{2}\) − 22 + 22 < 48 + 22
\(\frac{f}{2}\) < 70
Multiply 2 on both sides
(2)\(\frac{f}{2}\) < 70(2)
f < 140
The number opposite to the variable is 140, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is <, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 14.
−25 + \(\frac{t}{2}\) ≥ 50
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
−25 + \(\frac{t}{2}\) ≥ 50
Add 25 on both sides
−25 + \(\frac{t}{2}\) + 25 ≥ 50 + 25
\(\frac{t}{2}\) ≥ 75
Multiply 2 on both sides
(2)\(\frac{t}{2}\) ≥ 75 (2)
t ≥ 150
The number opposite to the variable is 150, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≥, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 15.
10 + \(\frac{g}{-9}\) > 12
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
10 + \(\frac{g}{-9}\) > 12
Subtract 10 on both sides
10 + \(\frac{g}{-9}\) -10 > 12 – 10
\(\frac{g}{-9}\) > 2
Divide both sides by -9
g < -18
The number opposite to the variable is -18, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is <, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 16.
25.2 ≤ − 1.5y + 1.2
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
25.2 ≤ − 1.5y + 1.2
Subtract 1.2 on both sides
25.2 – 1.2 ≤ − 1.5y + 1.2 – 1.2
24 ≤ -1.5y
Divide both sides by 1.5
-16 ≥ y
y ≤ -16
The number opposite to the variable is -16, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≤, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would like the one below:

Question 17.
−3.6 ≥ −0.3a + 1.2
Type below:
__________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
−3.6 ≥ −0.3a + 1.2
Subtract 1.2 on both sides
−3.6 – 1.2 ≥ −0.3a + 1.2 – 1.2
-4.8 ≥ −0.3a
Divide both sides by -0.3
16 ≤ a
a ≥ 16
The number opposite to the variable is 16, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≥, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would be like the one below:

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 221 Q18

Page No. 222

Question 19.
Interpret the Answer
Grace earns $7 for each car she washes. She always saves $25 of her weekly earnings. This week, she wants to have at least $65 in spending money. How many cars must she wash? Write and solve an inequality to represent this situation. Interpret the solution in context.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Let x represent the number of cars she must wash then 7x is the total amount she makes from washing cars. Since she is saving $25 of her earnings, 7x – 25 is the amount of earnings she will have to spend.
7x – 25 ≥ 65
Add 25 on both sides
7x – 25 + 25 ≥ 65 + 25
7x ≥ 90
Divide both sides by 7.
x ≥ 90/7 ≈ 13

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 222 Q20

Question 21.
Analyze Relationships A compound inequality consists of two simple equalities joined by the word “and” or “or.” Graph the solution sets of each of these compound inequalities. a. x > 2 and x < 7
Type below:
__________

Answer: Since the two inequalities are joined by “and”, we need to satisfy both inequalities. Therefore, we need all values greater than 2 but also we need values less than 7. Hence we can place a hollow dot on 2 and shade the line going to the right until another hollow dot on 7.

Question 21.
b. x < 2 or x > 7
Type below:
__________

Answer: Since the two inequalities are joined by “or”, we need to satisfy either of the inequalities. Therefore, we need all values less than 2 but also we need to graph the values greater than 7. Hence we can place a hollow dot on 2 and shade the line going to the left and another hollow dot on 7 and shade the line going to the right.

Question 21.
c. Describe the solution set of the compound inequality x < 2 and x > 7.
Type below:
__________

Answer: The solution set for x > 2 and x < 7 should be 2 < x < 7.

Question 21.
d. Describe the solution set of the compound inequality x > 2 or x < 7.
Type below:
__________

Answer: The solution set for x < 2 and x > 7 sould be (-∞, 2) ∪ (7, ∞).

Question 22.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Joseph used the problem-solving strategy Work Backward to solve the inequality 2n + 5 < 13. Shawnee solved the inequality using the algebraic method you used in this lesson. Compare the two methods.
Type below:
__________

Answer: Both involve using the same operations. The only difference is that working backward is done mostly mentally while algebraically is done on paper. It is easier to determine which direction the inequality is pointing when using the algebraic method.

7.1 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities – Page No. 223

Solve each inequality.

Question 1.
n + 7 < −3
Type below:
__________

Answer: n < -10

Explanation:
Subtract 7 on both sides
n + 7 – 7 < −3 – 7
n < -10

Question 2.
5p ≥ −30
Type below:
__________

Answer: p ≥ -6

Explanation:
5p ≥ −30
Divide by 5 on both sides
p ≥ -6

Question 3.
14 < k + 11
Type below:
__________

Answer: 3 < k

Explanation:
14 < k + 11
Subtract 11 on both sides
14 – 11 < k + 11 – 11
3 < k

Question 4.
\(\frac{d}{-3}\) ≤ −6
Type below:
__________

Answer: d ≥ 18

Explanation:
\(\frac{d}{-3}\) ≤ −6
Multiply both sides by -3 remember to switch the inequality sign since you are multiplying both sides by a negative number.
d ≥ 18

Question 5.
c − 2.5 ≤ 2.5
Type below:
__________

Answer: c ≤ 5

Explanation:
c − 2.5 ≤ 2.5
Add 2.5 on both sides
c − 2.5 + 2.5 ≤ 2.5 + 2.5
c ≤ 5

Question 6.
12 ≥ −3b
Type below:
__________

Answer: -4 ≤ b

Explanation:
12 ≥ −3b
Divide by -3 into both sides
-4 ≤ b

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 223 Q7

7.2 Writing Two-Step Inequalities

Question 8.
During a scuba dive, Lainey descended to a point 20 feet below the ocean surface. She continued her descent at a rate of 20 feet per minute. Write an inequality you could solve to find the number of minutes she can continue to descend if she does not want to reach a point more than 100 feet below the ocean surface.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Let x represent the number of minutes. Since she is descending 20 feet per minute, then -20x represents her altitude. It is negative since descending means her altitude is decreasing.
Since she started at 20 feet below the ocean surface, she started at -20 feet. It’s negative since an altitude below the ocean surface must be represented by a negative number.
Her ending position is the sum of how far she has descended and her initial position so her ending position is -20 + (-20x) = -20 – 20x
She doesn’t want to travel more than 100 feet below the ocean surface so she needs to be higher than -100 feet.
The inequality is then -20 -20x ≥ -100.

7.3 Solving Two-Step Inequalities

Solve.

Question 9.
2s + 3 > 15
Type below:
__________

Answer: s > 6

Explanation:
2s + 3 > 15
Subtract 3 on both sides
2s + 3 – 3 > 15 – 3
2s > 12
Divide by 2 on both sides
s > 6

Question 10.
−\(\frac{d}{12}\) − 6 < 1
Type below:
__________

Answer: d > -84

Explanation:
−\(\frac{d}{12}\) − 6 < 1
Add 6 on both sides
−\(\frac{d}{12}\) − 6 + 6 < 1 + 6
d > -84

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 223 Q11

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 223 Q12

Question 13.
\(\frac{b}{9}\) − 34 < −36
Type below:
__________

Answer: b < -18

Explanation:
\(\frac{b}{9}\) − 34 < −36
Add 34 on both sides
\(\frac{b}{9}\) − 34 + 34 < −36 + 34
\(\frac{b}{9}\) < -2
b < -18

Question 14.
−2p + 12 > 8
Type below:
__________

Answer: p < 2

Explanation:
−2p + 12 > 8
Subtract 12 on both sides
-2p + 12 – 12 > 8 – 12
-2p > -4
p < 2

Essential Question

Question 15.
How can you recognize whether a real-world situation should be represented by an equation or an inequality?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
You use an equation when the situation involves finding an exact answer. You use an inequality when the solution can have more than one value. Problems that require the use of inequalities have phrases in them such as “at least”, “no more”, “at most” and “no less than”.

Selected Response – Page No. 224

Question 1.
Which graph models the solution of the inequality −6 ≤ −3x?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 4
b. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 5
c. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 6
d. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 7

Answer: Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 6
Dividing both sides of −6 ≤ −3x by -3 gives 2 ≥ x.
Rewriting this so x is on the left side gives x ≤ 2. The graph must have a closed circle at 2 since the inequality has an equal sign and must be shaded to the left since its <.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
A taxi cab costs $1.75 for the first mile and $0.75 for each additional mile. You have $20 to spend on your ride. Which inequality could be solved to find how many miles you can travel, if n is the number of additional miles?
Options:
a. 1.75n + 0.75 ≥ 20
b. 1.75n + 0.75 ≤ 20
c. 0.75n + 1.75 ≥ 20
d. 0.75n + 1.75 ≤ 20

Answer: 1.75n + 0.75 ≤ 20

Explanation:
Let n represent the number of additional miles. Then 0.75n is the cost of the additional miles which gives a total cost of 1.75 + 0.75n. You can spend a maximum of $20 so the inequality is ≤.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 3.
The inequality \(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 < −40 can be used to find Celsius temperatures that are less than -40° Fahrenheit. What is the solution to inequality?
Options:
a. C < 40
b. C < −\(\frac{40}{9}\)
c. C < −40
d. C < −\(\frac{72}{5}\)

Answer: C < −40

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 < −40
Subtract 32 on both sides.
\(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 – 32 < −40 – 32
\(\frac{9}{5}\)C < -72
c < -40
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
The 30 members of a choir are trying to raise at least $1,500 to cover travel costs to a singing camp. They have already raised $600. Which inequality could you solve to find the average amounts each member can raise that will at least meet the goal?
Options:
a. 30x + 600 > 1,500
b. 30x + 600 ≥ 1,500
c. 30x + 600 < 1,500
d. 30x + 600 ≤ 1,500

Answer: 30x + 600 ≥ 1,500

Explanation:
Given,
The 30 members of a choir are trying to raise at least $1,500 to cover travel costs to a singing camp. They have already raised $600.
Let x represent the average amount each member raises.
There are 30 members so the members raise a combined amount of 30x.
Since they have already raised $600, the total amount raised is 30x + 600 they need to raise at least $1500 so the inequality is ≥.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Which represents the solution for the inequality 3x − 7 > 5?
Options:
a. x < 4
b. x ≤ 4
c. x > 4
d. x ≥ 4

Answer: x > 4

Explanation:
Add 7 on both sides
3x − 7 > 5
3x − 7 + 7> 5 + 7
3x > 12
x > 4
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which inequality has the following graphed solution?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 8
Options:
a. 3x + 8 ≤ 2
b. 4x + 12 < 4
c. 2x + 5 ≤ 1
d. 3x + 6 < 3

Answer: 4x + 12 < 4

Explanation:
4x + 12 < 4
Subtract 12 on both sides
4x + 12 – 12 < 4 – 12
4x < -8
x < -2
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 7.
Divide: −36 ÷ 6.
Options:
a. 30
b. 6
c. -6
d. -30

Answer: -6

Explanation:
6 divides 36 six times
−36 ÷ 6 = -6
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 8.
Eleni bought 2 pounds of grapes at a cost of $3.49 per pound. She paid with a $10 bill. How much change did she get back?
Options:
a. $3.02
b. $4.51
c. $6.51
d. $6.98

Answer: $3.02

Explanation:
Given,
Eleni bought 2 pounds of grapes at a cost of $3.49 per pound. She paid with a $10 bill.
We have to find the total amount paid for the grapes
2 × 3.49 = 6.98
10 – 6.98 = 3.02
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 9.
In golf, the lower your score, the better. Negative scores are best of all. Teri scored +1 on each of the first three holes at a nine-hole miniature golf course. Her goal is a total score of -9 or better after she has completed the final six holes.
a. Let h represent the score Teri must average on each of the last six holes in order to meet her goal. Write a two-step inequality you can solve to find h.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3 +6h ≤ -9

Explanation:
If h is her average score for the last 6 holes, then 6h is her total score for the last 6 holes.
She currently has a score of 3 so ger total score for all 9 holes is 3 + 6h.
She wants a score of -9 or better and since smaller scores are better, the inequality is ≤.

Question 9.
b. Solve the inequality.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: h ≤ -2

Explanation:
6h ≤ -12
Divide by 6 into both sides
h ≤ -2

EXERCISES – Page No. 226

Simplify each expression.

Question 1.
\(\left(2 x+3 \frac{2}{5}\right)+\left(5 x-\frac{4}{5}\right)\)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 7x + 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
We are given  the expression,
\(\left(2 x+3 \frac{2}{5}\right)+\left(5 x-\frac{4}{5}\right)\)
Group the like terms
(2x + 5x) + (3\(\frac{2}{5}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\))
7x + 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 226 Q2

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 226 Q3

Question 4.
0.7(5a − 13p)
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3.5a – 9.1p

Explanation:
0.7(5a − 13p)
0.7 × 5a – 0.7 × 13p
3.5a – 9.1p

Factor each expression.

Question 5.
8x + 56
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 8(x + 7)

Explanation:
Since 56 ÷ 8 = 7 and 8 ÷ 8 = 1, factor out 8 from both terms
8x + 56 = 8(x + 7)

Question 6.
3x + 57
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3(x + 19)

Explanation:
Since 3 ÷ 3 = 1 and 57 ÷ 3 = 19 factors out 3 from both terms.
3x + 57 = 3(x + 19)

Question 7.
1.6 + y = −7.3
_______

Answer: y = -8.9

Explanation:
subtract 1.6 on both sides
1.6 + y – 1.6 = -7.3 – 1.6
y = -8.9

Question 8.
−\(\frac{2}{3}\) n = 12
_______

Answer: n = -18

Explanation:
−\(\frac{2}{3}\) n = 12
n = −\(\frac{3}{2}\)(12)
n = -3 × 6
n = -18

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 226 Q9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 226 Q10

Question 11.
−5z + 4 = 34
_______

Answer:
To plot a point, starting from 0, count the number of units going to the left or right.
Given equation is
−5z + 4 = 34
Subtract 4 on both sides
-5z + 4 – 4 = 34 – 4
-5z = 30
Divide both sides by -5
z = -6
To plot -6 on the number line, from 0, we move 6 units to the left.

EXERCISES – Page No. 227

Question 1.
Prudie needs $90 or more to be able to take her family out to dinner. She has already saved $30 and wants to take her family out to eat in 4 days.
a. Suppose that Prudie earns the same each day. Write an inequality to find how much she needs to earn each day.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Let x be the amount she makes each day then 4x is the amount she will make in the 4 days before she takes her family out to eat and 4x + 30 is the total amount she will have saved.
4x + 30 ≥ 90

Question 1.
b. Suppose that Prudie earns $18 each day. Will she have enough money to take her family to dinner in 4 days? Explain.
_______

Answer:
4(18) + 30 = 72 + 30 = 102
She will have saved $102 in total if she earns $18 each day so she will have enough money.

Solve each inequality. Graph and check the solution.

Question 2.
11 − 5y < −19
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
11 − 5y < −19
Subtract 11 on both sides
11 – 5y – 11 < −19 – 11
-5y < -30
Divide by -5 into both sides
y > 6
The number opposite to the variable is 6, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is >, we use a hollow dot and shade the line going to the right. Its graph would be like the one below:

Question 3.
7x − 2 ≤ 61
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the inequality variable on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
From here, shade the line going to the left if the inequality is either ≤ or < and shade the line going to the right if the inequality is either ≥ or >.
First, solve the inequality:
7x − 2 ≤ 61
Add 2 on both sides
7x – 2 + 2 ≤ 61 + 2
7x ≤ 63
Divide by 7 into both sides
x ≤ 9
The number opposite to the variable is 9, we look for this in the number line. Since the inequality is ≤, we use a closed dot and shade the line going to the left. Its graph would like the one below:

Unit 3 Performance Tasks – Page No. 228

Question 1.
Mechanical Engineer
A mechanical engineer is testing the amount of force needed to make a spring stretch by a given amount. The force y is measured in units called Newtons, abbreviated N. The stretch x is measured in centimeters. Her results are shown in the graph.
a. Write an equation for the line. Explain, using the graph and then using the equation, why the relationship is proportional.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 9
Type below:
___________

Answer: The graph is linear and passes through the origin so the relationship is proportional. find k by using the formula k = y/x where (x, y) is a point on the line then plug k into the equation of a line y = kx.

Question 1.
b. Identify the rate of change and the constant of proportionality.
Type below:
___________

Answer: k = 8

Explanation:
Observe part a the units N/cm since the units for y are N and the units for x are cms and the units for k must be the units for y divided by the units for x.
8 N/ cm
k = 8

Question 1.
c. What is the meaning of the constant of proportionality in the context of the problem?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Since the rate of change is 8 N/ cm this means that for every 1 cm stretch in the spring, the force required in Newton increases by 8 N.

Question 1.
d. The engineer applies a force of 41.6 Newtons to the spring. Write and solve an equation to find the corresponding stretch in the spring.
______ cm

Answer:
y = 8x
41.6 = 8x
x = 41.6/8
x = 5.2 cm

Question 2.
A math tutor charges $30 for a consultation, and then $25 per hour. An online tutoring service charges $30 per hour.
a. Does either service represent a proportional relationship? Explain.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The math tutor charges $30 initially but has a constant rate of $25 per hour after. This means that it still is a proportional relationship. The online tutoring charges a constant rate of $30 per hour and thus is also a proportional relationship.

Question 2.
b. Write an equation for the cost c of h hours of tutoring for either service. Which service charges less for 4 hours of tutoring? Show your work.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Using y as the total cost and x as the number of hours, we can represent each tutoring service. For Math tutor, we can write this as y = 30 + 25x while for the online tutoring, we can write this as y = 30x.
Substituting x = 4, we can see that:
For Math tutor:
y = 30 + 25x
y = 30 + 25(4)
y = 30 + 100
y = 130
For Online tutoring:
y = 30x
y = 30(4)
y = 120
Therefore, the online tutoring service charges less at $120.

Selected Response – Page No. 229

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 229 Q1

Question 2.
Timothy began the week with $35. He bought lunch at school, paying $2.25 for each meal. Let x be the number of meals he bought at school and y be the amount of money he had left at the end of the week. Which equation represents the relationship in the situation?
Options:
a. y = 2.25x + 35
b. y = 35 − 2.25x
c. x = 35 − 2.25y
d. y = 2.25x − 35

Answer: y = 35 − 2.25x

Explanation:
Let x be the number of meals he buys means 2.25x is the amount of money he has spent on meals. The money he has left is then 35 – 2.25x
The expression is y = 35 – 2.25x
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities Page 229 Q3

Question 4.
Ramón’s toll pass account has a value of $32. Each time he uses the toll road, $1.25 is deducted from the account. When the value drops below $10, he must add value to the toll pass. Which inequality represents how many times Ramón can use the toll road without having to add value to the toll pass?
Options:
a. 10 − 1.25t ≥ 0
b. −1.25t + 32 < 10
c. 32 − 1.25t ≥ 10
d. 32 − 10t ≥ 1.25

Answer: 32 − 1.25t ≥ 10

Explanation:
Let t represent the number of times he uses the toll road then 1.25t is the amount deducted from his account. the remaining balance is then 32 – 1.25t.
Since his balance must be at least $10 for him to not have to add value, the inequality sign is ≥
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
A taxi costs $1.65 for the first mile and $0.85 for each additional mile. Which equation could be solved to find the number x of additional miles traveled in a taxi given that the total cost of the trip is $20?
Options:
a. 1.65x + 0.85 = 20
b. 0.85x + 1.65 = 20
c. 1.65x − 0.85 = 20
d. 0.85x − 1.65 = 20

Answer: 0.85x + 1.65 = 20

Explanation:
Let x be the number of additional miles means 0.85x is the cost of the additional miles the total cost is then 1.65 + 0.85x
1.65 + 0.85x = 20
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
A sales tax of 6% is added to the price of an item. If Marisa buys an item, which expression indicates how much she will pay in all?
Options:
a. n + 0.06
b. 0.06n
c. n + 0.06n
d. 0.06 + 0.06n

Answer: n + 0.06n

Explanation:
The total cost she will pay is the cost of the item n plus the cost of tax 0.06n.
The expression is n + 0.06n
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 7.
Which equation has the solution x = 12?
Options:
a. 4x + 3 = 45
b. 3x + 6 = 42
c. 2x − 5 = 29
d. 5x −8 = 68

Answer: 3x + 6 = 42

Explanation:
a. 4x + 3 = 45
Substitute x = 12 in the above equation.
4(12) + 3 = 45
48 + 3 = 45
51 ≠ 45
b. 3x + 6 = 42
Substitute x = 12 in the above equation.
3(12) + 6 = 42
36 + 6 = 42
42 = 42
c. 2x − 5 = 29
Substitute x = 12 in the above equation.
2(12) – 5 = 29
24 – 5 = 29
19 ≠ 29
d. 5x −8 = 68
Substitute x = 12 in the above equation.
5(12) – 8 = 68
60 – 8 = 68
52 ≠ 68
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 8.
The 23 members of the school jazz band are trying to raise at least $1,800 to cover the cost of traveling to a competition. The members have already raised $750. Which inequality could you solve to find the amount that each member should raise to meet the goal?
Options:
a. 23x + 750 > 1,800
b. 23x + 750 ≥ 1,800
c. 23x + 750 < 1,800
d. 23x + 750 ≤ 1,800

Answer: 23x + 750 ≥ 1,800

Explanation:
Let x represent the amount each member raises means 23x is the amount the members raise individually.
The total amount raised is then 23x + 750 since they have already raised $750.
Since they are trying to raise at least $1800, the inequality is ≥
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Page No. 230

Question 9.
What is the solution of the inequality 2x − 9 < 7?
Options:
a. x < 8
b. x ≤ 8
c. x > 8
d. x ≥ 8

Answer: x < 8

Explanation:
Given the inequality 2x − 9 < 7
Add 9 on both sides 2x – 9 + 9 < 7 + 9
2x < 16
Divide by 2 on both sides
2x/2 < 16/2
x < 8
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 10.
Which inequality has the solution n < 5?
Options:
a. 4n + 11 > −9
b. 4n + 11 < −9
c. −4n + 11 < −9
d. −4n + 11 > −9

Answer: −4n + 11 > −9

Explanation:
Given the inequality n < 5
To graph inequalities, locate the number opposite the variable of the inequality on a number line. If the inequality is either a ≤ or a ≥, we use a closed dot, meaning the number is a solution as well. If the inequality is either a > or a <, use an open dot, indicating that the number is not a solution.
a. 4n + 11 > −9
4n + 11 – 11 > -9 – 11
4n/4 > -20/4
n  -5
b. 4n + 11 < −9
4n + 11 – 11 < -9 – 11
4n < -20
4n/4 < -20/4
n < -5
c. −4n + 11 < −9
-4n + 11 – 11 < -9 – 11
-4n < -20
-4n/-4 < -20/-4
n > 5
d. −4n + 11 > −9
-4n + 11 – 11 > -9 – 11
-4n > -20
-4n/-4 > -20/-4
n < 5
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 11.
Which inequality has the solution shown?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 7 Writing and Solving One-Step Inequalities img 10
Options:
a. 3x + 5 < 2
b. 4x + 12 < 4
c. 2x + 5 ≤ 1
d. 3x + 6 ≤ 3

Answer: 3x + 6 ≤ 3

Explanation:
The graph shows the inequality x ≤ -1 so the possible answers are C and D since A and B have < as the inequality signs. Solve C and D for x to see which one has x ≤ -1 as the solution.
c. 2x + 5 ≤ 1
2x + 5 – 5 ≤ 1 – 5
2x ≤ -4
x ≤ -2
d. 3x + 6 ≤ 3
3x + 6 – 6 ≤ 3 – 6
3x ≤ -3
x ≤ -1
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 12.
On a 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour trip, Leslie drove \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the time. For how many hours did Leslie drive?
Options:
a. 3 hours
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours
c. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours
d. 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\) hours

Answer: 3 hours

Explanation:
Given that,
On a 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour trip, Leslie drove \(\frac{2}{3}\) of the time.
Multiply the two fractions by first writing 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) as an improper fraction then cancel the 2s and then simplifying the division.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)(\(\frac{2}{3}\)) = \(\frac{9}{2}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 3
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 13.
During a sale, the price of a sweater was changed from $20 to $16. What was the percent of decrease in the price of the sweater?
Options:
a. 4%
b. 20%
c. 25%
d. 40%

Answer:

Mini-Task

Question 14.
Max wants to buy some shorts that are priced at $8 each. He decided to buy a pair of sneakers for $39, but the total cost of the shorts and the sneakers must be less than $75.
a. Write an inequality to find out how many pairs of shorts Max can buy.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 39 + 8x < 75

Explanation:
Let x be the number of shorts he buys then 8x is the total cost of the shorts and 8x + 39 is the total cost of the shorts and sneakers his total must be less than $75 so the inequality is <.
39 + 8x < 75

Question 14.
b. Suppose that Max wants to buy 6 pairs of shorts. Will he have enough money? Explain.
______

Answer: No

Explanation:
Find the total amount he will spend buying 6 pairs of shorts this is more than the $75 he has so he will not have enough.
39 + 8(6) = 39 + 48 = 87

Question 14.
c. Solve the inequality to find the greatest number of pairs of shorts that Max can buy. Show your work.
______ pairs of shoes

Answer: 4 pairs of shoes

Explanation:
Use the above inequality,
39 + 8x < 75
Subtract 39 on both sides and then divide both sides by 8. Since you can’t buy a fraction of a pair of shorts the most pairs he can buy is 4.
39 + 8x – 39 < 75 – 39
8x < 36
x < 4.5

Summary:

We wish the solutions given in this article are satisfactory for all the students of the 7th class. This Go Math Answer Key of Grade 7 helps teachers to know the easy tricks to explain the problems to the students. Feel free to clarify your doubts by posting your questions in the below comment box. We will answer them as early as possible.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions

go-math-grade-7-chapter-6-algebraic-expressions-answer-key

Access the answers by downloading the 7th Grade HMH Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions pdf. We have prepared the solutions for all the questions in an easy manner. Thus we advise the students who are willing to score the highest marks to go through the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions. The solutions seen in Go Math 7th Grade Solution Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions are prepared by the math experts. So don’t worry about the solutions just go through the topics and start your preparation.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions

Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions pdf on this page. The topics covered in chapter 6 algebraic expressions are combining like terms using the properties. Refer to our Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 6 Algebraic Expression to prove yourself in the exams. Test and enhance your math skills by solving the questions provided at the end of the chapter.

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions – Lesson:1

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions – Lesson:2

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions – Lesson:3

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions – Lesson:4

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions

Guided Practice – Page No. 176

Question 1.
The manager of a summer camp has 14 baseballs and 23 tennis balls. The manager buys some boxes of baseballs with 12 baseballs to a box and an equal number of boxes of tennis balls with 16 tennis balls to a box. Write an expression to represent the total number of balls.
______ + ______ n

Answer: 37 + 28n

Explanation:
Given that,
The manager of a summer camp has 14 baseballs and 23 tennis balls.
The manager buys some boxes of baseballs with 12 baseballs to a box and an equal number of boxes of tennis balls with 16 tennis balls to a box.
Let n be the number of boxes of each type
Baseballs: 14 + 12n
Tennis Balls: 23 + 16n
Now add the like terms
14 + 12n + 23 + 16n
(14 + 23) + (12 + 16)n
37 + 28n
Thus the expression for the total number of balls is 37 + 28n

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 176 Q2

Use the Distributive Property to expand each expression.

Question 3.
0.5(12m – 22n)
______ m – ______ n

Answer: 6m – 11n

Explanation:
We use the Distributive Property to expand the expression.
0.5(12m – 22n) = 0.5(12m) – 0.5(22n)
= 16m – 11n
Thus the expansion of 0.5(12m – 22n) is 16m – 11n

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 176 Q4

Factor each expression.

Question 5.
2x + 12
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2(x + 6)

Explanation:
The common factor is 2. We factor the expression,
2x + 12 = 2(x + 6)

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 176 Q6

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 176 Q7

Essential Question Check-In

Question 8.
What is the relationship between multiplying and factoring?

Answer:
Factoring a number means writing it as a product – a list of numbers which when multiplied, give you the original number, thus factoring implies multiplication.
On the other hand, we can interpret the relationship between factoring and multiplication as one opposition because factoring an expression means dividing each term of the expression by the same number/factor.

Independent Practice – Page No. 177

Write and simplify an expression for each situation.

Question 9.
A company rents out 15 food booths and 20 game booths at the county fair. The fee for a food booth is $100 plus $5 per day. The fee for a game booth is $50 plus $7 per day. The fair lasts for d days, and all the booths are rented for the entire time. Write and simplify an expression for the amount in dollars that the company is paid.
______ + ______ d

Answer: 2500 + 215d

Explanation:
Given that,
A company rents out 15 food booths and 20 game booths at the county fair.
The fee for a food booth is $100 plus $5 per day.
The fee for a game booth is $50 plus $7 per day.
Let d be the number of days for which the booths are rented.
We have to write the expression for the amount of money for the food booths
15(100 + 5d)
We have to write the expression for the amount of money for the game booths
20(50 + 7d)
We have to write the expression for the amount of money for all the booths
15(100 + 5d) + 20(50 + 7d)
1500 + 75d + 1000 + 140d
Combine the like terms
2500 + 215d
Thus the expression for the amount in dollars that the company is paid is 2500 + 215d

Question 10.
A rug maker is using a pattern that is a rectangle with a length of 96 inches and a width of 60 inches. The rug maker wants to increase each dimension by a different amount. Let l and w be the increases in inches of the length and width. Write and simplify an expression for the perimeter of the new pattern.
______ + ______ l + ______ w

Answer:
A rug maker is using a pattern that is a rectangle with a length of 96 inches and a width of 60 inches. The rug maker wants to increase each dimension by a different amount.
The formula for the perimeter of a rectangle is 2 Length+ 2 Width
2 ×(96+l+60+w)
=2×(156+l+w)
=(312+2l+2w) inches

In 11 – 12, identify the two factors that were multiplied together to form the array of tiles. Then identify the product of the two factors.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 1
______ x + ______

Answer: 3x + 6

Explanation:
The two factors are
Width = 3
Length = x + 2
The area is the product of the two numbers:
3(x + 2) = 3(x) + 3(2)
3x + 6

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 2
______ x – ______

Answer: 8x – 4

Explanation:
The two factors are
Width = 4
Length = 2x – 1
The area is the product of the two numbers:
4(2x – 1) = 4(2x) + 4(-1) = 8x – 4

Question 13.
Explain how the figure illustrates that 6(9) = 6(5) + 6(4).
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Note that the left part of the figure has 6 units from top to bottom and 5 units from left to right making it 6 × 5. On the other hand, the right part has also 6 units from top to bottom but 4 units from left to right making it 6 × 4. Adding the two expressions will give (6 × 5) + (6 × 4).

In 14–15, the perimeter of the figure is given. Find the length of the indicated side.

Question 14.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3x – 7

Explanation:
We know that the perimeter of a figure is the sum of all sides. Therefore, we can identify the length of the other side by representing it with a variable, s
side + side + side = perimeter
s + (x + 3) + (2x +4) = 6x
s + 3x + 7 = 6x
s = 6x – 3x – 7
Combine the like terms
s = 3x – 7

Question 15.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2x + 6

Explanation:
We know that the perimeter of a figure is the sum of all sides. Therefore, we can identify the length of the other side by representing it with a variable, s
2side + 2side = perimeter
2s + 2(3x – 3) = 10x + 6
2s + 6x – 6 = 10x + 6
2s = 10x + 6 -6x + 6
2s = 4x + 12
2s = 2(2x+ 6)
s = 2x + 6

Page No. 178

Question 16.
Persevere in Problem-Solving
The figures show the dimensions of a tennis court and a basketball court given in terms of the width x in feet of the tennis court.
a. Write an expression for the perimeter of each court.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Since the courts are rectangle, we can add all sides of the court using the given expressions:
Tennis:
x + x + (2x + 6) + (2x + 6)
= 2x + 4x + 12
= 6x + 12
Basketball:
(1/2 x + 32) + (1/2 x + 32) + (3x – 14) + (3x – 14)
x + 64 + 6x – 28
Now combine the like terms
7x + 36

Question 16.
b. Write an expression that describes how much greater the perimeter of the basketball court is than the perimeter of the tennis court.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x + 24

Explanation:
Since the perimeter of the basketball court is larger, we subtract the perimeter of the tennis court from this.
Therefore the expression is (7x + 36) – (6x + 12)
= 7x + 36 – 6x – 12 = x + 24

Question 16.
c. Suppose the tennis court is 36 feet wide. Find all dimensions of the two courts.
Width of the tennis court: _________ feet
Length of the tennis court: _________ feet
Width of the basketball court: _________ feet
Length of the basketball court: _________ feet

Answer:
To find all dimensions, we substitute 36 in x of the tennis court and solve for the length.
For the tennis court:
Width: x = 36 feet
Length: 2x + 6 = 2(36) + 6 = 72 + 6 = 78 feet
For the basketball court:
Width: 1/2 x + 32 = 1/21(36) + 32 = 18 + 32 = 50 feet
Length: 3x – 14 = 3(36) – 14 = 108 – 14 = 94 feet

Question 17.
Draw Conclusions
Use the figure to find the product (x + 3)(x + 2). (Hint: Find the area of each small square or rectangle, then add.)
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x² + 5x + 6

Explanation:
We can add the area of the smaller squares to find the area of the entire figure.
Note that there is one x.x = x²
There are 3(x.1) = 3x
There are 2(x.1) = 2x
There are 6(1.1) = 6
Adding these together we get x² + 3x + 2x + 6 = x² + 5x + 6

Question 18.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Desmond claims that the product shown at the right illustrates the Distributive Property. Do you agree? Explain why or why not.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 8
________

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The multiplication can be written as:
58 × 23 = 58(20 + 3)
58(20) + 58(3)
1160 + 174
We notice that products 174 and 1160 were obtained using the Distributive Property.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 178 Q19

Guided Practice – Page No. 182

The table shows the average temperature in Barrow, Alaska, for three months during one year.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 9

Question 1.
How many degrees warmer is the average temperature in November than in January?
________ °F

Answer: 11.7°F

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of degrees the temperature in November is warmer than in January.
x + (-13.4) = -1.7
x – 13.4 + 13.4 = -1.7 + 3.4
x = 11.7
Thus the average temperature in November is 11.7°F warmer.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 182 Q2

Use inverse operations to solve each equation.

Question 3.
−2x = 34
________

Answer: -17

Explanation:
We are given the equation:
−2x = 34
x = -17

Question 4.
y − 3.5 = −2.1
________

Answer: 1.4

Explanation:
We are given the equation:
y − 3.5 = −2.1
y = -2.1 + 3.5
y = 1.4

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) z = −6
________

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We are given the equation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) z = −6
z = -6 × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
z = -9

Essential Question Check-In

Question 6.
How does writing an equation help you solve a problem?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Writing an equation helps us model a problem. Once the equation is written, we can apply mathematical rules to determine the unknown in the equation.

Independent Practice – Page No. 183

The table shows the elevation in feet at the peaks of several mountains. Use the table for 7–9.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 10

Question 7.
Mt. Everest is 8,707.37 feet higher than Mt. McKinley. What is the elevation of Mt. Everest?
________ feet

Answer: 29,087.87

Explanation:
Given that,
Mt. Everest is 8,707.37 feet higher than Mt. McKinley.
Add 8707.37 to the height of Mt. McKinley to find the height of Mt. Everest.
20,321.5 + 8,707.37 = 29,028.87
Thus the elevation of Mt. Everest is 29,087.87 feet

Question 8.
Liam descended from the summit of K2 to an elevation of 23,201.06 feet. How many feet did Liam descend? What was his change in elevation?
________ feet

Answer: 5050.25 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Liam descended from the summit of K2 to an elevation of 23,201.06 feet.
Subtract the height of the K2 mountain and his elevation after descending to find the number of feet he descended.
Since he descended the mountain the change in elevation is negative to the number of feet he descended.
descent: 28,251.31 – 23,201.06 = 5050.25 feet
change in elevation: -5050.25 feet

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 183 Q9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 183 Q10

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 183 Q11

The table shows the average temperatures in several states from January through March. Use the table for 12–14.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 11

Question 12.
Write and solve an equation to find how much warmer Montana’s average 3-month temperature is than Minnesota’s.
________ °C

Answer: 1.8°C

Explanation:
Write an equation where t is the number of degrees warmer than Montana’s temperature is compared to Minnesota’s
-2.5 + t = -0.7
t = -0.7 + 2.5
t = 1.8°C

Question 13.
How much warmer is Florida’s average 3-month temperature than Montana’s?
________ °C

Answer: 18.8°C

Explanation:
Subtract Florida and Montana’s temperatures
18.1 – (-0.7) = 18.1 + 0.7 = 18.8°C

Question 14.
How would the average temperature in Texas have to change to match the average temperature in Florida?
________ °C

Answer: increase by 5.6°C

Explanation:
Subtract Florida and Texas’s temperatures
18.1 – 12.5 = 5.6 °C

Question 15.
A football team has a net yardage of −26 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards on a series of plays. The team needs a net yardage of 10 yards to get a first down. How many yards do they have to get on their next play to get a first down?
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) yards

Answer: 36 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards

Explanation:
Subtract the final net yardage and the current net yardage to find how many more yards they need
10 – (−26 \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = 10 + 26 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 36 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
They have to get 36 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards on their next play to get the first down.

Page No. 184

Question 16.
A diver begins at sea level and descends vertically at a rate of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet per second. How long does the diver take to reach -15.6 feet?
________ seconds

Answer: 6.24 seconds

Explanation:
Divide the number of feet the diver descends by the rate of descent.
time = distance/rate
\(\frac{-15.6}{-2.5}\)
= 6.24 seconds

Question 17.
Analyze Relationships
In Exercise 16, what is the relationship between the rate at which the diver descends, the elevation he reaches, and the time it takes to reach that elevation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The elevation he reaches (y) is directly proportional to the time it takes to reach that elevation (x) and the rate of descent is (k) the constant of proportionality.

Question 18.
Check for Reasonableness
Jane withdrew money from her savings account in each of 5 months. The average amount she withdrew per month was $45.50. How much did she withdraw in all during the 5 months? Show that your answer is reasonable.
$ ________

Answer: $227.50

Explanation:
Multiply the amount she withdrew per month by the number of months.
45.50 × 5 = 227.50
Since 45.50 ≈ 50 and 50 × 5 = 250 which is close to 227.50, the answer is reasonable.

Question 19.
Justify Reasoning
Consider the two problems below. Which values in the problems are represented by negative numbers? Explain why.

(1) A diver below sea level ascends 25 feet to a reef at -35.5 feet. What was the elevation of the diver before she ascended to the reef?

(2) A plane descends 1.5 miles to an elevation of 3.75 miles. What was the elevation of the plane before its descent?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The elevation of -35.5 and the elevation after ascending are both represented by the negative numbers. The change in elevation is represented by a negative number since the plane is descending.

Question 20.
Analyze Relationships
How is solving -4x = -4.8 different from solving − \(\frac{1}{4}\) x = -4.8? How are the solutions related?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
When you are solving -4x = -4.8, you are dividing both sides by -4 to solve for x.
When you are solving − \(\frac{1}{4}\) x = -4.8, you are multiplying both sides by -4 to solve for x.
The answer for the second equation is then 16 times the answer to the first problem since 4 × 4 = 16

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 184 Q21

Guided Practice – Page No. 188

Draw algebra tiles to model the given two-step equation.

Question 1.
2x + 5 = 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 6 Answer Key solution img-1
First, draw two positive rectangles on the left to represent 2x and five positive squares to represent 5. On the right side, draw 7 positive squares to represent 7.

Question 2.
−3 = 5 − 4x
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Draw 3 negative squares on the left side to represent -3. On the right side, draw 5 positive squares to represent 5 and 4 negative rectangles to represent -4x.
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 6 answer key solution img-2

Question 3.
A group of adults plus one child attend a movie at Cineplex 15. Tickets cost $9 for adults and $6 for children. The total cost for the movie is $78. Write an equation to find the number of adults in the group.
________ adults

Answer: 8 adults

Explanation:
Given,
A group of adults plus one child attend a movie at Cineplex 15.
Tickets cost $9 for adults and $6 for children.
The total cost for the movie is $78.
Write the equation for the total cost letting a be the number of adults.
9a + 6 = 78
9a = 72
a = 8
Therefore there are 8 adults in the group.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 188 Q4

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 188 Q5

Essential Question Check-In

Question 6.
Describe the steps you would follow to write a two-step equation you can use to solve a real-world problem.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First, you must define what you are looking for with a variable. In the real-world problem, I wrote problem 5, the variable, x represents the number of cups sold. Next, decide how the remaining information is related to the variable. Since x is the number of cups sold and $2 is the price per cup, then the equation needs to have 2x.
Since profit = income – the cost of supplies, the cost of $125 needs to be subtracted from 2x and the equation needs to equal the profit of $400. This would give an equation of 2x – 125 = 400.

Independent Practice – Page No. 189

Question 7.
Describe how to model -3x + 7 = 28 with algebra tiles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
On the left side, draw 3 negative rectangles to represent -3x and 7 positive squares to represent 7. On the right side, draw 28 positive squares to represent 28.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 189 Q8

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 189 Q9

Question 10.
A gym holds one 60-minute exercise class on Saturdays and several 45-minute classes during the week. Last week all of the classes lasted a total of 285 minutes. Write an equation you can use to find the number of weekday classes.
________ classes

Answer: 5 classes

Explanation:
Given,
A gym holds one 60-minute exercise class on Saturdays and several 45-minute classes during the week.
Last week all of the classes lasted a total of 285 minutes.
Let x be the number of 45-minute classes and then the total time of 45-minute classes if 45x the total time of all classes is then 60 + 45x = 285
45x = 285 – 60
45x = 225
x = 225/45
x = 5
Thus the number of weekday classes is 5.

Question 11.
Multiple Representations

There are 172 South American animals in the Springdale Zoo. That is 45 more than half the number of African animals in the zoo. Write an equation you could use to find n, the number of African animals in the zoo.
________ animals

Answer: 254 animals

Explanation:
There are 172 South American animals in the Springdale Zoo. That is 45 more than half the number of African animals in the zoo.
n/2 + 45 = 172
n/2 = 172 – 45
n/2 = 127
n = 127 × 2
n = 254 animals
Thus the number of African animals in the zoo is 254.

Question 12.
A school bought $548 in basketball equipment and uniforms costing $29.50 each. The total cost was $2,023. Write an equation you can use to find the number of uniforms the school purchased.
________ uniforms

Answer: 50 uniforms

Explanation:
The total cost is equal to the cost of the basketball equipment plus the cost of the uniforms.
Let x represent the number of uniforms. Since each uniform costs $29.50, then the cost of x uniforms is 29.50x dollars.
The cost of the basketball equipment is $548 so the total cost is 548 + 29.50x
It is given that the total cost is $2023 so setting this equal to the expression we obtained for the total cost gives the equation 548 + 29.50x = 2023
29.50x = 2023 – 548
29.50x = 1475
x = 1475/29.50
x = 50
Thus the number of uniforms the school purchased is 50.

Question 13.
Financial Literacy
Heather has $500 in her savings account. She withdraws $20 per week for gas. Write an equation Heather can use to see how many weeks it will take her to have a balance of $220.
________ weeks

Answer: 14 weeks

Explanation:
Given,
Heather has $500 in her savings account. She withdraws $20 per week for gas.
Let x be the number of weeks. Since she is withdrawing $20 each week, then after x weeks her account has changed by -20x dollars.
Her original balance was $500 so after x weeks, her ending balance is 500 – 20x dollars.
It is given that her ending balance is $220 so the equation is
500 – 20x = 220
-20x = 220 – 500
-20x = -280
x = 280/20
x = 14
It will take 14 weeks to have a balance of $220.

Question 14.
Critique Reasoning
For 9x + 25 = 88, Deena wrote the situation “I bought some shirts at the store for $9 each and received a $25 discount. My total bill was $88. How many shirts did I buy?”
a. What mistake did Deena make?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Her mistake was that a discount would decrease the amount she paid so her equation should have 25 subtracted, not added.

Question 14.
b. Rewrite the equation to match Deena’s situation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Changing the addition in 9x + 25 = 88 to subtraction gives 9x – 25 = 88

Question 14.
c. How could you rewrite the situation to make it fit the equation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Instead of a discount, the situation could be rewritten to have her buy another item, like pants or a sweater, that cost $25.

Page No. 190

Question 15.
Multistep
Sandy charges each family that she babysits a flat fee of $10 for the night and an extra $5 per child. Kimmi charges $25 per night, no matter how many children a family has.
a. Write a two-step equation that would compare what the two girls charge and find when their fees are the same.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10 + 5x = 25

Explanation:
Let x be the number of children.
Sandy charges each family that she babysits a flat fee of $10 for the night and an extra $5 per child. Kimmi charges $25 per night, no matter how many children a family has.
This means that she charges a total of 10 + 5x per night.
Kimmi only charges a flat fee of $25 per night,
Since you need to compare their charges, set these expressions equal to each other.
Sandy: 10 + 5x
Kimmi:  25
The equation is 10 + 5x = 25

Question 15.
b. How many children must a family have for Sandy and Kimmi to charge the same amount?
________ children

Answer: 3 children

Explanation:
Subtract 10 on both sides and then divide both sides by 5 to solve for x.
10 + 5x = 25
5x = 25 – 10
5x = 15
x = 3 children

Question 15.
c. The Sanderson family has five children. Which babysitter should they choose if they wish to save some money on babysitting, and why?
_____________

Answer: Kimmi, saves them $10

Explanation:
Substitute x = 5 in the above equation for Sandy.
10 + 5(5) = 10 + 25 = 35
This is $10 more than the $25 that Kimmi Charges so they should choose Kimmi because it will save them $10.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 190 Q16

Question 17.
What’s the Error?
Damon has 5 dimes and some nickels in his pocket, worth a total of $1.20. To find the number of nickels Damon has, a student wrote the equation 5n + 50 = 1.20. Find the error in the student’s equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The error is that he wrote the amount of money on the left side of the equation in cents but wrote the amount of money on the left side of the equation in dollars. He needs to write the equation as either 5n + 50 = 120. or 0.05n + 0.50 = 1.20

Question 18.
Represent Real-World Problems
Write a real-world problem you could answer by solving the equation -8x + 60 = 28.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A possible real-world problem could be: You have $60 to spend on clothes. You want to buy some T-shirts that cost $8 each. After you went shopping, you had $28 left. How many T-shirts did you buy?

Guided Practice – Page No. 194

The equation 2x + 1 = 9 is modeled below
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 12

Question 1.
To solve the equation with algebra tiles, first remove _____
Then divide each side into _____
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The first step is to remove one positive square on each side. Then divide each side into 2 equal groups.

Question 2.
The solution is x = _____
x = ______

Answer: x = 4

Explanation:
The solution is x = 4 since removing one square on each side gives 2x = 8 and then dividing each side into two equal groups gives x = 4.

Solve each problem by writing and solving an equation.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 194 Q3

Question 4.
A school store has 1200 pencils in stock and sells an average of 24 pencils per day. The manager reorders when the number of pencils in stock is 500. In how many days will the manager have to reorder?
______ days

Answer: 30 days

Explanation:
A school store has 1200 pencils in stock and sells an average of 24 pencils per day.
The manager reorders when the number of pencils in stock is 500.
Let x be the number of days
1200 – 24x = 500
-24x = -700
x ≈ 30
Thus the manager has to reorder 30 days.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
How can you decide which operations to use to solve a two-step equation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
You must use inverse operations when solving a two-step equation. You remove addition by subtracting the inverse operation of subtraction. You get rid of multiplication by using the inverse operation of division.

Page No. 195

Question 6.
9s + 3 = 57
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
We are given the equation
9s + 3 = 57
9s = 57 – 3
9s = 54
s = 54/9
s = 6

Question 7.
4d + 6 = 42
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
4d + 6 = 42
4d = 42 – 6
4d = 36
d = 36/4
d = 9

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 195 Q8

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 195 Q9

Question 10.
\(\frac{g}{3}\) − 7 = 15
______

Answer: 66

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{g}{3}\) − 7 = 15
\(\frac{g}{3}\) = 15 + 7
g/3 = 22
g = 22 × 3
g = 66

Question 11.
\(\frac{z}{5}\) + 3 = −35
______

Answer: -190

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{z}{5}\) + 3 = −35
\(\frac{z}{5}\) = −35 – 3
z/5 = -38
z = -38 × 5
z = -190

Question 12.
−9h − 15 = 93
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−9h − 15 = 93
-9h = 93 + 15
-9h = 108
-h = 108/9
h = -12

Question 13.
−3(n + 5) = 12
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−3(n + 5) = 12
-3n – 15 = 12
-3n = 12 + 15
-3n = 27
-n = 27/3
n = -9

Question 14.
−17 + \(\frac{b}{8}\) = 13
______

Answer: 240

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−17 + \(\frac{b}{8}\) = 13
b/8 = 13 + 17
b/8 = 30
b = 30 × 8
b = 240

Question 15.
7(c − 12) = −21
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
7(c − 12) = −21
7c – 84 = -21
7c = -21 + 84
7c = 63
c = 63/7
c = 9

Question 16.
−3 + \(\frac{p}{7}\) = −5
______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−3 + \(\frac{p}{7}\) = −5
\(\frac{p}{7}\) = -5 + 3
\(\frac{p}{7}\) = -2
p = -2 × 7
p = -14

Question 17.
46 = −6t − 8
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
46 = −6t − 8
-6t – 8 = 46
-6t = 46 + 8
-6t = 54
-t = 54/6
t = -9

Question 18.
After making a deposit, Puja had $264 in her savings account. She noticed that if she added $26 to the amount originally in the account and doubled the sum, she would get the new amount. How much did she originally have in the account?
$ ______

Answer: $106

Explanation:
Let x be the original amount. Adding $26 to the original amount gives a sum of x + 26.
Doubling the sum then gives 2(x + 26) so the new amount is 2(x + 26) dollars.
It is given that the new amount is $264 so 2(x + 26) = 264
2(x + 26) = 264
x + 26 = 264/2
x + 26 = 132
x = 132 – 26
x = 106
Thus she originally has $106 in the account.

Question 19.
The current temperature in Smalltown is 20 °F. This is 6 degrees less than twice the temperature that it was six hours ago. What was the temperature in Smalltown six hours ago?
______ °F

Answer: 13°F

Explanation:
The current temperature in Smalltown is 20 °F. This is 6 degrees less than twice the temperature that it was six hours ago.
Let x be the temperature six hours ago
2x – 6 = 20
2x = 20 + 6
2x = 26
x = 13
Thus the temperature is 13°F in Smalltown six hours ago.

Question 20.
One reading at an Arctic research station showed that the temperature was -35 °C. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
______ °F

Answer: -31°F

Explanation:
One reading at an Arctic research station showed that the temperature was -35 °C.
Substitute C = -35 into the formula for converting Celsius and Fahrenheit temperatures
C = 5/9 (F – 32)
-35 = \(\frac{5}{9}\)(F – 32)
-35 × \(\frac{9}{5}\) = F – 32
-7 × 9 = F – 32
-63 = F – 32
F = -63 + 32
F = -31°F
Thus the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit is -31°F

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 195 Q21

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 195 Q22

Question 23.
Paula bought a ski jacket on sale for $6 less than half its original price. She paid $88 for the jacket. What was the original price?
$ ______

Answer: $188

Explanation:
Given that,
Paula bought a ski jacket on sale for $6 less than half its original price. She paid $88 for the jacket.
Let x be the original price
1/2 x – 6 = 88
1/2 x = 88 + 6
1/2 x = 94
x = 94 × 2
x = 188
Thus the original price is $188.

Question 24.
The McIntosh family went apple picking. They picked a total of 115 apples. The family ate a total of 8 apples each day. After how many days did they have 19 apples left?
______ days

Answer: 12 days

Explanation:
The McIntosh family went apple picking. They picked a total of 115 apples. The family ate a total of 8 apples each day
Let x be the number of days.
115 – 8x = 19
115 – 19 = 8x
8x = 96
x = 96/8
x = 12
Thus the answer to the above question is 12 days.

Use a calculator to solve each equation.

Question 25.
−5.5x + 0.56 = −1.64
______

Answer: 0.4

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−5.5x + 0.56 = −1.64
Subtract 0.56 on both sides
-5.5x = -2.2
Divide both sides by -5.5
x = 0.4

Question 26.
−4.2x + 31.5 = −65.1
______

Answer: 23

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−4.2x + 31.5 = −65.1
Subtract 31.5 on both sides
-4.2x = -96.6
4.2x = 96.6
x = 96.6/4.2
x = 23

Question 27.
\(\frac{k}{5.2}\) + 81.9 = 47.2
______

Answer: -180.44

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{k}{5.2}\) + 81.9 = 47.2
k/5.2 = 47.2 – 81.9
k/5.2 = -34.7
k = -180.44

Page No. 196

Question 28.
Write a two-step equation that involves multiplication and subtraction, includes a negative coefficient, and has a solution of x = 7.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
A possible two-step equation that involves multiplication and subtraction includes a negative coefficient, and has a solution of x = 7 is -2x – 7 = -21
-2x = -21 + 7
-2x = -14
2x = 14
x = 14/2
x = 7

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 196 Q29

Question 30.
Explain the Error
A student’s solution to the equation 3x + 2 = 15 is shown. Describe and correct the error that the student made.
3x + 2 = 15        Divide both sides by 3.
x + 2 = 5           Subtract 2 from both sides.
x = 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Her error was when she divided both sides by 3.
She didn’t divide the 2 by 3. She should have gotten x + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 5 after dividing both sides by 3.
Her first step should have been subtracting both sides by 2 instead of dividing both sides by 3.
3x + 2 = 15
3x = 15 – 2
3x = 13
x = 13/2

Question 31.
Multiple Representations
Explain how you could use the work backward problem-solving strategy to solve the equation \(\frac{x}{4}\) − 6 = 2.
______

Answer: Working backward would mean talking the result of 2 and adding 6 to it to get 8. Then multiplying this by 4 to get 32.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 32.
Reason Abstractly
The formula F = 1.8C + 32 allows you to find the Fahrenheit (F) temperature for a given Celsius (C) temperature. Solve the equation for C to produce a formula for finding the Celsius temperature for a given Fahrenheit temperature.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
F = 1.8C + 32
F – 32 = 1.8C
1.8C = F – 32
C = (F – 32)/1.8

Question 33.
Reason Abstractly
The equation P = 2(l + w) can be used to find the perimeter P of a rectangle with length l and width w. Solve the equation for w to produce a formula for finding the width of a rectangle given its perimeter and length.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
P = 2(l + w)
P/2 = l + w
P/2 – l = w
w = P/2 – l

Question 34.
Reason Abstractly
Solve the equation ax + b = c for x.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Subtract both sides by b
ax = c – b
x = (c – b)/a

6.1 Algebraic Expressions – Page No. 197

Question 1.
The Science Club went on a two-day field trip. On the first day, the members paid $60 for transportation plus $15 per ticket to the planetarium. On the second day, they paid $95 for transportation plus $12 per ticket to the geology museum. Write an expression to represent the total cost for two days for the n members of the club.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 155 + 27n

Explanation:
Let n be the number of members. Then n also represents the number of tickets.
For the first day, tickets are $15 each so for n members, the ticket cost is 15n dollars.
The members must also pay $60 for transportation so the total cost for the first day is 60 + 15n dollars.
For the second day, tickets are $12 each so for n members, the ticket cost is 12n dollars.
The members must also pay $95 for transportation so the total cost for the first day is 95 + 12n dollars.
The total cost for the two days is then (60 + 15n) + (95 + 12n).
Combine the like terms.
27n + 155

6.2 One-Step Equations with Rational Coefficients

Solve.

Question 2.
h + 9.7 = −9.7
______

Answer: h = -19.4

Explanation:
We are given the equation
h + 9.7 = −9.7
h = -9.7 – 9.7
h = -19.4

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 197 Q3

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 197 Q4

Question 5.
\(\frac{y}{-3}=\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{y}{-3}=\frac{1}{6}\)
y = -3/6
y = -1/2

Question 6.
−\(\frac{2}{3}\) m = −12
______

Answer: m = 18

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−\(\frac{2}{3}\) m = −12
\(\frac{2}{3}\) m = 12
m = 12 × 3/2
m = 6 × 3
m = 18

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 197 Q7

6.3 Writing Two-Step Equations

Question 8.
Jerry started doing sit-ups every day. On the first day, he did 15 sit-ups. Every day after that he did 2 more sit-ups than he had done the previous day. Today Jerry did 33 sit-ups. Write an equation that could be solved to find the number of days Jerry has been doing sit-ups, not counting the first day.
______ days

Answer: 2x + 15 = 33

Explanation:
Let x be the number of days then the number of additional sit-ups is 2x since he does 2 more sit-ups for each day, not counting the first day.
Since he started doing 15 sit-ups on the first day, the total number of sit-ups after x would be 2x +15
2x + 15 = 33

6.4 Solving Two-Step Equations

Solve.

Question 9.
5n + 8 = 43
______

Answer: n = 7

Explanation:
We are given the equation
5n + 8 = 43
5n = 43 – 8
5n = 35
n = 35/5
n = 7

Question 10.
\(\frac{y}{6}\) − 7 = 4
______

Answer: y = 66

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{y}{6}\) − 7 = 4
\(\frac{y}{6}\) = 4 + 7
\(\frac{y}{6}\) = 11
y = 11 × 6
y = 66

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 197 Q11

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions Page 197 Q12

Question 13.
\(\frac{f}{5}\) − 22 = −25
______

Answer: f = -15

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{f}{5}\) − 22 = −25
\(\frac{f}{5}\) = -25 + 22
\(\frac{f}{5}\) = -3
f = -3 × 5
f = -15

Question 14.
−4p + 19 = 11
______

Answer: p = 2

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−4p + 19 = 11
-4p = 11 – 19
-4p = -8
p = 2

Essential Question

Question 15.
How can you use two-step equations to represent and solve real-world problems?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
You can step into two-step equations to represent and solve real-world problems by translating the words into an algebraic equation, solving the equation, and then interpreting the solution to the equation.

Selected Response – Page No. 198

Question 1.
A taxi cab costs $1.50 for the first mile and $0.75 for each additional mile. Which equation could be solved to find how many miles you can travel in a taxi for $10, given that x is the number of additional miles?
Options:
a. 1.5x + 0.75 = 10
b. 0.75x + 1.5 = 10
c. 1.5x − 0.75 = 10
d. 0.75x − 1.5 = 10

Answer: 0.75x + 1.5 = 10

Explanation:
Let x be the number of additional miles then the charge for the additional miles is 0.75x the total cost is then 1.50 + 0.75x = 10
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which is the solution of \(\frac{t}{2.5}\) = −5.2?
Options:
a. -13
b. -2.08
c. 2.08
d. 13

Answer: -13

Explanation:
t/2.5 = -5.2
t = -5.2 × 2.5
t = -13
Thus the correct answer is option is A.

Question 3.
Which expression is equivalent to 5x − 30?
Options:
a. 5(x − 30)
b. 5(x − 6)
c. 5x(x − 6)
d. x(5 − 30)

Answer: 5(x − 6)

Explanation:
Factor out 5 from each term.
5x – 30 = 5(x – 6)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
In a science experiment, the temperature of a substance is changed from 42 °F to -54 °F at an average rate of -12 degrees per hour. Over how many hours does the change take place?
Options:
a. -8 hours
b. 18 hour
c. 1 hour
d. 8 hours

Answer: 8 hours

Explanation:
In a science experiment, the temperature of a substance is changed from 42 °F to -54 °F at an average rate of -12 degrees per hour.
Let x be the number of hours.
42 – 12x = -54
-12x = -54 – 42
-12x = -96
12x = 96
x = 96/12
x = 8 hours
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Which statement best represents the distance on a number line between -14 and -5?
Options:
a. −14 − (−5)
b. −14 + (−5)
c. −5 − (−14)
d. −5 + (−14)

Answer: −5 − (−14)

Explanation:
Distance is the difference between the biggest number and the smallest number so the distance between -5 and -14 is -5 – (-14) since -5 bigger than -14.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which cereal costs the most per ounce?
Options:
a. $4.92 for 12 ounces
b. $4.25 for 10 ounces
c. $5.04 for 14 ounces
d. $3.92 for 8 ounces

Answer: $3.92 for 8 ounces

Explanation:
Find the unit rates for each answer choice by dividing the cost by the number of ounces and rounding to two decimal places if necessary.
a. $4.92 for 12 ounces
4.92/12 = $0.41 per ounce
b. $4.25 for 10 ounces
4.25/10 ≈ 0.43 per ounce
c. $5.04 for 14 ounces
5.04/14 = 0.36 per ounce
d. $3.92 for 8 ounces
3.92/8 = 0.49 per ounce
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 7.
Casey bought 9 tickets to a concert. The total charge was $104, including a $5 service charge.
a. Write an equation you can solve to find c, the cost of one ticket.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 9c + 5 = 104

Explanation:
Let c be the cost of each ticket, the total cost of 9 tickets before the service charge is 9c adding the service charge gives a total charge of 9c + 5

Question 7.
b. Explain how you could estimate the solution of your equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
104 is about 105. subtracting 5 from this gives 100. 9 is about 10 and 100 divided by 10 is 10 so the ticket price is around $10.

Question 7.
c. Solve the equation. How much did each ticket cost?
$ ______

Answer:
9c = 99
c = 99/9
c = 11

Final Words:

I hope the details mentioned in this article is beneficial for all the students of 7th standard. Enhance your math skills by practicing the problems from HMH Go Math Grade 7  Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions. Download the Go Math Grade 7 Key Algebraic Expressions pdf and share it with your besties. All the Best Guys!!!